Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Twain, Mark, 1835-1910 [1875], Mark Twain's sketches, new and old. Now first published in complete form. (American Publishing Company, Hartford) [word count] [eaf503T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

Hic Fructus Virtutis; Clifton Waller Barrett [figure description] 503EAF. Free Endpaper with Bookplate: heraldry figure with a green tree on top and shield below. There is a small gray shield hanging from the branches of the tree, with three blue figures on that small shield. The tree stands on a base of gray and black intertwined bars, referred to as a wreath in heraldic terms. Below the tree is a larger shield, with a black background, and with three gray, diagonal stripes across it; these diagonal stripes are referred to as bends in heraldic terms. There are three gold leaves in line, end-to-end, down the middle of the center stripe (or bend), with green veins in the leaves. Note that the colors to which this description refers appear in some renderings of this bookplate; however, some renderings may appear instead in black, white and gray tones.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] 503EAF. Frontispiece image of a manuscript folder filled with papers and embossed with the initials M.T., resting against a stack of books. The folder is in the center of the image and is surrounded by a parade of motley figures that inhabit the pages of Twain stories.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Title-Page.[end figure description]

Title Page MARK TWAIN'S SKETCHES,
NEW AND OLD.
THE AMERICAN PUBLISHING COMPANY.
HARTFORD, CONN., AND CHICAGO, ILL.

1875.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1875, by
SAMUEL L. CLEMENS,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.

-- --

PREFACE.

[figure description] Preface.[end figure description]

I have scattered through this volume a mass of matter which has never been
in print before, (such as “Learned Fables for Good Old Boys and Girls,”
the “Jumping Frog restored to the English tongue after martyrdom in the
French,” the “Membranous Croup” sketch, and many others which I need not
specify): not doing this in order to make an advertisement of it, but because
these things seemed instructive.

Mark Twain. Hartford, 1875. Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

INDEX.

[figure description] Contents page.[end figure description]


My Watch—An Instructive Little Tale, 17

Political Economy, 21

The Jumping Frog, 28

Journalism in Tennessee, 44

Story of the Bad Little Boy, 51

Story of the Good Little Boy, 56

Two Poems—By Moore and Twain, 62

A Visit to Niagara, 63

Answers to Correspondents, 72

To Raise Poultry, 81

The Experiences of the McWilliamses with Membranous Croup, 85

My First Literary Venture, 93

How the Author was Sold in Newark, 96

The Office Bore, 98

Johnny Greer, 100

The Facts in the Case of the Great Beef Contract, 101

The Facts in the Case of George Fisher, Deceased, 109

Disgraceful Persecution of a Boy, 117

The Judge's “Spirited Woman,” 121

Information Wanted, 123

Some Fables for Good Old Boys and Girls, Part First, 126

Some Fables for Good Old Boys and Girls, Part Second, 137

Some Fables for Good Old Boys and Girls, Part Third, 144

The Facts Concerning the Late Senatorial Secretaryship, 149

A Fashion Item, 153

Riley—Newspaper Correspondent, 154

A Fine Old Man, 158

Science vs. Luck, 159

The Killing of Julius-Cæsar Localized, 162

An Item which the Editor himself could not understand, 167

-- --

[figure description] Contents page.[end figure description]

The Widow's Protest, 166

A Medleval Romance, 171

Petition Concerning Copyright, 179

After-Dinner Speech, 180

Lionizing Murderers, 182

A New Crime, 187

A Curious Dream, 192

A True Story Just as I Heard It, 202

Personal Habits of the Siamese Twins, 208

Speech at the Scottish Banquet at London, 213

A Ghost Story, 215

Legend of the Capitoline Venus, 222

Speech on Accident Insurance, 229

John Chinaman in New York, 231

How I once Edited an Agricultural Paper, 233

The Petrified Man, 239

My Bloody Massacre, 243

The Undertaker's Chat, 247

Concerning Chambermaids, 250

“After” Jenkins, 256

Aurelia's Unfortunate Young Man, 253

About Barbers, 257

“Party Chies” in Ireland, 262

The Facts Concerning the Recent Resignation, 264

History Repeats Itsely, 271

Honored as a Curiosity, 273

The Late Benjamin Franklin, 275

The “Blind Letter” Department, London P. O., 279

First Interview with Artemus Ward, 283

Cannibalism in the Cars, 287

The Scriptural Panoramist, 296

From “Hospital Days,” 299

Curing a Cold, 300

A Curious Pleasure Excursion, 306

Running for Governor, 311

A Mysterious Visit, 316

Main text

-- 017 --

p503-016 MY WATCH. AN INSTRUCTIVE LITTLE TALE.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 017. In-line image of Mark Twain standing at the counter of a jeweler. The jeweler is examining Twain's watch with a magnifying glass, as Twain looks on uncomfortably.[end figure description]

MY beautiful new watch had run
eighteen months without losing
or gaining, and without
breaking any part of its machinery or
stopping. I had come to believe it
infallible in its judgments about the
time of day, and to consider its constitution
and its anatomy imperishable.
But at last, one night, I let it
run down. I grieved about it as if it
were a recognized messenger and forerunner
of calamity. But by-and-by I
cheered up, set the watch by guess, and commanded my bodings and superstitions
to depart. Next day I stepped into the chief jeweler's to set it by the exact

-- 018 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 018. In-line image of Twain standing on a train platform, his bag by his side, staring at his watch in horror as the train he was supposed to catch is departing in the distance.[end figure description]

time, and the head of the establishment took it out of my hand and proceeded to
set it for me. Then he said, “She is four minutes slow—regulator wants pushing
up.” I tried to stop him—tried to make him understand that the watch kept perfect
time. But no; all this human cabbage could see was that the watch was four
minutes slow, and the regulator must be pushed up a little; and so, while I danced
around him in anguish, and implored him to let the watch alone, he calmly and
cruelly did the shameful deed. My watch began to gain. It gained faster and
faster day by day. Within the week it sickened to a raging fever, and its pulse
went up to a hundred and fifty in the
shade. At the end of two months it
had left all the timepieces of the
town far in the rear, and was a
fraction over thirteen days ahead of
the almanac. It was away into November
enjoying the snow, while the
Octoberleaves were still turning.
It hurried up house rent, bills payable,
and such things, in such a ruinous way
that I could not abide it. I took it
to the watchmaker to be regulated. He
asked me if I had ever had it repaired.
I said no, it had never needed
any repairing. He looked a look of
vicious happiness and eagerly pried
the watch open, and then put a small dice box into his eye and peered into its
machinery. He said it wanted cleaning and oiling, besides regulating—come in a
week. After being cleaned and oiled, and regulated, my watch slowed down to
that degree that it ticked like a tolling bell. I began to be left by trains, I failed
all appointments, I got to missing my dinner; my watch strung out three days'
grace to four and let me go to protest; I gradually drifted back into yesterday,
then day before, then into last week, and by-and-by the comprehension came upon
me that all solitary and alone I was lingering along in week before last, and the

-- 019 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 019. In-line image of Twain again talking to the jeweler about his watch. The jeweler is pointing to something in the open-faced watch, while Twain grips the counter in horror.[end figure description]

world was out of sight. I seemed to detect in myself a sort of sneaking fellowfeeling
for the mummy in the museum, and a desire to swap news with him. I
went to a watchmaker again. He took the watch all to pieces while I waited, and
then said the barrel was “swelled.” He said he could reduce it in three days.
After this the watch averaged well, but nothing more. For half a day it would go
like the very mischief, and keep up such a barking and wheezing, and whooping and
sneezing and snorting, that I could not hear myself think for the disturbance; and
as long as it held out there was not a watch in the land that stood any chance
against it. But the rest of the day it
would keep on slowing down and
fooling along until all the clocks it
had left behind caught up again.
So at last, at the end of twenty-four
hours, it would trot up to the judges'
stand all right and just in time. It
would show a fair and square average,
and no man could say it had
done more or less than its duty. But
a correct average is only a mild virtue
in a watch, and I took this instrument
to another watchmaker. He
said the kingbolt was broken. I said
I was glad it was nothing more serious.
To tell the plain truth, I had
no idea what the kingbolt was, but I
did not choose to appear ignorant to a stranger. He repaired the kingbolt, but
what the watch gained in one way it lost in another. It would run awhile and then
stop awhile, and then run awhile again, and so on, using its own discretion about
the intervals. And every time it went off it kicked back like a musket. I padded
my breast for a few days, but finally took the watch to another watchmaker. He
picked it all to pieces, and turned the ruin over and over under his glass; and
then he said there appeared to be something the matter with the hair-trigger. He

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

fixed it, and gave it a fresh start. It did well now, except that always at ten minutes
to ten the hands would shut together like a pair of scissors, and from that time
forth they would travel together. The oldest man in the world could not make
head or tail of the time of day by such a watch, and so I went again to have the
thing repaired. This person said that the crystal had got bent, and that the mainspring
was not straight. He also remarked that part of the works needed halfsoling.
He made these things all right, and then my timepiece performed unexceptionably,
save that now and then, after working along quietly for nearly eight
hours, everything inside would let go all of a sudden and begin to buzz like a bee,
and the hands would straightway begin to spin round and round so fast that their
individuality was lost completely, and they simply seemed a delicate spider's web
over the face of the watch. She would reel off the next twenty-four hours in
six or seven minutes, and then stop with a bang. I went with a heavy heart to one
more watchmaker, and looked on while he took her to pieces. Then I prepared
to cross-question him rigidly, for this thing was getting serious. The watch had
cost two hundred dollars originally, and I seemed to have paid out two or three
thousand for repairs. While I waited and looked on I presently recognized in
this watchmaker an old acquaintance—a steamboat engineer of other days, and not
a good engineer either. He examined all the parts carefully, just as the other
watchmakers had done, and then delivered his verdict with the same confidence
of manner.

He said—

“She makes too much steam—you want to hang the monkey-wrench on the
safety-valve!”

I brained him on the spot, and had him buried at my own expense.

My uncle William (now deceased, alas!) used to say that a good horse was a
good horse until it had run away once, and that a good watch was a good watch
until the repairers got a chance at it. And he used to wonder what became of
all the unsuccessful tinkers, and gunsmiths, and shoemakers, and engineers, and
blacksmiths; but nobody could ever tell him.

-- 021 --

p503-020 POLITICAL ECONOMY.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 021. In-line image of Twain standing outside of his house in a dressing gown with a writing quill behind his ear, listening to a tall man dressed in black with a stovepipe hat on his head. The man is gesturing grandly towards the house. Twain looks perplexed.[end figure description]

Political Economy is the basis of all
good government. The wisest men of all
ages have brought to bear upon this subject
the—

[Here I was interrupted and informed
that a stranger wished to see
me down at the door. I went and confronted
him, and asked to know his
business, struggling all the time to keep
a tight rein on my seething political
economy ideas, and not let them break
away from me or get tangled in their
harness. And privately I wished the
stranger was in the bottom of the canal with a cargo of wheat on top of him.
I was all in a fever, but he was cool. He said he was sorry to disturb me, but

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

as he was passing he noticed that I needed some lightning-rods. I said, “Yes, yes—
go on—what about it?” He said there was nothing about it, in particular—nothing
except that he would like to put them up for me. I am new to housekeeping; have
been used to hotels and boarding-houses all my life. Like anybody else of similar
experience, I try to appear (to strangers) to be an old housekeeper; consequently
I said in an off-hand way that I had been intending for some time to have six or
eight lightning-rods put up, but— The stranger started, and looked inquiringly
at me, but I was serene. I thought that if I chanced to make any mistakes, he
would not catch me by my countenance. He said he would rather have my custom
than any man's in town. I said, “All right,” and started off to wrestle with my
great subject again, when he called me back and said it would be necessary to
know exactly how many “points” I wanted put up, what parts of the house I wanted
them on, and what quality of rod I preferred. It was close quarters for a man not
used to the exigencies of housekeeping; but I went through creditably, and he
probably never suspected that I was a novice. I told him to put up eight “points,”
and put them all on the roof, and use the best quality of rod. He said he could
furnish the “plain” article at 20 cents a foot; “coppered,” 25 cents; “zinc-plated
spiral-twist,” at 30 cents, that would stop a streak of lightning any time, no matter
where it was bound, and “render its errand harmless and its further progress
apocryphal.” I said apocryphal was no slouch of a word, emanating from the source
it did, but, philology aside, I liked the spiral-twist and would take that brand.
Then he said he could make two hundred and fifty feet answer; but to do it right,
and make the best job in town of it, and attract the admiration of the just and the
unjust alike, and compel all parties to say they never saw a more symmetrical and
hypothetical display of lightning-rods since they were born, he supposed he really
couldn't get along without four hundred, though he was not vindictive, and trusted
he was willing to try. I said, go ahead and use four hundred, and make any kind
of a job he pleased out of it, but let me get back to my work. So I got rid of him
at last; and now, after half-an-hour spent in getting my train of political economy
thoughts coupled together again, I am ready to go on once more.]

richest treasures of their genius, their experience of life, and their learning. The great lights of
commercial jurisprudence, international confraternity, and biological deviation, of all ages, all
civilizations, and all nationalities, from Zoroaster down to Horace Greeley, have—

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

[Here I was interrupted again, and required to go down and confer further with
that lightning-rod man. I hurried off, boiling and surging with prodigious thoughts
wombed in words of such majesty that each one of them was in itself a straggling
procession of syllables that might be fifteen minutes passing a given point, and once
more I confronted him—he so calm and sweet, I so hot and frenzied. He was
standing in the contemplative attitude of the Colossus of Rhodes, with one foot on
my infant tuberose, and the other among my pansies, his hands on his hips, his
hat-brim tilted forward, one eye shut and the other gazing critically and admiringly
in the direction of my principal chimney. He said now there was a state of things
to make a man glad to be alive; and added, “I leave it to you if you ever saw anything
more deliriously picturesque than eight lightning-rods on one chimney?” I
said I had no present recollection of anything that transcended it. He said that
in his opinion nothing on earth but Niagara Falls was superior to it in the way of
natural scenery. All that was needed now, he verily believed, to make my house a
perfect balm to the eye, was to kind of touch up the other chimneys a little, and
thus “add to the generous coup d'œil a soothing uniformity of achievement which
would allay the excitement naturally consequent upon the first coup d'état.” I
asked him if he learned to talk out of a book, and if I could borrow it anywhere?
He smiled pleasantly, and said that his manner of speaking was not taught in books,
and that nothing but familiarity with lightning could enable a man to handle his
conversational style with impunity. He then figured up an estimate, and said that
about eight more rods scattered about my roof would about fix me right, and he
guessed five hundred feet of stuff would do it; and added that the first eight had
got a little the start of him, so to speak, and used up a mere trifle of material more
than he had calculated on—a hundred feet or along there. I said I was in a dreadful
hurry, and I wished we could get this business permanently mapped out, so that I
could go on with my work. He said, “I could have put up those eight rods, and
marched off about my business—some men would have done it. But no: I said to
myself, this man is a stranger to me, and I will die before I'll wrong him; there
ain't lightning-rods enough on that house, and for one I'll never stir out of my
tracks till I've done as I would be done by, and told him so. Stranger, my duty
is accomplished; if the recalcitrant and dephlogistic messenger of heaven strikes

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

your”— “There, now, there,” I said, “put on the other eight—add five hundred
feet of spiral-twist—do anything and everything you want to do; but calm your
sufferings, and try to keep your feelings where you can reach them with the dictionary.
Meanwhile, if we understand each other now, I will go to work again.”

I think I have been sitting here a full hour, this time, trying to get back to where I
was when my train of thought was broken up by the last interruption; but I believe
I have accomplished it at last, and may venture to proceed again.]

wrestled with this great subject, and the greatest among them have found it a worthy adversary, and
one that always comes up fresh and smiling after every throw. The great Confucius said that he
would rather be a profound political economist than chief of police. Cicero frequently said that
political economy was the grandest consummation that the human mind was capable of consuming;
and even our own Greeley has said vaguely but forcibly that “Political

[Here the lightning-rod man sent up another call for me. I went down in a
state of mind bordering on impatience. He said he would rather have died than
interrupt me, but when he was employed to do a job, and that job was expected to
be done in a clean, workmanlike manner, and when it was finished and fatigue
urged him to seek the rest and recreation he stood so much in need of, and he was
about to do it, but looked up and saw at a glance that all the calculations had been
a little out, and if a thunder storm were to come up, and that house, which he felt
a personal interest in, stood there with nothing on earth to protect it but sixteen
lightning-rods— “Let us have peace!” I shrieked. “Put up a hundred and
fifty! Put some on the kitchen! Put a dozen on the barn! Put a couple on the
cow!—Put one on the cook!—scatter them all over the persecuted place till it
looks like a zinc-plated, spiral-twisted, silver-mounted cane-break! Move! Use
up all the material you can get your hands on, and when you run out of lightning-rods
put up ram-rods, cam-rods, stair-rods, piston-rods—anything that will pander
to your dismal appetite for artificial scenery, and bring respite to my raging brain
and healing to my lacerated soul!” Wholly unmoved—further than to smile
sweetly—this iron being simply turned back his wristbands daintily, and said “He
would now proceed to hump himself.” Well, all that was nearly three hours ago.
It is questionable whether I am calm enough yet to write on the noble theme of
political economy, but I cannot resist the desire to try, for it is the one subject that

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

is nearest to my heart and dearest to my brain of all this world's philosophy.]

“— economy is heaven's best boon to man.” When the loose but gifted Byron lay in his Venetian
exile he observed that, if it could be granted him to go back and live his misspent life over again,
he would give his lucid and unintoxicated intervals to the composition, not of frivolous rhymes, but
of essays upon political economy. Washington loved this exquisite science; such names as Baker,
Beckwith, Judson, Smith, are imperishably linked with it; and even imperial Homer, in the ninth
book of the Iliad, has said:—



Fiat justitia, ruat cœlum,
Post mortem unum, ante bellum,
Hic jacet hoc, ex-parte res,
Politicum e-conomico est.

The grandeur of these conceptions of the old poet, together with the felicity of the wording which
clothes them, and the sublimity of the imagery whereby they are illustrated, have singled out that
stanza, and made it more celebrated than any that ever—

[“Now, not a word out of you—not a single word. Just state your bill and
relapse into impenetrable silence for ever and ever on these premises. Nine
hundred dollars? Is that all? This check for the amount will be honored at any
respectable bank in America. What is that multitude of people gathered in the
street for? How?—`looking at the lightning-rods!' Bless my life, did they never
see any lightning-rods before? Never saw `such a stack of them on one establishment,'
did I understand you to say? I will step down and critically observe this
popular ebullition of ignorance.”]

Three Days Later.—We are all about worn out. For four-and-twenty hours
our bristling premises were the talk and wonder of the town. The theatres languished,
for their happiest scenic inventions were tame and commonplace compared
with my lightning-rods. Our street was blocked night and day with spectators, and
among them were many who came from the country to see. It was a blessed relief
on the second day, when a thunder-storm came up and the lightning began to “go
for” my house, as the historian Josephus quaintly phrases it. It cleared the galleries,
so to speak. In five minutes there was not a spectator within half a mile of
my place; but all the high houses about that distance away were full, windows,
roof, and all And well they might be, for all the falling stars and Fourth-of-July

-- 026 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 026. In-line image of Twain's house being hit with lightning strikes as men flee wildly down the street. The entire roof of the house is covered with lightning rods, which are absorbing all of the strikes.[end figure description]

fireworks of a generation, put together and rained down simultaneously out of
heaven in one brilliant shower upon one helpless roof, would not have any advantage
of the pyrotechnic display that was making my house so magnificently conspicuous
in the general gloom of the storm. By actual count, the lightning struck
at my establishment seven hundred and sixty-four times in forty minutes, but
tripped on one of those faithful rods every time, and slid down the spiral twist and
shot into the earth before it probably had time to be surprised at the way the thing
was done. And through all that bombardment only one patch of slates was ripped
up, and that was because, for a single instant, the rods in the vicinity were transporting
all the lightning they could possibly accommodate. Well, nothing was ever
seen like it since the world began. For one whole day and night not a member

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

of my family stuck his head out of the window but he got the hair snatched off
it as smooth as a billiard-ball; and if the reader will believe me, not one of us ever
dreamt of stirring abroad. But at last the awful siege came to an end—because
there was absolutely no more electricity left in the clouds above us within grappling
distance of my insatiable rods. Then I sallied forth, and gathered daring workmen
together, and not a bite or a nap did we take till the premises were utterly stripped
of all their terrific armament except just three rods on the house, one on the
kitchen, and one on the barn—and behold these remain there even unto this day.
And then, and not till then, the people ventured to use our street again. I will
remark here, in passing, that during that fearful time I did not continue my essay
upon political economy. I am not even yet settled enough in nerve and brain to
resume it.

To Whomit May Concern.—Parties having need of three thousand two hundred
and eleven feet of best quality zinc-plated spiral-twist lightning-rod stuff, and
sixteen hundred and thirty-one silver-tipped points, all in tolerable repair (and,
although much worn by use, still equal to any ordinary emergency), can hear of a
bargain by addressing the publisher.

-- 028 --

p503-027 THE “JUMPING FROG. ”

IN ENGLISH. THEN IN FRENCH.
THEN CLAWED BACK INTO A
CIVILIZED LANGUAGE ONCE MORE
BY PATIENT, UNREMUNERATED
TOIL.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 028. In-line image opening the chapter on the Jumping Frog of Calaveras County. The top image is of two men racing frogs and trying to get them to jump. The man on the left is well-dressed and prodding his frog with a stick. The man on the right is dressed in work clothes, trousers and suspenders with a wide-brimmed hat, and looking at the other man as his frog leaps forward. The lower image is of a frog sitting on a river bank next to cat-tails. [end figure description]

EVEN a criminal is entitled
to fair play; and certainly
when a man who has done
no harm has been unjustly treated,
he is privileged to do his best to
right himself. My attention has
just been called to an article some
three years old in a French Magazine
entitled “Revue des Deux
Mondes” (Review of Some Two Worlds), wherein the writer treats of “Les
Humoristes Americaines” (These Humorists Americans). I am one of these

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

humorists Americans dissected by him, and hence the complaint I am making.

This gentleman's article is an able one (as articles go, in the French, where
they always tangle up everything to that degree that when you start into a sentence
you never know whether you are going to come out alive or not). It is a
very good article, and the writer says all manner of kind and complimentary
things about me—for which I am sure I thank him with all my heart; but then
why should he go and spoil all his praise by one unlucky experiment? What
I refer to is this: he says my Jumping Frog is a funny story, but still he can't
see why it should ever really convulse anyone with laughter—and straightway
proceeds to translate it into French in order to prove to his nation that there is
nothing so very extravagantly funny about it. Just there is where my complaint
originates. He has not translated it at all; he has simply mixed it all up; it is
no more like the Jumping Frog when he gets through with it than I am like a
meridian of longitude. But my mere assertion is not proof; wherefore I print
the French version, that all may see that I do not speak falsely; furthermore, in
order that even the unlettered may know my injury and give me their compassion,
I have been at infinite pains and trouble to re-translate this French version
back into English; and to tell the truth I have well nigh worn myself out at it,
having scarcely rested from my work during five days and nights. I cannot
speak the French language, but I can translate very well, though not fast, I
being self-educated. I ask the reader to run his eye over the original English
version of the Jumping Frog, and then read the French or my re-translation,
and kindly take notice how the Frenchman has riddled the grammar. I think it
is the worst I ever saw; and yet the French are called a polished nation. If I
had a boy that put sentences together as they do, I would polish him to some
purpose. Without further introduction, the Jumping Frog, as I originally
wrote it, was as follows—[after it will be found the French version, and after
the latter my re-translation from the French]:

THE NOTORIOUS JUMPING FROG OF CALAVERAS* COUNTY.

In compliance with the request of a friend of mine, who wrote me from the East, I called on
good-natured, garrulous old Simon Wheeler, and inquired after my friend's friend, Leonidas

-- 030 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 030. In-line image of Twain sitting knee-to-knee with Simon Wheeler. Wheeler is looking rather angry and Twain is staring at him, mouth agape.[end figure description]

W. Smiley, as requested to do, and I hereunto append the result. I have a lurking suspicion that
Leonidas W. Smiley is a myth; that my friend never knew such a personage; and that he only
conjectured that if I asked old Wheeler about him, it would remind him of his infamous Jim
Smiley, and he would go to work and bore me to death with some exasperating reminiscence of
him as long and as tedious as it should be useless to me. If that was the design, it succeeded.

I found Simon Wheeler dozing comfortably by the bar-room stove of the dilapidated tavern in the
decayed mining camp of Angel's, and I noticed that he was fat and bald-headed, and had an
expression of winning gentleness and simplicity upon his tranquil countenance. He roused up,
and gave me good-day. I told him a friend of mine had commissioned me to make some inquiries
about a cherished companion of his
boyhood named Leondias W. Smiley—
Rev. Leondias W. Smiley, a young
minister of the Gospel, who he had
heard was at one time a resident of
Angel's Camp. I added that if Mr.
Wheeler could tell me anything about
this Rev. Leonidas W. Smiley, I would
feel under many obligations to him.

Simon Wheeler backed me into a
corner and blockaded me there with
his chair, and then sat down and reeled
off the monotonous narrative which follows
this paragraph. He never smiled, he
never frowned, he never changed his
voice from the gentle-flowing key to
which he tuned his initial sentence, he
never betrayed the slightest suspicion of
enthusiasm; but all through the interminable
narrative there ran a vein of
impressive earnestness and sincerity,
which showed me plainly that, so far from his imagining that there was anything ridiculous or
funny about his story, he regarded it as a really important matter, and admired its two heroes as
men of transcendent genius in finesse. I let him go on in his own way, and never interrupted him
once.

“Rev. Leonidas W. H'm, Reverend Le—well, there was a feller here once by the name of Jim
Smiley, in the winter of '49—or may be it was the spring of '50—I don't recollect exactly, somehow,
though what makes me think it was one or the other is because I remember the big flume

-- 031 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 031. In-line image of a horse-race, with the center of the image taken up with a wild looking horse, surrounded by clouds of dust. In the distant background is another racer watching this horse from his carriage.[end figure description]

warn't finished when he first come to the camp; but any way, he was the curiosest man about always
betting on anything that turned up you ever see, if he could get anybody to bet on the other
side; and if he couldn't he'd change sides. Any way that suited the other man would suit him
any way just so's he got a bet, he was satisfied. But still he was lucky, uncommon lucky; he most
always come out winner. He was always ready and laying for a chance; there couldn't be no solit'ry
thing mentioned but that feller'd offer to bet on it, and take ary side you please, as I was just
telling you. If there was a horse-race, you'd find him flush or you'd find him busted at the end of
it; if there was a dog-fight, he'd bet on it; if there was a cat-fight, he'd bet on it; if there was a
chicken-fight, he'd bet on it; why, if there was two birds setting on a fence, he would bet you
which one would fly first; or if there was
a camp-meeting, he would be there reg'lar
to bet on Parson Walker, which he judged
to be the best exhorter about here, and so
he was too, and a good man. If he even see
a straddle-bug start to go anywheres, he
would bet you how long it would take
him to get to—to wherever he was going
to, and if you took him up, he would foller
that straddle-bug to Mexico but what he
would find out where he was bound for and
how long he was on the road. Lots of the
boys here has seen that Smiley, and can
tell you about him. Why, it never made
no difference to him — he'd bet on any
thing — the dangdest feller. Parson Walker's
wife laid very sick once, for a good
while, and it seemed as if they warn't going
to save her; but one morning he come in,
and Smiley up and asked him how she was, and he said she was considable better—thank the
Lord for his inf'nit mercy—and coming on so smart that with the blessing of Prov'dence she'd get
well yet; and Smiley, before he thought says, “Well, I'll resk two-and-a-half she don't anyway.”

Thish-yer Smiley had a mare—the boys called her the fifteen-minute nag, but that was only in fun,
you know, because of course she was faster than that—and he used to win money on that horse,
for all she was so slow and always had the asthma, or the distemper, or the consumption, or something
of that kind. They used to give her two or three hundred yards' start, and then pass her
under way; but always at the fag-end of the race she'd get excited and desperate-like, and come
cavorting and straddling up, and scattering her legs around limber, sometimes in the air, and

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

sometimes out to one side amongst the fences, and kicking up m-o-r-e dust and raising m-o-r-e
racket with her coughing and sneezing and blowing her nose—and always fetch up at the stand just
about a neck ahead, as near as you could cipher it down.

And he had a little small bull-pup, that to look at him you'd think he warn't worth a cent but to
set around and look ornery and lay for a chance to steal something. But as soon as money was up
on him he was a different dog; his under-jaw'd begin to stick out like the fo'castle of a steamboat,
and his teeth would uncover and shine like the furnaces. And a dog might tackle him and bullyrag
him, and bite him, and throw him over his shoulder two or three times, and Andrew Jackson—
which was the name of the pup—Andrew Jackson would never let on but what he was satisfied, and
hadn't expected nothing else—and the bets being doubled and doubled on the other side all the
time, till the money was all up; and then all of a sudden he would grab that other dog jest by the
j'int of his hind leg and freeze to it—not chaw, you understand, but only just grip and hang on till
they throwed up the sponge, if it was a year. Smiley always come out winner on that pup, till he
harnessed a dog once that did'nt have no hind legs, because they'd been sawed off in a circular saw,
and when the thing had gone along far enough, and the money was all up, and he come to make a
snatch for his pet holt, he see in a minute how he'd been imposed on, and how the other dog had
him in the door, so to speak, and he 'peared surprised, and then he looked sorter discouraged-like,
and didn't try no more to win the fight, and so he got shucked out bad. He give Smiley a look, as
much as to say his heart was broke, and it was his fault, for putting up a dog that hadn't no hind
legs for him to take holt of, which was his main dependence in a fight, and then he limped off a
piece and laid down and died. It was a good pup, was that Andrew Jackson, and would have made
a name for hisself if he'd lived, for the stuff was in him and he had genius—I know it, because he
hadn't no opportunities to speak of, and it don't stand to reason that a dog could make such a fight
as he could under them circumstances if he hadn't no talent. It always makes me feel sorry when
I think of that last fight of his'n, and the way it turned out.

Well, thish-yer Smiley had rat-tarriers, and chicken cocks, and tom-cats and all them kind of
things, till you couldn't rest, and you couldn't fetch nothing for him to bet on but he'd match you.
He ketched a frog one day, and took him home, and said he cal'lated to educate him; and so he
never done nothing for three months but set in his back yard and learn that frog to jump. And
you bet you he did learn him, too. He'd give him a little punch behind, and the next minute you'd
see that frog whirling in the air like a doughnut—see him turn one summerset, or may be a couple,
if he got a good start, and come down flat-footed and all right, like a cat. He got him up so in the
matter of ketching flies, and kep' him in practice so constant, that he'd nail a fly every time as fur
as he could see him. Smiley said all a frog wanted was education, and he could do 'most anything—
and I believe him. Why, I've seen him set Dan'l Webster down here on this floor—Dan'l Webster
was the name of the frog—and sing out, “Flies, Dan'l, flies!” and quicker'n you could wink
he'd spring straight up and snake a fly off'n the counter there, and flop down on the floor ag'in as

-- 033 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 033. In-line image of the jumping frog. The frog is facing forward, with back legs poised to leap, front legs open and resting, and eyes wide.[end figure description]

solid as a gob of mud, and fall to scratching the side of his head with his hind foot as indifferent as
as if he hadn't no idea he'd been doin' any more'n any frog might do. You never see a frog so
modest and straightfor'ard as he was, for all he was so gifted. And when it come to fair and square
jumping on a dead level, he could get over more ground at one straddle than any animal of his
breed you ever see. Jumping on a dead level was his strong suit, you understand; and when it
come to that, Smiley would ante up money on him as long as he had a red. Smiley was monstrous
proud of his frog, and well he might be, for fellers that had traveled and been everywheres, all said he
laid over any frog that ever they see.

Well, Smiley kep' the beast in a little lattice box, and he used to fetch him down town sometimes
and lay for a bet. One day a feller—a stranger in the camp, he was—come acrost him with his box,
and says:

“What might it be that you've got in the box?”

And Smiley says, sorter indifferent-like, “It might be a parrot, or it might be a canary, maybe,
but it ain't—it's only just a frog.”

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

And the feller took it, and looked at it careful, and turned it round this way and that, and says,
“H'm—so 'tis. Well, what's he good for?”

“Well,” Smiley, says, easy and careless, “he's good enough for one thing, I should judge—he can
outjump any frog in Calaveras county.”

The feller took the box again, and took another long, particular look, and give it back to Smiley,
and says, very deliberate, “Well,” he says, “I don't see no p'ints about that frog that's any better'n
any other frog.”

“Maybe you don't,” Smiley says. “Maybe you understand frogs and maybe you don't understand'
em; maybe you've had experience, and maybe you ain't only a amature, as it were. Anyways, I've
got my opinion and I'll resk forty dollars that he can outjump any frog in Calaveras county.”

And the feller studied a minute, and then says, kinder sad like, “Well, I'm only a stranger here,
and I ain't got no frog; but if I had a frog, I'd bet you.”

And then Smiley says, “That's all right—that's all right—if you'll hold my box a minute, I'll go
and get you a frog.” And so the feller took the box, and put up his forty dollars along with Smiley's,
and set down to wait.

So he set there a good while thinking and thinking to hisself, and then he got the frog out and
prized his mouth open and took a teaspoon and filled him full of quail shot—filled him pretty near
up to his chin—and set him on the floor. Smiley he went to the swamp and slopped around in the
mud for a long time, and finally he ketched a frog, and fetched him in, and give him to this feller,
and says:

“Now, if you're ready, set him alongside of Dan'l, with his fore-paws just even with Dan'l's, and
I'll give the word.” Then he says, “One—two—three—git!” and him and the feller touched up
the frogs from behind, and the new frog hopped off lively, but Dan'l give a heave, and hysted up
his shoulders—so—like a Frenchman, but it warn't no use—he couldn't budge; he was planted as
solid as a church, and he couldn't no more stir than if he was anchored out. Smiley was a good
deal surprised, and he was disgusted too, but he didn't have no idea what the matter was, of course.

The feller took the money and started away; and when he was going out at the door, he sorter
jerked his thumb over his shoulder—so—at Dan'l, and says again, very deliberate, “Well,” he says
I don't see no p'ints about that frog that's any better'n any other frog.”

Smiley he stood scratching his head and looking down at Dan'l a long time, and at last he says,
“I do wonder what in the nation that frog throw'd off for—I wonder if there ain't something the
matter with him—he 'pears to look mighty baggy, somehow.” And he ketched Dan'l by the nap
of the neck, and hefted him, and says, “Why blame my cats if he don't weigh five pound!” and
turned him upside down and he belched out a double handful of shot. And then he see how it
was, and he was the maddest man—he set the frog down and took out after that feller, but he never
ketched him. And—”

[Here Simon Wheeler heard his name called from the front yard, and got up to see what was

-- 035 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 035. In-line image of the well-dressed man holding his frog upside-down by a back leg. He is wide-eyed with surprise as a copious amount of buckshot pours out of the frog's mouth.[end figure description]

wanted.] And turning to me as he moved away, he said: “Just set where you are, stranger, and
rest easy—I ain't going to be gone a second.”

But, by your leave, I did not think that a continuation of the history of the enterprising vagabond
Jim Smiley would be likely to afford me much information concerning the Rev. Leonidas W. Smiley,
and so I started away.

At the door I met the sociable Wheeler returning, and he button-holed me and re-commenced:

“Well, thish-yer Smiley had a yaller one-eyed cow that didn't have no tail, only jest a short
stump like a bannanner, and—”

However, lacking both time and inclination, I did not wait to hear about the afflicted cow, but
took my leave.

Now let the learned look upon this picture and say if iconoclasm can further go:

[From the Revue des Deux Mondes, of July 15th, 1872.]

LA GRENOUILLE SANTEUSE DU COMTE DE CALAVERAS.

“—Il y avait une fois ici un individu connu sous le nom de Jim Smiley: c'était dans l'hiver de
49, peut-être bien au printemps de 50, je ne me rappelle pas exactement. Ce qui me fait croire que

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

c'était l'un ou l'autre, c'est que je me souviens que le grand bief n'était pas achevé lorsqu'il arriva
au camp pour la premiére fois, mais de toutes façons il était l'homme le plus friand de paris qui se
pût voir, pariant sur tout ce qui se présentait, quand il pouvait trouver un adversaire, et, quand il
n'en trouvait pas il passait du côté opposé. Tout ce qui convenait à l'autre lui convenait; pourvu
qu'il eût un pari, Smiley était satisfait. Et il avait une chance! une chance inouie: presque toujours
il gagnait. Il faut dire qu'il était toujours prêt à s' exposer, qu' on ne pouvait mentionner la moindre
chose sans que ce gaillard offrît de parier là-dessus n'importe quoi et de prendre le côté que l'on
voudrait, comme je vous le disais tout à l'heure. S'il y avait des courses, vous le trouviez riche ou
ruiné à la fin; s'il y avait un combat de chiens, il apportait son enjeu; il l'apportait pour un combat
de chats, pour un combat de coqs;—parbleu! si vous aviez vu deux oiseaux sur une haie, il vous
aurait offert de parier lequel s'envolerait le premier, et, s'il y avait meeting au camp, il venait parier
régulièrement pour le curé Walker, qu'il jugeait être le meilleur prédicateur des environs, et qui
l'était en effet, et un brave homme. Il aurait rencontré une punaise de bois en chemin, qu'il aurait
parié sur le temps qu'il lui faudrait pour aller où elle voudrait aller, et, si vous l'aviez pris au mot, il
aurait suivi la punaise jusqu'au Mexique, sans se soucier d'aller si loin, ni du temps qu'il y perdrait.
Une fois la femme du curé Walker fut très malade pendant longtemps, il semblait qu'on ne la
sauverait pas; mais un matin le curé arrive, et Smiley lui demande comment elle va, et il dit qu'elle
est bien mieux, grâce à l'infinie miséricorde, tellement mieux qu'avec la bénédiction de la Providence
elle s'en tirerait, et voilà que, sans y penser, Smiley répond:—Eh bien! je gage deux et
demi qu'elle mourra tout de même.

“Ce Smiley avait une jument que les gars appelaient le bidet du quart d'heure, mais seulement
pour plaisanter, vous comprenez, parce que, bien entendu, elle était plus vite que ça! Et il avait
coutume de gagner de l'argent avec cette bête, quoiqu'elle fût poussive, cornarde, toujours prise
d'asthme, de coliques ou de consomption, ou de quelque chose d'approchant. On lui donnait 2 ou
300 yards au départ, puis on la dépassait sans peine; mais jamais à la fin elle ne manquait de
s'échauffer, de s'exaspérer, et elle arrivait, s'écartant, se défendant, ses jambes grêles en l'air devant
les obstacles, quelquefois les évitant et faisant avec cela plus de poussière qu'aucun cheval, plus de
bruit surtout avec ses éternumens et reniflemens,—crac! elle arrivait donc toujours première d'une
tête, aussi juste qu'on peut le mesurer. Et il avait un petit bouledogue qui, à le voir, ne valait pas
un sou; ou aurait cru que parier contre lui c'était voler, tant il était ordinaire; mais aussitôt les
enjeux faits, il devenait un autre chien. Sa mâchoire inférieure commençait à ressortir comme un
gaillard d'avant, ses dents se découvraient brillantes comme des fournaises, et un chien pouvait le
taquiner, l'exciter, le mordre, le jeter deux ou trois fois par-dessus son épaule, André Jackson, c'était
le nom du chien, André Jackson prenait cela tranquillement, comme s'il ne se fût jamais attendu à
autre chose, et quand les paris étaient doublés et redoublés contre lui, il vous saisissait l'autre chien
juste à l'articulation de la jambe de derrière, et il ne la lâchait plus, non pas qu'il la mâchât, vous
concevez, mais il s'y serait tenu pendu jusqu'à ce qu'on jetât l'éponge en l'air, fallût-il attendre un

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

an. Smiley gagnait toujours avec cette bête-là; malheureusement ils ont fini par dresser un
chien qui n'avait pas de pattes de derrière, parce qu'on les avait sciées, et quand les choses furent
au point qu'il voulait, et qu'il en vint à se jeter sur son morceau favori, le pauvre chien comprit en
un instant qu'on s'était moqué de lui, et que l'autre le tenait. Vous n'avez jamais vu personne
avoir l'air plus penaud et plus découragé; il ne fit aucun effort pour gagner le combat et
fut rudement secoué, de sorte que, regardant Smiley comme pour lui dire:—Mon cœur est
brisé, c'est ta faute; pourquoi m'avoir livré à un chien qui n'a pas de pattes de derriére, puisque
c'est par là que je les bats?—il s'en alla en clopinant, et se coucha pour mourir. Ah! c'était un
bon chien, cet André Jackson, et il se serait fait un nom, s'il avait vécu, car il y avait de l'etoffe en
lui, il avait du génie, je le sais, bien que de grandes occasions lui aient manqué; mais il est impossible
de supposer qu'un chien capable de se battre comme lui, certaines circonstances étant données,
ait manqué de talent. Je me sens triste toutes les fois que je pense à son dernier combat et au
dénoûment qu'il a eu. Eh bien! ce Smiley nourrissait des terriers à rats; et des coqs de combat, et
des chats, et toute sorte de choses, au point qu'il était toujours en mesure de vous tenir tête, et qu'avec
sa rage de paris on n'avait plus de repos. Il attrapa un jour une grenouille et l'emporta chez
lui, disant qu'il prétendait faire son éducation; vous me croirez si vous voulez, mais pendant trois
mois il n'a rien fait que lui apprendre à sauter dans une cour retirée de sa maison. Et je vous
réponds qu'il avait réussi. Il lui donnait un petit coup par derrière, et l'instant d'après vous
voyiez la grenouille tourner en l'air comme un beignet au-dessus de la poêle, faire une culbute,
quelquefois deux, lorsqu'elle était bein partie, et retomber sur ses pattes comme un chat. Il l'avait
dressée dans l'art de gober des mouches, et l'y exercait continuellement, si bien qu'une mouche, du
plus loin qu'elle apparaissait, était une mouche perdue. Smiley avait coutume de dire que tout ce
qui manquait à une grenouille, c'était l'éducation, qu'avec l'éducation elle pouvait faire presque
tout, et je le crois. Tenez, je l'ai vu poser Daniel Webster là sur ce plancher,—Daniel Webster
était le nom de la grenouille,—et lui chanter:—Des mouches! Daniel, des mouches!—En un clin
d'œil, Daniel avait bondi et saisi une mouche ici sur le comptoir, puis sauté de nouveau par terre, où
il restait vraiment à se gratter la tête avec sa patte de derrière, comme s'il n'avait pas eu la
moindre idée de sa supériorité. Jamais vous n'avez grenouille vu de aussi modeste, aussi naturelle,
douée comme elle l'était! Et quand il s'agissait de sauter purement et simplement sur terrain
plat, elle faisait plus de chemin en un saut qu'aucune bête de son espèce que vous puissiez conna
ître. Sauter à plat, c'était son fort! Quand il s'agissait de cela, Smiley entassait les enjeux
sur elle tant qu'il lui, restait un rouge liard. Il faut le reconnaître, Smiley était monstrueusement
fier de sa grenouille, et il en avait le droit, car des gens qui avaient voyagé, qui avaient tout vu,
disaient qu'on lui ferait injure de la comparer à une autre; de façon que Smiley gardait Daniel
dans une petite boîte à claire-voie qu'il emporta it parfois à la ville pour quelque pari.

“Un jour, un individu étranger au camp l'arrête avec sa boíte et lui dit:—Qu'est-ce que vous
avez donc serré là dedans?

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

“Smiley dit d'un air indifférent:—Cela puorrait être un perroquet ou un serin, mais ce u'est rien
de pareil, ce n'est qu'une grenouille.

“L'individu la prend, la regarde avec soin, la tourne d'un côté et de l'autre puss il dit.—Tiens!
en effet! A quoi est-elle bonne?

“—Mon Dieu! répond Smiley, toujours d'un air dégagé, elle est bonne pour une chose à mon
avis, elle peut battre en sautant toute grenouille du comté de Calaveras.

“L'individu reprend la boîte, l'examine de uouveau longuement, et la rend à Smiley en disant
d'un air délibéré:—Eh bien! je ne vois pas que cette grenouille ait rien de mieux qu'aucune
grenouille.

“—Possible que vous ne le voyiez pas, dit Smiley, possible que vous vous entendiez en greouilles,
possible que vous ne vous y entendez point, possible que vous ayez de l'expérience, et possible
que vous ne soyez qu'un amateur. De toute manière, je parie quarante dollars qu'elle battra
en sautant n'importe quelle grenouille du comté de Calaveras.

“L'individu réfléchit une seconde et dit comme attristé:—Je ne suis qu'un étranger ici, je n'ai
pas de grenouille; mais, si j'en avais une, je tiendrais le pari.

“—Fort bien! répond Smiley. Rien de plus facile. Si vous voulez tenir ma boîte une minute,
j'iral vous chercher une grenouille.—Voilà donc l'individu qui garde la boíte, qui met ses quarante
dollars sur ceux de Smiley et qui attend. Il attend assez longtemps, réfléchissant tout seul, et
figurez-vous qu'il prend Daniel, lui ouvre la bouche de force et avec une cuiller à thé l'emplit de
menu plomb de chasse, mais l'emplit jusqu'au menton, puis il le pose par terre. Smiley pendant
ce temps était à barboter dans une mare. Finalement il attrape une grenouille, l'apporte à cet
individu et dit:—Maintenant, si vous êtes prêt, mettez-la tout contre Daniel, avec leurs pattes de
devant sur la même ligne, et je donnerai le signal;—puis il ajoute:—Un, deux, trois, sautez!

“Lui et l'individu touchent leurs grenouilles par derrière, et la grenouille neuve se met à sautiller,
mais Daniel se soulève lourdement, hausse les épaules ainsi, comme un Français; à quoi bon? il ne
pouvait bouger, il était planté solide comme une enclume, il n'avançait pas puls que si on l'eût mis
à l'ancre. Smiley fut surpris et dégoûté, mais il ne se doutait pas du tour, bien entendu. L'individu
empoche l'argent, s'en va, et en s'en allant est-ce qu'il ne donne pas un coup de pouce par-dessus
lé'paule, comme ça, au pauvre Daniel, en disant de son air délibéré:—Eh bien! je ne vois pas que
cette grenouille ait rien de mieux qu'une autre.

“Smiley se gratta longtemps la tête, les yeux fixés sur Daniel, jusqu'à ce qu'enfin il dit;—Je me
demande comment diable il se fait que cette bête ait refusé... Est-ce qu'elle aurait quelque chose?..
On croirait qu'elle est enflée.

“Il empoigne Daniel par la peau du cou, le soulève et dit:—Le loup me croque, s'il ne pèse pas
cinq livres.

“Il le retourne, et le malheureux crache deux poignées de plomb. Quand Smiley reconnut ce

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

qui en était, il fut comme fou. Vous le voyez d'ici poser sa grenouille par terre et courir après cet
individu, mais il ne le rattrapa jamais, et...

[Translation of the above back from the French].

THE FROG JUMPING OF THE COUNTY OF CALAVERAS.

It there was one time here an individual known under the name of Jim Smiley:
it was in the winter of '49, possibly well at the spring of '50, I no me recollect not
exactly. This which me makes to believe that it was the one or the other, it is that
I shall remember that the grand flume is not achieved when he arrives at the camp
for the first time, but of all sides he was the man the most fond of to bet which one
have seen, betting upon all that which is presented, when he could find an adversary;
and when he not of it could not, he passed to the side opposed. All that which
convenienced to the the other, to him convenienced also; seeing that he had a bet,
Smiley was satisfied. And he had a chance! a chance even worthless: nearly
always he gained. It must to say that he was always near to himself expose, but
one no could mention the least thing without that this gaillard offered to bet the
bottom, no matter what, and to take the side that one him would, as I you it said
all at the hour (tout à l'heure). If it there was of races, you him find rich or ruined
at the end; if it there is a combat of dogs, he bring his bet; he himself laid always
for a combat of cats, for a combat of cocks;—by-blue! if you have see two birds
upon a fence, he you should have offered of to bet which of those birds shall fly the
first; and if there is meeting at the camp (meeting au camp) he comes to bet regularly
for the curé Walker, which he judged to be the best predicator of the neighborhood
(prédicateur des environs) and which he was in effect, and a brave man.
He would encounter a bug of wood in the road, whom he will bet upon the time
which he shall take to go where she would go—and if you him have take at the
word, he will follow the bug as far as Mexique, without himself caring to go so far;
neither of the time which he there lost. One time the woman of the curé
Walker is very sick during long time, it seemed that one not her saved not; but
one morning the curé arrives, and Smiley him demanded how she goes, and he said
that she is well better, grace to the infinite misery (lui demande comment elle va,
et il dit qu'elle est bien mieux, grâce à l'infinie misèricorde) so much better that

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

with the benediction of the Providence she herself of it would pull out (elle s'en
tirerait); and behold that without there thinking Smiley responds: “Well, I gage
two-and-half that she will die all of same.”

This Smiley had an animal which the boys called the nag of the quarter of hour,
but solely for pleasantry, you comprehend, because, well understand, she was more
fast as that! [Now why that exclamation?—M. T.] And it was custom of to gain
of the silver with this beast, notwithstanding she was poussive, cornarde, always
taken of asthma, of colics or of consumption, or something of approaching. One
him would give two or three hundred yards at the departure, then one him passed
without pain; but never at the last she not fail of herself èchauffer, of herself
exasperate, and she arrives herself écartant, se dèfendant, her legs grêles in the air
before the obstacles, sometimes them elevating and making with this more of dust
than any horse, more of noise above with his éternumens and reniflemens—crac!
she arrives then always first by one head, as just as one can it measure. And he
had a small bull dog (boule dogue!) who, to him see, no value, not a cent; one
would believe that to bet against him it was to steal, so much he was ordinary; but
as soon as the game made, she becomes another dog. Her jaw inferior commence
to project like a deck of before, his teeth themselves discover brilliant like some
furnaces, and a dog could him tackle (le taquiner), him excite, him murder (le
mordre), him throw two or three times over his shoulder, André Jackson—this was
the name of the dog—André Jackson takes that tranquilly, as if he not himself
was never expecting other thing, and when the bets were doubled and redoubled
against him, he you sieze the other dog just at the articulation of the leg of behind,
and he not it leave more, not that he it masticate, you conceive, but he himself
there shall be holding during until that one throws the sponge in the air, must he
wait a year. Smiley gained always with this beast-là; unhappily they have finished
by elevating a dog who no had not of feet of behind, because one them had sawed;
and when things were at the point that he would, and that he came to himself throw
upon his morsel favorite, the poor dog comprehended in an instant that he himself
was deccived in him, and that the other dog him had. You no have never see
person having the air more penaud and more discouraged; he not made no effort
to gain the combat, and was rudely shucked.

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

Eh bien! this Smiley nourished some terriers á rats, and some cocks of combat,
and some cats, and all sort of things; and with his rage of betting one no had more
of repose. He trapped one day a frog and him imported with him (et l'emporta
chez lui) saying that he pretended to make his education. You me believe if you
will, but during three months he not has nothing done but to him apprehend to
jump (apprendre ă sauter) in a court retired of her mansion (de sa maison). And
I you respond that he have succeeded. He him gives a small blow by behind, and
the instant after you shall see the frog turn in the air like a grease-biscuit, make
one summersault, sometimes two, when she was well started, and re-fall upon his
feet like a cat. He him had accomplished in the art of to gobble the flies (gober
des mouches), and him there exercised continually—so well that a fly at the most
far that she appeared was a fly lost. Smiley had custom to say that all which
lacked to a frog it was the education, but with the education she could do nearly
all—and I him believe. Tenez, I him have seen pose Daniel Webster there upon
this plank—Daniel Webster was the name of the frog—and to him sing, “Some
flies, Daniel, some flies!”—in a flash of the eye Daniel had bounded and seized a
fly here upon the counter, then jumped anew at the earth, where he rested truly to
himself scratch the head with his behind-foot, as if he no had not the least idea of
his superiority. Never you not have seen frog as modest, as natural, sweet as she
was. And when he himself agitated to jump purely and simply upon plain earth,
she does more ground in one jump than any beast of his species than you can know.
To jump plain—this was his strong. When he himself agitated for that, Smiley
multiplied the bets upon her as long as there to him remained a red. It must to
know, Smiley was monstrously proud of his frog, and he of it was right, for some
men who were traveled, who had all seen, said that they to him would be injurious
to him compare to another frog. Smiley guarded Daniel in a little box latticed
which he carried bytimes to the village for some bet.

One day an individual stranger at the camp him arrested with his box and him
said:

“What is this that you have then shut up there within?”

Smiley said, with an air indifferent:

“That could be a paroquet, or a syringe (ou un serin), but this no is nothing of
such, it not is but a frog.”

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

The individual it took, it regarded with care, it turned from one side and from
the other, then he said:

“Tiens! in effect!—At what is she good?”

“My God!” respond Smiley, always with an air disengaged, “she is good for
one thing, to my notice, (à mon avis), she can batter in jumping (elle peut batter
en sautant) all frogs of the county of Calaveras.”

The individual re-took the box, it examined of new longly, and it rendered to
Smiley in saying with an air deliberate:

“Eh bien! I no saw not that that frog had nothing of better than each frog.”
(Je ne vois pas que cette grenouille ait rien de mieux qu'aucune grenouille). [If
that isn't grammar gone to seed, then I count myself no judge.—M. T.]

“Possible that you not it saw not,” said Smiley, “possible that you—you comprehend
frogs; possible that you not you there comprehend nothing; possible that
you had of the experience, and possible that you not be but an amateur. Of all
manner, (De toute manière) I bet forty dollars that she batter in jumping no matter
which frog of the county of Calaveras.”

The individual reflected a second, and said like sad:

“I not am but a stranger here, I no have not a frog; but if I of it had one, I
would embrace the bet.”

“Strong well!” respond Smiley; “nothing of more facility. If you will hold my
box a minute, I go you to search a frog (j' irai vous chercher).”

Behold, then, the individual, who guards the box, who puts his forty dollars upon
those of Smiley, and who attends, (et qui attend). He attended enough longtimes,
reflecting all solely. And figure you that he takes Daniel, him opens the mouth by
force and with a tea-spoon him fills with shot of the hunt, even him fills just to the
chin, then he him puts by the earth. Smiley during these times was at slopping in
a swamp. Finally he trapped (attrape) a frog, him carried to that individual, and
said:

“Now if you be ready, put him all against Daniel, with their before-feet upon the
same line, and I give the signal”—then he added: “One, two, three,—advance!”

Him and the individual touched their frogs by behind, and the frog new put to
jump smartly, but Daniel himself lifted ponderously, exalted the shoulders thus,

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

like a Frenchman—to what good? he not could budge, he is planted solid like a
church, he not advance no more than if one him had put at the anchor.

Smiley was surprised and disgusted, but he not himself doubted not of the turn
being intended (mais il ne se doutait pas du tour, bien entendu). The individual
empocketed the silver, himself with it went, and of it himself in going is it that he
no gives not a jerk of thumb over the shoulder—like that—at the poor Daniel, in
saying with his air deliberate—(L' individu empoche l'argent, s'en va et en s'en
allant est ce qu'il ne donne pas un coup de pouce par-dessus l'épaule, comme ca,
au pauvre Daniel, endisant de son air délibéré):

“Eh bien! I no see not that that frog has nothing of better than another.

Smiley himself scratched longtimes the head, the eyes fixed upon Daniel, until
that which at last he said:

“I me demand how the devil it makes itself that this beast has refused. Is it
that she had something? One would believe that she is stuffed.”

He grasped Daniel by the skin of the neck, him lifted and said:

“The wolf me bite if he no weigh not five pounds.”

He him reversed and the unhappy belched two handfuls of shot (et le malhereus,
etc).—When Smiley recognized how it was, he was like mad. He deposited
his frog by the earth and ran after that individual, but he not him caught never.

Such is the Jumping Frog, to the distorted French eye. I claim that I never put
together such an odious mixture of bad grammar and delirium tremens in my life.
And what has a poor foreigner like me done, to be abused and misrepresented like
this? When I say, “Well, I don't see no p'ints about that frog that's any better'n
any other frog,” is it kind, is it just, for this Frenchman to try to make it appear
that I said, “Eh bien! I no saw not that that frog had nothing of better than each
frog?” I have no heart to write more. I never felt so about anything before.

Hartford, March, 1875.

eaf503n1

* Pronounced Cal-e-va-ras.

-- 044 --

p503-043 JOURNALISM IN TENNESSEE.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 044. In-line image; the opening image for the short story "Journalism in Tennessee." Twain is sitting at a desk writing, with the editor-in-chief standing at his shoulder. Both are looking up at the door to the office, which has been thrown open by a tall man dressed in the regalia of an officer in the Civil War. His eyes are wild, as is his hair that stands on end. The officer has one hand on his hip and the other is clasped onto a gun. In the foreground of the image are newspapers spread unevenly on the floor.[end figure description]

The editor of the Memphis Avalanche swoops
thus mildly down upon a correspondent who posted
him as a Radical:—“While he was writing the first
word, the middle, dotting his i's, crossing his t's,
and punching his period, he knew he was concocting
a sentence that was saturated with infamy and
reeking with falsehood.”

Exchange.

I WAS told by the physician that a
Southern climate would improve my
health, and so I went down to Tennessee,
and got a berth on the Morning Glory
and Johnson County War-Whoop
as associate
editor. When I went on duty I
found the chief editor sitting tilted back
in a three-legged chair with his feet on a pine table. There was another pine
table in the room and another afflicted chair, and both were half buried under

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

newspapers and scraps and sheets of manuscript. There was a wooden box of
sand, sprinkled with cigar stubs and “old soldiers,” and a stove with a door hanging
by its upper hinge. The chief editor had a long-tailed black cloth frock coat
on, and white linen pants. His boots were small and neatly blacked. He wore a
ruffled shirt, a large seal ring, a standing collar of obsolete pattern, and a checkered
neckerchief with the ends hanging down. Date of costume about 1848. He
was smoking a cigar, and trying to think of a word, and in pawing his hair he had
rumpled his locks a good deal: He was scowling fearfully, and I judged that he
was concocting a particularly knotty editorial. He told me to take the exchanges
and skim through them and write up the “Spirit of the Tennessee Press,” condensing
into the article all of their contents that seemed of interest.

I wrote as follows:—

“SPIRIT OF THE TENNESSEE PRESS.

“The editors of the Semi-Weekly Earthquake evidently labor under a misapprehension with
regard to the Ballyhack railroad. It is not the object of the company to leave Buzzardville off
to one side. On the contrary, they consider it one of the most important points along the line, and
consequently can have no desire to slight it. The gentlemen of the Earthquake will, of course, take
pleasure in making the correction.

“John W. Blossom, Esq., the able editor of the Higginsville Thunderbolt and Battle Cry of Freedom,
arrived in the city yesterday. He is stopping at the Van Buren House.

“We observe that our contemporary of the Mud Springs Morning Howl has fallen into the error
of supposing that the election of Van Werter is not an established fact, but he will have discovered
his mistake before this reminder reaches him, no doubt. He was doubtless misled by incomplete
election returns.

“It is pleasant to note that the city of Blathersville is endeavoring to contract with some New York
gentlemen to pave its well-nigh impassable streets with the Nicholson pavement. The Daily Hurrah
urges the measure with ability, and seems confident of ultimate success.”

I passed my manuscript over to the chief editor for acceptance, alteration, or
destruction. He glanced at it and his face clouded. He ran his eye down the
pages, and his countenance grew portentous. It was easy to see that something
was wrong. Presently he sprang up and said—

“Thunder and lightning! Do you suppose I am going to speak of those cattle
that way? Do you suppose my subscribers are going to stand such gruel as that?
Give me the pen!”

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

I never saw a pen scrape and scratch its way so viciously, or plough through
another man's verbs and adjectives so relentlessly. While he was in the midst of
his work, somebody shot at him through the open window, and marred the symmetry
of my ear.

“Ah,” said he, “that is that scoundrel Smith, of the Moral Volcano—he was due
yesterday.” And he snatched a navy revolver from his belt and fired. Smith
dropped, shot in the thigh. The shot spoiled Smith's aim, who was just taking a
second chance, and he crippled a stranger. It was me. Merely a finger shot off.

Then the chief editor went on with his erasures and interlineations. Just as he
finished them a hand-grenade came down the stove pipe, and the explosion shivered
the stove into a thousand fragments. However, it did no further damage, except
that a vagrant piece knocked a couple of my teeth out.

“That stove is utterly ruined,” said the chief editor.

I said I believed it was.

“Well, no matter—don't want it this kind of weather. I know the man that did
it. I'll get him. Now, here is the way this stuff ought to be written.”

I took the manuscript. It was scarred with erasures and interlineations till its
mother wouldn't have known it if it had had one. It now read as follows:—

“SPIRIT OF THE TENNESSEE PRESS.

“The inveterate liars of the Semi-Weekly Earthquake are evidently endeavoring to palm off
upon a noble and chivalrous people another of their vile and brutal falsehoods with regard
to that most glorious conception of the nineteenth century, the Ballyhack railroad. The
idea that Buzzardville was to be left oft at one side originated in their own fulsome brains—or
rather in the settlings which they regard as brains. They had better swallow this lie if they want
to save their abandoned reptile carcasses the cowhiding they so richly deserve.

“That ass, Blossom, of the Higginsville Thunderbolt and Battle Cry of Freedom, is down here
again sponging at the Van Buren.

“We observe that the besotted blackguard of the Mud Spring Morning Howl is giving out, with
his usual propensity for lying, that Van Werter is not elected. The heaven-born mission of journalism
is to disseminate truth; to eradicate error; to educate, refine, and elevate the tone of public
morals and manners, and make all men more gentle, more virtuous, more charitable, and in all ways
better, and holier, and happier; and yet this black-hearted scoundrel degrades his great office persistently
to the dissemination of falsehood, calumny, vituperation, and vulgarity.

“Blathersville wants a Nicholson pavement—it wants a jail and a poorhouse more. The idea
of a pavement in a one horse town composed of two gin mills, a blacksmith's shop, and that

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

mustardplaster of a newspaper, the Daily Hurrah! The crawling insect, Buckner, who edits the Hurrah, is
braying about this business with his customary imbecility, and imagining that he is talking sense.”

“Now that is the way to write—peppery and to the point. Mush-and-milk journalism
gives me the fan-tods.”

About this time a brick came through the window with a splintering crash, and
gave me a considerable of a jolt in the back. I moved out of range—I began to
feel in the way.

The chief said, “That was the Colonel, likely. I've been expecting him for two
days. He will be up, now, right away.”

He was correct. The Colonel appeared in the door a moment afterward with a
dragoon revolver in his hand.

He said, “Sir, have I the honor of addressing the poltroon who edits this mangy
sheet?”

“You have. Be seated, sir. Be careful of the chair, one of its legs is gone. I
believe I have the honor of addressing the putrid liar, Col. Blatherskite Tecumseh?”

“Right, sir. I have a little account to settle with you. If you are at leisure we
will begin.”

“I have an article on the `Encouraging Progress of Moral and Intellectual
Development in America' to finish, but there is no hurry. Begin.”

Both pistols rang out their fierce clamor at the same instant. The chief lost a
lock of his hair, and the Colonel's bullet ended its career in the fleshy part of my
thigh. The Colonel's left shoulder was clipped a little. They fired again. Both
missed their men this time, but I got my share, a shot in the arm. At the third
fire both gentleman were wounded slightly, and I had a knuckle chipped. I then
said, I believed I would go out and take a walk, as this was a private matter, and
I had a delicacy about participating in it further. But both gentlemen begged me
to keep my seat, and assured me that I was not in the way.

They then talked about the elections and the crops while they reloaded, and I
fell to tying up my wounds. But presently they opened fire again with animation,
and every shot took effect—but it is proper to remark that five out of the six fell to
my share. The sixth one mortally wounded the Colonel, who remarked, with fine
humor, that he would have to say good morning now, as he had business up town.
He then inquired the way to the undertaker's and left.

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

The chief turned to me and said, “I am expecting company to dinner, and shall
have to get ready. It will be a favor to me if you will read proof and attend to
the customers.”

I winced a little at the idea of attending to the customers, but I was too bewildered
by the fusilade that was still ringing in my ears to think of anything to say.

He continued, “Jones will be here at 3—cowhide him. Gillespie will call
earlier, perhaps—throw him out of the window. Ferguson will be along about 4—
kill him. That is all for to-day, I believe. If you have any odd time, you may
write a blistering article on the police—give the Chief Inspector rats. The cowhides
are under the table; weapons in the drawer—ammunition there in the corner—
lint and bandages up there in the pigeon-holes. In case of accident, go to Lancet,
the surgeon, down-stairs. He advertises—we take it out in trade.”

He was gone. I shuddered. At the end of the next three hours I had been
through perils so awful that all peace of mind and all cheerfulness were gone from
me. Gillespie had called and thrown me out of the window. Jones arrived
promptly, and when I got ready to do the cowhiding he took the job off my hands.
In an encounter with a stranger, not in the bill of fare, I had lost my scalp.
Another stranger, by the name of Thompson, left me a mere wreck and ruin of
chaotic rags. And at last, at bay in the corner, and beset by an infuriated mob of
editors, blacklegs, politicians, and desperadoes, who raved and swore and flourished
their weapons about my head till the air shimmered with glancing flashes of steel,
I was in the act of resigning my berth on the paper when the chief arrived, and
with him a rabble of charmed and enthusiastic friends. Then ensued a scene of
riot and carnage such as no human pen, or steel one either, could describe. People
were shot, probed, dismembered, blown up, thrown out of the window. There was
a brief tornado of murky blasphemy, with a confused and frantic war-dance glimmering
through it, and then all was over. In five minutes there was silence, and
the gory chief and I sat alone and surveyed the sanguinary ruin that strewed the
floor around us.

He said, “You'll like this place when you get used to it.”

I said, “I'll have to get you to excuse me; I think maybe I might write to suit
you after a while; as soon as I had had some practice and learned the language
I am confident I could. But, to speak the plain truth, that sort of energy of

-- 049 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 049. Image of violence as Twain, who occupies the center of the image, draws back his hand, which tightly holds a giant knife, to slay a man whose body is bent backwards over Twain's knee. In the foreground are an assortment of weapons spread on the ground and in the background are shadowy images of violence being committed by various men.[end figure description]

expression has its inconveniences, and a man is liable to interruption. You see
that yourself. Vigorous writing is calculated to elevate the public, no doubt, but,
then I do not like to attract so much attention as it calls forth. I can't write with
comfort when I am interrupted so much as I have been to-day. I like this berth
well enough, but I don't like to be left here to wait on the customers. The
experiences are novel, I grant you, and entertaining too, after a fashion, but they
are not judiciously distributed. A gentleman shoots at you through the window
and cripples me; a bomb-shell comes down the stove-pipe for your gratification
and sends the stove-door down my throat; a friend drops in to swap compliments
with you, and freckles me with bullet-holes till my skin won't hold my principles;
you go to dinner, and Jones comes with his cowhide, Gillespie throws me out of

-- 050 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 050. In-line image of Twain in the accident ward of the hospital. He is lying sleeping in a hospital bed, bandages wrapped around his head, eyes blackened from fighting, with a pained expression on his face.[end figure description]

the window, Thompson tears all my clothes off, and an entire stranger takes my
scalp with the easy freedom of an old acquaintance; and in less than five minutes
all the blackguards in the country arrive in their war-paint, and proceed to scare
the rest of me to death with their tomahawks. Take it altogether, I never had
such a spirited time in all my life as I have had to-day. No; I like you, and I like
your calm unruffled way of explaining things to the customers, but you see I am
not used to it. The Southern heart is too impulsive; Southern hospitality is too
lavish with the stranger. The paragraphs which I have written to-day, and into
whose cold sentences your masterly hand has infused the fervent spirit of Tennessean
journalism, will wake up another nest of hornets. All that mob of editors
will come—and they will come hungry, too, and want somebody for breakfast. I
shall have to bid you adieu. I decline to be present at these festivities. I came
South for my health, I will go back on the same errand, and suddenly. Tennesseean
journalism is too stirring for me.”

After which we parted with mutual regret, and I took apartments at the hospital.

-- 051 --

p503-050 STORY OF THE BAD LITTLE BOY.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 051. In-line image; opening image for the "Story of the Bad Little Boy." The image is taken up by a giant apple tree in which a boy sits cross-legged on a long branch, leaning backwards to reach for a piece of fruit. At the foot of the tree stands a dog, resembling a bull-mastiff, watching over both the boy and a hat filled with apples.[end figure description]

ONCE there was a bad little boy
whose name was Jim—though,
if you will notice, you will find
that bad little boys are nearly always
called James in your Sunday-school
books. It was strange, but still it
was true that this one was called Jim.

He didn't have any sick mother
either—a sick mother who was pious
and had the consumption, and would
be glad to lie down in the grave and
be at rest but for the strong love she
bore her boy, and the anxiety she
felt that the world might be harsh and cold towards him when she was gone.
Most bad boys in the Sunday-books are named James, and have sick mothers,

-- 052 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 052. Image of the bad little boy standing on a chair in the pantry, taking down a large jar of jam to eat.[end figure description]

who teach them to say, “Now, I lay me down,” etc., and sing them to sleep
with sweet, plaintive voices, and then kiss them good-night, and kneel down by
the bedside and weep. But it was different with this fellow. He was named
Jim, and there wasn't anything the matter with his mother—no consumption,
nor anything of that kind. She was rather stout than otherwise, and she was
not pious; moreover, she was not anxious on Jim's account. She said if he were
to break his neck it wouldn't be much loss. She always spanked Jim to sleep,
and she never kissed him good-night; on the contrary, she boxed his ears when
she was ready to leave him.

Once this little bad boy stole the
key of the pantry, and slipped in
there and helped himself to some
jam, and filled up the vessel with tar,
so that his mother would never know
the difference; but all at once a terrible
feeling didn't come over him,
and something didn't seem to
whisper to him, “Is it right to disobey
my mother? Isn't it sinful to do
this? Where do bad little boys go
who gobble up their good kind
mother's jam?” and then he didn't
kneel down all alone and promise
never to be wicked any more, and rise
up with a light, happy heart, and go and tell his mother all about it, and beg
her forgiveness, and be blessed by her with tears of pride and thankfulness in
her eyes. No; that is the way with all other bad boys in the books; but it happened
otherwise with this Jim, strangely enough. He ate that jam, and said it was
bully, in his sinful, vulgar way; and he put in the tar, and said that was bully
also, and laughed, and observed “that the old woman would get up and snort”
when she found it out; and when she did find it out, he denied knowing anything
about it, and she whipped him severely, and he did the crying himself.

-- 053 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 054. Image of the bad little boy at the circus, holding onto the trunk of an elephant into which he has shoved a plug of tobacco. The elephant is standing to the left and calmly watching the boy as onlookers observe from the foreground.[end figure description]

Everything about this boy was curious—everything turned out differently with
him from the way it does to the bad Jameses in the books.

Once he climbed up in Farmer Acorn's apple-tree to steal apples, and the
limb didn't break, and he didn't fall and break his arm, and get torn by the
farmer's great dog, and then languish on a sick bed for weeks, and repent and
become good. Oh! no; he stole as many apples as he wanted and came down
all right; and he was all ready for the dog too, and knocked him endways with
a brick when he came to tear him. It was very strange—nothing like it ever
happened in those mild little books with marbled backs, and with pictures in
them of men with swallow-tailed coats and bell-crowned hats, and pantaloons
that are short in the legs, and women with the waists of their dresses under their
arms, and no hoops on. Nothing like it in any of the Sunday-school books.

Once he stole the teacher's pen-knife, and, when he was afraid it would be
found out and he would get whipped, he slipped it into George Wilson's cap—
poor Widow Wilson's son, the moral boy, the good little boy of the village, who
always obeyed his mother, and never told an untruth, and was fond of his lessons,
and infatuated with Sunday-school. And when the knife dropped from
the cap, and poor George hung his head and blushed, as if in conscious guilt,
and the grieved teacher charged the theft upon him, and was just in the very
act of bringing the switch down upon his trembling shoulders, a white-haired,
improbable justice of the peace did not suddenly appear in their midst, and strike
an attitude and say, “Spare this noble boy—there stands the cowering culprit!
I was passing the school-door at recess, and unseen myself, I saw the theft committed!”
And then Jim didn't get whaled, and the venerable justice didn't
read the tearful school a homily, and take George by the hand and say such a boy
deserved to be exalted, and then tell him to come and make his home with him,
and sweep out the office, and make fires, and run errands, and chop wood, and
study law, and help his wife do household labors, and have all the balance of
the time to play, and get forty cents a month, and be happy. No; it would
have happened that way in the books, but it didn't happen that way to Jim.
No meddling old clam of a justice dropped in to make trouble, and so the model
boy George got thrashed, and Jim was glad of it because, you know, Jim hated

-- 054 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 055. Image of the bad little boy grown up and standing next to a bar drinking. He is wearing a sailor outfit, which includes a jaunty hat adorned with ribbon.[end figure description]

moral boys. Jim said he was “down on them milksops.” Such was the
coarse language of this bad, neglected boy.

But the strangest thing that ever happened to Jim was the time he went boating
on Sunday, and didn't get drowned, and that other time that he got caught
out in the storm when he was fishing on Sunday, and didn't get struck by lightning.
Why, you might look, and look, all through the Sunday-school books
from now till next Christmas, and you would never come across anything like
this. Oh no; you would find that all the bad boys who go boating on Sunday
invariably get drowned; and all
the bad boys who get caught out in
storms when they are fishing on Sunday
infallibly get struck by lightning.
Boats with bad boys in them
always upset on Sunday, and it always
storms when bad boys go fishing
on the Sabbath. How this
Jim ever escaped is a mystery to me.

This Jim bore a charmed life—that
must have been the way of it.
Nothing could hurt him. He even
gave the elephant in the menagerie
a plug of tobacco, and the elephant
didn't knock the top of his head off
with his trunk. He browsed
around the cupboard after essence of peppermint, and didn't make a mistake and
drink aqua fortis. He stole his father's gun and went hunting on the Sabbath,
and didn't shoot three or four of his fingers off. He struck his little sister on
the temple with his fist when he was angry, and she didn't linger in pain through
long summer days, and die with sweet words of forgiveness upon her lips that
redoubled the anguish of his breaking heart. No; she got over it. He ran off
and went to sea at last, and didn't come back and find himself sad and alone in
the world, his loved ones sleeping in the quiet churchyard, and the

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

vine-embowered home of his boyhood tumbled down and gone to decay. Ah! no; he came
home as drunk as a piper, and got into the station-house the first thing.

And he grew up and married, and raised a large family, and brained them all
with an axe one night, and got wealthy by all manner of cheating and raseality;
and now he is the infernalest wickedest scoundrel in his native village, and is
universally respected, and belongs to the Legislature.

So you see there never was a bad James in the Sunday-school books that had
such a streak of luck as this sinful Jim with the charmed life.

-- 056 --

p503-055 THE STORY OF THE GOOD LITTLE BOY.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 056. In-line image; opening image for "The Story of the Good Little Boy." The image centers around a body of water and a pier. In the foreground of the image, a small boy is floating in the water, trying to stay afloat by holding onto a log. A man watches from a nearby pier, while in the background boats sail the waters.[end figure description]

ONCE there was a good little
boy by the name of Jacob
Blivens. He always obeyed
his parents, no matter how absurd
and unreasonable their demands
were; and he always learned his
book, and never was late at Sabbath-school.
He would not play hookey,
even when his sober judgment told
him it was the most profitable thing
he could do. None of the other
boys could ever make that boy out,
he acted so strangely. He wouldn't
lie, no matter how convenient it was. He just said it was wrong to lie, and
that was sufficient for him. And he was so honest that he was simply

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

ridiculous. The curious ways that that Jacob had, surpassed everything. He
wouldn't play marbles on Sunday, he wouldn't rob birds' nests, he wouldn't give
hot pennies to organ-grinders' monkeys; he didn't seem to take any interest in
any kind of rational amusement. So the other boys used to try to reason it out
and come to an understanding of him, but they couldn't arrive at any satisfactory
conclusion. As I said before, they could only figure out a sort of vague idea that
he was “afflicted,” and so they took him under their protection, and never allowed
any harm to come to him.

This good little boy read all the Sunday-school books; they were his greatest
delight. This was the whole secret of it. He believed in the good little boys
they put in the Sunday-school books; he had every confidence in them. He
longed to come across one of them alive, once; but he never did. They all died
before his time, maybe. Whenever he read about a particularly good one he
turned over quickly to the end to see what became of him, because he wanted to
travel thousands of miles and gaze on him; but it wasn't any use; that good
little boy always died in the last chapter, and there was a picture of the funeral,
with all his relations and the Sunday-school children standing around the grave
in pantaloons that were too short, and bonnets that were too large, and everybody
crying into handkerchief's that had as much as a yard and a half of stuff in them.
He was always headed off in this way. He never could see one of those good
little boys on account of his always dying in the last chapter.

Jacob had a noble ambition to be put in a Sunday-school book. He wanted
to be put in, with pictures representing him gloriously declining to lie to his
mother, and her weeping for joy about it; and pictures representing him standing
on the doorstep giving a penny to a poor beggar-woman with six children, and
telling her to spend it freely, but not to be extravagant, because extravagance is
a sin; and pictures of him magnanimously refusing to tell on the bad boy who
always lay in wait for him around the corner as he came from school, and welted
him over the head with a lath, and then chased him home, saying, “Hi! hi!” as
he proceeded. That was the ambition of young Jacob Blivens. He wished to
be put in a Sunday-school book. It made him feel a little uncomfortable sometimes
when he reflected that the good little boys always died. He loved to live,

-- 058 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 058. Image of the good little boy being whacked over the head with a cane by a blind man. The blind man is quite tall, wearing a black stove-pipe hat, and has a monkey on a leash. In the background the bad boys who pushed the blind man down watch and laugh at the good boy's plight.[end figure description]

you know, and this was the most unpleasant feature about being a Sunday-school-book
boy. He knew it was not healthy to be good. He knew it was more fatal
than consumption to be so supernaturally good as the boys in the books were;
he knew that none of them had ever been able to stand it long, and it pained him to
think that if they put him in a book he wouldn't ever see it, or even if they did
get the book out before he died it wouldn't be popular without any picture of
his funeral in the back part of it. It couldn't be much of a Sunday-school book
that couldn't tell about the advice he gave to the community when he was dying.
So at last, of course, he had to
make up his mind to do the best he
could under the circumstances—to
live right, and hang on as long as
he could, and have his dying speech
all ready when his time came.

But somehow nothing ever went
right with this good little boy;
nothing ever turned out with
him the way it turned out with
the good little boys in the books.
They always had a good time, and
the bad boys had the broken legs;
but in his case there was a screw
loose somewhere, and it all happened
just the other way. When
he found Jim Blake stealing apples, and went under the tree to read to him
about the bad little boy who fell out of a neighbor's apple-tree and broke his
arm, Jim fell out of the tree too, but he fell on him, and broke his arm, and Jim
wasn't hurt at all. Jacob couldn't understand that. There wasn't anything in
the books like it.

And once, when some bad boys pushed a blind man over in the mud, and
Jacob ran to help him up and receive his blessing, the blind man did not give
him any blessing at all, but whacked him over the head with his stick and said

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

he would like to catch him shoving him again, and then pretending to help him
up. This was not in accordance with any of the books. Jacob looked them all
over to see.

One thing that Jacob wanted to do was to find a lame dog that hadn't any
place to stay, and was hungry and persecuted, and bring him home and pet him
and have that dog's imperishable gratitude. And at last he found one and was
happy; and he brought him home and fed him, but when he was going to pet
him the dog flew at him and tore all the clothes off him except those that were
in front, and made a spectacle of him that was astonishing. He examined
authorities, but he could not understand the matter. It was of the same breed
of dogs that was in the books, but it acted very differently. Whatever this boy
did he got into trouble. The very things the boys in the books got rewarded
for turned out to be about the most unprofitable things he could invest in.

Once, when he was on his way to Sunday-school, he saw some bad boys
starting off pleasuring in a sail-boat. He was filled with consternation, because
he knew from his reading that boys who went sailing on Sunday invariably got
drowned. So he ran out on a raft to warn them, but a log turned with him and
slid him into the river. A man got him out pretty soon, and the doctor pumped
the water out of him, and gave him a fresh start with his bellows, but he caught
cold and lay sick a-bed nine weeks. But the most unaccountable thing about it
was that the bad boys in the boat had a good time all day, and then reached
home alive and well in the most surprising manner. Jacob Blivens said there
was nothing like these things in the books. He was perfectly dumbfounded.

When he got well he was a little discouraged, but he resolved to keep on
trying anyhow. He knew that so far his experiences wouldn't do to go in a
book, but he hadn't yet reached the allotted term of life for good little boys, and
he hoped to be able to make a record yet if he could hold on till his time was
fully up. If everything else failed he had his dying speech to fall back on.

He examined his authorities, and found that it was now time for him to go to
sea as a cabin-boy. He called on a ship captain and made his application, and
when the captain asked for his recommendations he proudly drew out a tract
and pointed to the words, “To Jacob Blivens, from his affectionate teacher.” But

-- 060 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 060. Image of the good little boy talking to a boat captain. The good little boy is gaunt and sad looking.[end figure description]

the captain was a coarse, vulgar man, and he said, “Oh, that be blowed! that
wasn't any proof that he knew how to wash dishes or handle a slush-backet, and
he guessed he didn't want him.” This was altogether the most extraordinary
thing that ever happened to Jacob in all his life. A compliment from a teacher,
on a tract, had never failed to move the tenderest emotions of ship captains, and
open the way to all offices of honor and profit in their gift—it never had in any
book that ever he had read. He could hardly believe his senses.

This boy always had a hard time of it. Nothing ever came out according to
the authorities with him. At last,
one day, when he was around hunting
up bad little boys to admonish,
he found a lot of them in the old
iron foundry fixing up a little
joke on fourteen or fifteen dogs,
which they had tied together in
long procession, and were going
to ornament with empty nitro-glycerine
cans made fast to their tails.
Jacob's heart was touched. He sat
down on one of those cans (for he
never minded grease when duty
was before him), and he took hold
of the foremost dog by the collar,
and turned his reproving eye
upon wicked Tom Jones. But just
at that moment Alderman McWelter, full of wrath, stepped in. All the bad
boys ran away, but Jacob Blivens rose in conscious innocence and began one of
those stately little Sunday-school-book speeches which always commence with
“Oh, sir!” in dead opposition to the fact that no boy, good or bad, ever starts
a remark with “Oh, sir.” But the alderman never waited to hear the rest. He
took Jacob Blivens by the ear and turned him around, and hit him a whack in
the rear with the flat of his hand; and in an instant that good little boy shot out

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

through the roof and soared away towards the sun, with the fragments of those
fifteen dogs stringing after him like the tail of a kite. And there wasn't a
sign of that alderman or that old iron foundry left on the face of the earth; and,
as for young Jacob Blivens, he never got a chance to make his last dying speech
after all his trouble fixing it up, unless he made it to the birds; because, although
the bulk of him came down all right in a tree-top in an adjoining county, the
rest of him was apportioned around among four townships, and so they had to
hold five inquests on him to find out whether he was dead or not, and how it
occurred. You never saw a boy scattered so.*

Thus perished the good little boy who did the best he could, but didn't come
out according to the books. Every boy who ever did as he did prospered except
him. His case is truly remarkable. It will probably never be accounted for.

eaf503n2

* This glycerine catastrophe is borrowed from a floating newspaper item, whose author's name I
would give if I knew it.—[M. T.]

-- 062 --

p503-061 A COUPLE OF POEMS BY TWAIN AND MOORE.

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

THOSE EVENING BELLS.

BY THOMAS MOORE.



Those evening bells! those evening bells!
How many a tale their music tells
Of youth, and home, and that sweet time
When last I heard their soothing chime.
Those joyous hours are passed away;
And many a heart that then was gay,
Within the tomb now darkly dwells,
And hears no more those evening bells.
And so 'twill be when I am gone—
That tuneful peal will still ring on;
While other bards shall walk these dells,
And sing your praise, sweet evening bells.

THOSE ANNUAL BILLS.

BY MARK TWAIN.



These annual bills! these annual bills!
How many a song their discord trills
Of “truck” consumed, enjoyed, forgot,
Since I was skinned by last years lot!
Those joyous beans are passed away;
Those onions blithe, O where are they!
Once loved, lost, mourned—now vexing ILLS
Your shades troop back in annual bills!
And so 'twill be when I'm aground—
These yearly duns will still go round,
While other bards, with frantic quills,
Shall damn and damn these annual bills!

-- 063 --

p503-062 NIAGARA.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 063. In-line image; opening image for the story "Niagara." Twain is sitting on a cliff edge, next to the rushing waters of Niagara Falls, smoking a pipe and holding a fishing pole.[end figure description]

NIAGARA FALLS is a most enjoyable
place of resort. The hotels
are excellent, and the prices not
at all exorbitant. The opportunities for
fishing are not surpassed in the country;
in fact, they are not even equalled elsewhere.
Because, in other localities,
certain places in the streams are much
better than others; but at Niagara one
place is just as good as another, for the
reason that the fish do not bite anywhere,
and so there is no use in your walking
five miles to fish, when you can depend
on being just as unsuccessful nearer
home. The advantages of this state of
things have never heretofore been properly placed before the public.

The weather is cool in summer, and the walks and drives are all pleasant and

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

none of them fatiguing. When you start out to “do” the Falls you first drive down
about a mile, and pay a small sum for the privilege of looking down from a precipice
into the narrowest part of the Niagara river. A railway “cut” through a hill
would be as comely if it had the angry river tumbling and foaming through its
bottom. You can descend a staircase here a hundred and fifty feet down, and
stand at the edge of the water. After you have done it, you will wonder why you
did it; but you will then be too late.

The guide will explain to you, in his blood-curdling way, how he saw the little
steamer, Maid of the Mist, descend the fearful rapids—how first one paddle-box
was out of sight behind the raging billows, and then the other, and at what point it
was that her smokestack toppled overboard, and where her planking began to break
and part asunder—and how she did finally live through the trip, after accomplishing
the incredible feat of travelling seventeen miles in six minutes, or six miles in
seventeen minutes, I have really forgotten which. But it was very extraordinary,
anyhow. It is worth the price of admission to hear the guide tell the story nine
times in succession to different parties, and never miss a word or alter a sentence
or a gesture.

Then you drive over the Suspension Bridge, and divide your misery between the
chances of smashing down two hundred feet into the river below, and the chances
of having the railway train overhead smashing down on to you. Either possibility
is discomforting taken by itself, but mixed together, they amount in the aggregate
to positive unhappiness.

On the Canada side you drive along the chasm between long ranks of photographers
standing guard behind their cameras, ready to make an ostentatious frontispiece
of you and your decaying ambulance, and your solemn crate with a hide on
it, which you are expected to regard in the light of a horse, and a diminished and
unimportant background of sublime Niagara; and a great many people have the
incredible effrontery or the native depravity to aid and abet this sort of crime.

Any day, in the hands of these photographers, you may see stately pictures of
papa and mamma, Johnny and Bub and Sis, or a couple of country cousins, all
smiling vacantly, and all disposed in studied and uncomfortable attitudes in their
carriage, and all looming up in their awe-inspiring imbecility before the snubbed

-- 065 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 065. Image of many photographers gathered around one of the falls at Niagara.[end figure description]

and diminished presentment of that majestic presence whose ministering spirits
are the rainbows, whose voice is the thunder, whose awful front is veiled in clouds,
who was monarch here dead and forgotten ages before this hackful of small reptiles
was deemed temporarily necessary to fill a crack in the world's unnoted myriads,
and will still be monarch here ages and decades of ages after they shall have gathered
themselves to their blood relations, the other worms, and been mingled with
the unremembering dust.

There is no actual harm in making Niagara a background whereon to display
one's marvellous insignificance in a good strong light, but it requires a sort of
superhuman self-complacency to enable one to do it.

When you have examined the stupendous Horseshoe Fall till you are satisfied
you cannot improve on it, you return to America by the new Suspension Bridge,
and follow up the bank to where they exhibit the Cave of the Winds.

Here I followed instructions, and divested myself of all my clothing, and put
on a waterproof jacket and overalls. This costume is picturesque, but not beautiful.
A guide, similarly dressed, led the way down a flight of winding stairs, which
wound and wound, and still kept on winding long after the thing ceased to be a

-- 066 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 066. In-line image of Twain climbing down a long ramp in the pouring rain. He is clinging to the railing and trying not to slip. A figure is disappearing into the rain in the background.[end figure description]

novelty, and then terminated long before it
had begun to be a pleasure. We were then
well down under the precipice, but still considerably
above the level of the river.

We now began to creep along flimsy bridges
of a single plank, our persons shielded from
destruction by a crazy wooden railing, to which
I clung with both hands—not because I was
afraid, but because I wanted to. Presently the
descent became steeper, and the bridge flimsier,
and sprays from the American Fall began to
rain down on us in fast-increasing sheets that
soon became blinding, and after that our progress
was mostly in the nature of groping.
Now a furious wind began to rush out from
behind the waterfall, which seemed determined
to sweep us from the bridge, and scatter us on
the rocks and among the torrents below. I
remarked that I wanted to go home; but it was
too late. We were almost under the monstrous
wall of water thundering down from above, and
speech was in vain in the midst of such a
pitiless crash of sound.

In another moment the guide disappeared
behind the deluge, and bewildered by the
thunder, driven helplessly by the wind, and
smitten by the arrowy tempest of rain, I followed.
All was darkness. Such a mad storming,
roaring, and bellowing of warring wind and
water never crazed my ears before. I bent my
head, and seemed to receive the Atlantic on
my back. The world seemed going to destruction. I could not see anything, the

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

flood poured down so savagely. I raised my head, with open mouth, and the most
of the American cataract went down my throat. If I had sprung a leak now, I
had been lost. And at this moment I discovered that the bridge had ceased, and
we must trust for a foothold to the slippery and precipitous rocks. I never was so
scared before and survived it. But we got through at last, and emerged into the
open day, where we could stand in front of the laced and frothy and seething world
of descending water, and look at it. When I saw how much of it there was, and
how fearfully in earnest it was, I was sorry I had gone behind it.

The noble Red Man has always been a friend and darling of mine. I love to
read about him in tales and legends and romances. I love to read of his inspired
sagacity, and his love of the wild free life of mountain and forest, and his general
nobility of character, and his stately metaphorical manner of speech, and his
chivalrous love for the dusky maiden, and the picturesque pomp of his dress and
accoutrements. Especially the picturesque pomp of his dress and accoutrements.
When I found the shops at Niagara Falls full of dainty Indian bead-work, and
stunning moccasins, and equally stunning toy figures representing human beings who
carried their weapons in holes bored through their arms and bodies, and had feet
shaped like a pie, I was filled with emotion. I knew that now, at last, I was going
to come face to face with the noble Red Man.

A lady clerk in a shop told me, indeed, that all her grand array of curiosities
were made by the Indians, and that they were plenty about the Falls, and that they
were friendly, and it would not be dangerous to speak to them. And sure enough,
as I approached the bridge leading over to Luna Island, I came upon a noble Son
of the Forest sitting under a tree, diligently at work on a bead reticule. He wore
a slouch hat and brogans, and had a short black pipe in his mouth. Thus does
the baneful contact with our effeminate civilization dilute the picturesque pomp
which is so natural to the Indian when far removed from us in his native haunts.
I addressed the relic as follows:—

“Is the Wawhoo-Wang-Wang of the Whack-a-Whack happy? Does the great
Speckled Thunder sigh for the war path, or is his heart contented with dreaming
of the dusky maiden, the Pride of the Forest? Does the mighty Sachem yearn to
drink the blood of his enemies, or is he satisfied to make bead reticules for the

-- 068 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 068. In-line image of Twain standing in the grass next to a seated man, who is leaning against a giant, leafy tree. The man has one hand wrapped around a cane and the other through the handle of a large basket. He is smoking a pipe and eyeing Twain with distrust.[end figure description]

pappooses of the paleface? Speak, sublime relic of bygone grandeur—venerable
ruin, speak!”

The relic said—

“An' is it mesilf, Dennis Hooligan, that ye'd be takin' for a dirty Injin, ye
drawlin', lantern-jawed, spider-legged divil! By the piper that played before
Moses, I'll ate ye!”

I went away from there.

By and by, in the neighborhood of the Terrapin Tower, I came upon a gentle
daughter of the aborigines in fringed and beaded buckskin moccasins and leggins,
seated on a bench, with her pretty wares about her. She had just carved out a
wooden chief that had a strong family resemblance to a clothes-pin, and was now

-- 069 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 069. In-line image of Twain bowing towards a woman who is seated on a bench carving figures out of wood. The woman is listening to Twain with a smile on her face. In the background are fields and a large windmill.[end figure description]

boring a hole through his abdomen to put his bow through. I hesitated a moment,
and then addressed her:

“Is the heart of the forest maiden heavy? Is the Laughing Tadpole lonely?
Does she mourn over the extinguished council-fires of her race, and the vanished
glory of her ancestors? Or does her sad spirit wander afar toward the huntinggrounds
whither her brave Gobbler-of-the-Lightnings is gone? Why is my daughter
silent? Has she aught against the
paleface stranger?”

The maiden said—

“Faix, an' is it Biddy Malone ye
dare to be callin' names? Lave this,
or I'll shy your lean carcass over
the cataract, ye sniveling blaggard!”

I adjourned from there also.

“Confound these Indians!” I said.
“They told me they were tame; but,
if appearances go for anything, I
should say they were all on the war
path.”

I made one more attempt to fraternize
with them, and only one. I
came upon a camp of them gathered
in the shade of a great tree, making wampum and moccasins, and addressed them
in the language of friendship:

“Noble Red Men, Braves, Grand Sachems, War Chiefs, Squaws, and High Muck-a-Mucks,
the paleface from the land of the setting sun greets you! You, Beneficent
Polecat—you, Devourer of Mountains—you, Roaring Thundergust—you, Bully Boy
with a Glass eye—the paleface from beyond the great waters greets you all! War
and pestilence have thinned your ranks, and destroyed your once proud nation.
Poker and seven-up, and a vain modern expense for soap, unknown to your glorious
ancestors, have depleted your purses. Appropriating, in your simplicity, the property
of others, has gotten you into trouble. Misrepresenting facts, in your simple

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

innocence, has damaged your reputation with the soulless usurper. Trading for
forty-rod whisky, to enable you to get drunk and happy and tomahawk your families,
has played the everlasting mischief with the picturesque pomp of your dress, and
here you are, in the broad light of the nineteenth century, gotten up like the ragtag
and bobtail of the purlieus of New York. For shame! Remember your ancestors!
Recall their mighty deeds! Remember Uncas!—and Red Jacket!—and Hole in
the Day!—and Whoopdedoodledo! Emulate their achievements! Unfurl yourselves
under my banner, noble savages, illustrious guttersnipes”—

“Down wid him!” “Scoop the blaggard!” “Burn him!” “Hang him!”
“Dhround him!”

It was the quickest operation that ever was. I simply saw a sudden flash in the
air of clubs, brickbats, fists, bead-baskets, and moccasins—a single flash, and they
all appeared to hit me at once, and no two of them in the same place. In the next
instant the entire tribe was upon me. They tore half the clothes off me; they
broke my arms and legs; they gave me a thump that dented the top of my head
till it would hold coffee like a saucer; and, to crown their disgraceful proceedings
and add insult to injury, they threw me over the Niagara Falls, and I got wet.

About ninety or a hundred feet from the top, the remains of my vest caught on
a projecting rock, and I was almost drowned before I could get loose. I finally
fell, and brought up in a world of white foam at the foot of the Fall, whose celled
and bubbly masses towered up several inches above my head. Of course I got
into the eddy. I sailed round and round in it forty-four times—chasing a chip
and gaining on it—each round trip a half mile—reaching for the same bush on the
bank forty-four times, and just exactly missing it by a hair's-breadth every time.

At last a man walked down and sat down close to that bush, and put a pipe in
his mouth, and lit a match, and followed me with one eye and kept the other on
the match, while he sheltered it in his hands from the wind. Presently a puff of
wind blew it out. The next time I swept around he said—

“Got a match?”

“Yes; in my other vest. Help me out, please.”

“Not for Joe.”

When I came round again, I said—

-- 071 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 071. In-line image of Twain floating down the river, trying to keep his head above water. He is trying to reach the shore with his hand. On the bank of the river sits the coroner, calmly smoking his pipe and watching Twain struggle.[end figure description]

“Excuse the seemingly impertinent curiosity of a drowning man, but will you
explain this singular conduct of yours?”

“With pleasure. I am the coroner. Don't hurry on my account. I can wait
for you. But I wish I had a match.”

I said—“Take my place, and I'll go and get you one.”

He declined. This lack of confidence on his part created a coldness between
us, and from that time forward I avoided him. It was my idea, in case anything
happened to me, to so time the occurrence
as to throw my custom into the
hands of the opposition coroner over
on the American side.

At last a policeman came along,
and arrested me for disturbing the
peace by yelling at people on shore for
help. The judge fined me, but I had
the advantage of him. My money
was with my pantaloons, and my
pantaloons were with the Indians.

Thus I escaped. I am now lying in
a very critical condition. At least I
am lying anyway — critical or not
critical. I am hurt all over, but I cannot
tell the full extent yet, because
the doctor is not done taking inventory. He will make out my manifest this evening.
However, thus far he thinks only sixteen of my wounds are fatal. I don't
mind the others.

Upon regaining my right mind, I said—

“It is an awful savage tribe of Indians that do the bead work and moccasins for
Niagara Falls, doctor. Where are they from?”

“Limerick, my son.”

-- 072 --

p503-071 Answers to Correspondents.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 072. Opening page for a section called "Answers to Correspondents." The page is framed by small portraits of characters.[end figure description]

Moral Statistician.”—I don't want any of your statistics;
I took your whole batch and lit my pipe with it. I hate
your kind of people. You are always ciphering out how much
a man's health is injured, and how much his intellect is impaired,
and how many pitiful dollars and cents he wastes in
the course of ninety-two years' indulgence in the fatal practice
of smoking; and in the equally fatal practice of drinking
coffee; and in playing billiards occasionally; and in taking
a glass of wine at dinner, etc. etc. etc. And you are always
figuring out how many women have been burned to death
because of the dangerous fashion of wearing expansive hoops,
etc. etc. etc. You never see more than one side of the
question. You are blind to the fact that most old men in
America smoke and drink coffee, although, according to your
theory, they ought to have died young; and that hearty old
Englishmen drink wine and survive it, and portly old Dutchmen
both drink and smoke freely, and yet grow older and
fatter all the time. And you never try to find out how much
solid comfort relaxation, and enjoyment a man derives from
smoking in the course of a lifetime (which is worth ten times
the money he would save by letting it alone), nor the appalling
aggregate of happiness lost in a lifetime by your kind of
people from not smoking. Of course you can save money by denying yourself
all those little vicious enjoyments for fifty years; but then what can you do

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

with it? What use can you put it to? Money can't save your infinitesimal soul.
All the use that money can be put to is to purchase comfort and enjoyment in this
life; therefore, as you are an enemy to comfort and enjoyment, where is the use
of accumulating cash? It won't do for you to say that you can use it to
better purpose in furnishing a good table, and in charities, and in supporting
tract societies, because you know yourself that you people who have no petty
vices are never known to give away a cent, and that you stint yourselves
so in the matter of food that you are always feeble and hungry. And you
never dare to laugh in the daytime for fear some poor wretch, seeing you
in a good humor, will try to borrow a dollar of you; and in church you are
always down on your knees, with your eyes buried in the cushion, when the contribution-box
comes around; and you never give the revenue officers a full statement
of your income. Now you know all these things yourself, don't you? Very
well, then, what is the use of your stringing out your miserable lives to a lean and
withered old age? What is the use of your saving money that is so utterly worthless
to you? In a word, why don't you go off somewhere and die, and not be
always trying to seduce people into becoming as “ornery” and unloveable as you
are yourselves, by your villainous “moral statistics?” Now, I don't approve of
dissipation, and I don't indulge in it either; but I haven't a particle of confidence
in a man who has no redeeming petty vices, and so I don't want to hear from
you any more. I think you are the very same man who read me a long lecture
last week about the degrading vice of smoking cigars, and then came back, in my
absence, with your reprehensible fire-proof gloves on, and carried off my beautiful
parlor stove.

Young Author.”—Yes, Agassiz does recommend authors to eat fish, because
the phosphorus in it makes brains. So far you are correct. But I cannot help you
to a decision about the amount you need to eat—at least, not with certainty. If
the specimen composition you send is about your fair usual average, I should judge
that perhaps a couple of whales would be all you would want for the present. Not
the largest kind, but simply good, middling-sized whales.

Simon Wheeler,Sonora.—The following simple and touching remarks and

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

accompanying poem have just come to hand from the rich gold-mining region of
Sonora:—

To Mr. Mark Twain: The within parson, which I have set to poetry under the name and style
of “He Done His Level Best,” was one among the whitest men I ever see, and it an't every man
that knowed him that can find it in his heart to say he's glad the poor cuss is busted and gone
home to the States. He was here in an early day, and he was the handyest man about takin' holt
of anything that come along you most ever see, I judge. He was a cheerful, stirrin' cretur,
always doin' somethin', and no man can say he ever see him do anything by halvers. Preachin'
was his nateral gait, but he warn't a man to lay back and twidle his thumbs because there didn't
happen to be nothin' doin' in his own especial line—no, sir, he was a man who would meander
forth and stir up something for hisself. His last acts was to go his pile on “kings-and” (calklatin'
to fill, but which he didn't fill), when there was a “flush” out agin him, and naterally, you see, he
went under. And so he was cleaned out, as you may say, and he struck the home-trail, cheerful
but flat broke. I knowed this talonted man in Arkansaw, and if you would print this humbly
tribute to his gorgis abilities, you would greatly obleege his onhappy friend.

HE DONE HIS LEVEL BEST.



Was he a mining on the flat—
He done it with a zest;
Was he a leading of the choir—
He done his level best.
If he'd a reg'lar task to do,
He never took no rest;
Or if 'twas off-and-on—the same—
He done his level best.
If he was preachin' on his beat,
He'd tramp from east to west,
And north to south—in cold and heat
He done his level best.
He'd yank a sinner outen (Hades),*
And land him with the blest;
Then snatch a prayer'n waltz in again,
And do his level best.

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]



He'd cuss and sing and howl and pray,
And dance and drink and jest,
And lie and steal—all one to him—
He done his level best.
Whate'er this man was sot to do,
He done it with a zest;
No matter what his contract was,
He'd do his level best.

Verily, this man was gifted with “gorgis abilities,” and it is a happiness to me to
embalm the memory of their lustre in these columns. If it were not that the poet
crop is unusually large and rank in California this year, I would encourage you to
continue writing, Simon Wheeler; but, as it is, perhaps it might be too risky in you
to enter against so much opposition.

Professional Beggar.” No; you are not obliged to take greenbacks at par.

Melton Mowbray,* Dutch Flat.—This correspondent sends a lot of doggerel,
and says it has been regarded as very good in Dutch Flat. I give a specimen
verse:—



“The Assyrian came down like a wolf on the fold,
And his cohorts were gleaming with purple and gold;
And the sheen of his spears was like stars on the sea;
When the blue wave rolls nightly on deep Galilee.”

There, that will do. That may be very good Dutch Flat poetry, but it won't do
in the metropolis. It is too smooth and blubbery; it reads like buttermilk gurgling
from a jug. What the people ought to have is something spirited—something like
“Johnny Comes Marching Home.” However, keep on practising, and you may
succeed yet. There is genius in you, but too much blubber.

St. Clair Higgins.Los Angeles.—“My life is a failure; I have adored, wildly, madly, and

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

she whom I love has turned coldly from me and shed her affections upon another. What would
you advise me to do?”

You should set your affections on another, also—or on several, if there are
enough to go round. Also, do everything you can to make your former flame
unhappy. There is an absurd idea disseminated in novels, that the happier a girl
is with another man, the happier it makes the old lover she has blighted. Don't
allow yourself to believe any such nonsense as that. The more cause that girl
finds to regret that she did not marry you, the more comfortable you will feel over
it. It isn't poetical, but it is mighty sound doctrine.

Arithmeticus.Virginia, Nevada.—“If it would take a cannon ball 3 1-3 seconds to travel
four miles, and 3 3-8 seconds to travel the next four, and 3 5-8 to travel the next four, and if its
rate of progress continued to diminish in the same ratio, how long would it take it to go fifteen
hundred millions of miles?

I don't know.

Ambitious Learner,Oakland.—Yes; you are right—America was not discovered
by Alexander Selkirk.

Discarded Lover.”—I loved, and still love, the beautiful Edwitha Howard, and intended to
marry her. Yet, during my temporary absence at Benicia, last week, alas! she married Jones. Is
my happiness to be thus blasted for life? Have I no redress?”

Of course you have. All the law, written and unwritten, is on you side. The
intention and not the act constitutes crime—in other words, constitutes the deed.
If you call your bosom friend a fool, and intend it for an insult, it is an insult; but
if you do it playfully, and meaning no insult, it is not an insult. If you discharge
a pistol accidentally, and kill a man, you can go free, for you have done no murder;
but if you try to kill a man, and manifestly intend to kill him, but fail utterly to do
it, the law still holds that the intention constituted the crime, and you are guilty of
murder. Ergo, if you had married Edwitha accidentally, and without really intending
to do it, you would not actually be married to her at all, because the act of
marriage could not be complete without the intention. And ergo, in the strict spirit
of the law, since you deliberately intended to marry Edwitha, and didn't do it, you

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

are married to her all the same—because, as I said before, the intention constitutes
the crime. It is as clear as day that Edwitha is your wife, and your redress lies in
taking a club and mutilating Jones with it as much as you can. Any man has a
right to protect his own wife from the advances of other men. But you have
another alternative—you were married to Edwitha first, because of your deliberate
intention, and now you can prosecute her for bigamy, in subsequently marrying
Jones. But there is another phase in this complicated case: You intended to marry
Edwitha, and consequently, according to law, she is your wife—there is no getting
around that; but she didn't marry you, and if she never intended to marry you, you
are not her husband,
of course. Ergo, in marrying Jones, she was guilty of bigamy,
because she was the wife of another man at the time; which is all very well as far
as it goes—but then, don't you see, she had no other husband when she married
Jones, and consequently she was not guilty of bigamy. Now, according to this
view of the case, Jones married a spinster, who was a widow at the same time and
another man's wife at the same time, and yet who had no husband and never had
one,
and never had any intention of getting married, and therefore, of course, never
had
been married; and by the same reasoning you are a bachelor, because you have
never been any one's husband; and a married man, because you have a wife living;
and to all intents and purposes a widower, because you have been deprived of that
wife; and a consummate ass for going off to Benicia in the first place, while things
were so mixed. And by this time I have got myself so tangled up in the intricacies
of this extraordinary case that I shall have to give up any further attempt to advise
you—I might get confused and fail to make myself understood. I think I could
take up the argument where I left off, and by following it closely awhile, perhaps I
could prove to your satisfaction, either that you never existed at all, or that you
are dead now, and consequently don't need the faithless Edwitha—I think I could
do that, if it would afford you any comfort.

Arthur Augustus.”—No; you are wrong; that is the proper way to throw a
brickbat or a tomahawk; but it doesn't answer so well for a bouquet; you will hurt
somebody if you keep it up. Turn your nosegay upside down, take it by the stems,
and toss it with an upward sweep. Did you ever pitch quoits? that is the idea.
The practice of recklessly heaving immense solid bouquets, of the general size and

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

weight of prize cabbages, from the dizzy altitude of the galleries, is dangerous and
very reprehensible. Now, night before last, at the Academy of Music, just after
Signorina — had finished that exquisite melody, “The Last Rose of Summer,”
one of these floral pile-drivers came cleaving down through the atmosphere of
applause, and if she hadn't deployed suddenly to the right, it would have driven
her into the floor like a shingle-nail. Of course that bouquet was well meant; but
how would you like to have been the target? A sincere compliment is always
grateful to a lady, so long as you don't try to knock her down with it.

Young Mother.”—And so you think a baby is a thing of beauty and a joy
forever? Well, the idea is pleasing, but not original; every cow thinks the same
of its own calf. Perhaps the cow may not think it so elegantly, but still she thinks
it nevertheless. I honor the cow for it. We all honor this touching maternal
instinct wherever we find it, be it in the home of luxury or in the humble cow-shed.
But really, madam, when I come to examine the matter in all its bearings, I find
that the correctness of your assertion does not assert itself in all cases. A soiled
baby, with a neglected nose, cannot be conscientiously regarded as a thing of
beauty; and inasmuch as babyhood spans but three short years, no baby is competent
to be a joy “forever.” It pains me thus to demolish two-thirds of your pretty
sentiment in a single sentence; but the position I hold in this chair requires that I
shall not permit you to deceive and mislead the public with your plausible figures
of speech. I know a female baby, aged eighteen months, in this city, which cannot
hold out as a “joy” twenty-four hours on a stretch, let alone “forever.” And it
possesses some of the most remarkable eccentricities of character and appetite that
have ever fallen under my notice. I will set down here a statement of this infant's
operations (conceived, planned, and carried out by itself, and without suggestion
or assistance from its mother or any one else), during a single day; and what I
shall say can be substantiated by the sworn testimony of witnesses.

It commenced by eating one dozen large blue-mass pills, box and all; then it
fell down a flight of stairs, and arose with a blue and purple knot on its forehead,
after which it proceeded in quest of further refreshment and amusement. It found
a glass trinket ornamented with brass-work—smashed up and ate the glass, and
then swallowed the brass. Then it drank about twenty drops of laudanum, and

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

more than a dozen tablespoonfuls of strong spirits of camphor. The reason why it
took no more laudanum was because there was no more to take. After this it lay
down on its back, and shoved five or six inches of a silver-headed whale-bone cane
down its throat; got it fast there, and it was all its mother could do to pull the cane
out again, without pulling out some of the child with it. Then, being hungry for
glass again, it broke up several wine-glasses, and fell to eating and swallowing the
fragments, not minding a cut or two. Then it ate a quantity of butter, pepper,
salt, and California matches, actually taking a spoonful of butter, a spoonful of salt,
a spoonful of pepper, and three or four lucifer matches at each mouthful. (I will
remark here that this thing of beauty likes painted German lucifers, and eats all
she can get of them; but she prefers California matches, which I regard as a compliment
to our home manufactures of more than ordinary value, coming, as it does,
from one who is too young to flatter.) Then she washed her head with soap and
water, and afterwards ate what soap was left, and drank as much of the suds as she
had room for; after which she sallied forth and took the cow familiarly by the tail,
and got kicked heels over head. At odd times during the day, when this joy for
ever happened to have nothing particular on hand, she put in the time by climbing
up on places, and falling down off them, uniformly damaging herself in the operation.
As young as she is, she speaks many words tolerably distinctly; and being
plain-spoken in other respects, blunt and to the point, she opens conversation with
all strangers, male or female, with the same formula, “How do, Jim?” Not being
familiar with the ways of children, it is possible that I have been magnifying into
matter of surprise things which may not strike any one who is familiar with infancy
as being at all astonishing. However, I cannot believe that such is the case, and
so I repeat that my report of this baby's performances is strictly true; and if any
one doubts it, I can produce the child. I will further engage that she will devour
anything that is given her (reserving to myself only the right to exclude anvils),
and fall down from any place to which she may be elevated (merely stipulating
that her preference for alighting on her head shall be respected, and, therefore,
that the elevation chosen shall be high enough to enable her to accomplish this to
her satisfaction.) But I find I have wandered from my subject; so, without further
argument, I will reiterate my conviction that not all babies are things of beauty
and joys forever.

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

Arithmeticus.Virginia, Nevada.—“I am an enthusiastic student of mathematics, and it is
so vexatious to me to find my progress constantly impeded by these mysterious arithmetical technicalitics.
Now do tell me what the difference is between geometry and conchology?”

Here you come again with your arithmetical conundrums, when I am suffering
death with a cold in the head. If you could have seen the expression of scorn that
darkened my countenance a moment ago, and was instantly split from the centre
in every direction like a fractured looking-glass by my last sneeze, you never would
have written that disgraceful question. Conchology is a science which has nothing
to do with mathematics: it relates only to shells. At the same time, however, a
man who opens oysters for a hotel, or shells a fortified town, or sucks eggs, is not,
strictly speaking, a conchologist—a fine stroke of sarcasm that, but it will be lost
on such an unintellectual clam as you. Now compare conchology and geometry
together, and you will see what the difference is, and your question will be answered.
But don't torture me with any more arithmetical horrors until you know I am rid
of my cold. I feel the bitterest animosity towards you at this moment—bothering
me in this way, when I can do nothing but sneeze and rage and snort pocket-handkerchiefs
to atoms. If I had you in range of my nose, now, I would blow
your brains out.

eaf503n3

* Here I have taken a slight liberty with the original MS. “Hades” does not make such good
metre as the other word of one syllable, but it sounds better.

eaf503n4

* This piece of pleasantry, published in a San Francisco paper, was mistaken by the country
journals for seriousness, and many and loud were the denunciations of the ignorance of author and
editor, in not knowing that the lines in question were “written by Byron.”

-- 081 --

p503-080 TO RAISE POULTRY. *

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 081. In-line image; opening image for the story "To Raise Poultry." In the image, Twain and a friend are standing in a yard, in moonlight, trying to pry chickens out of a tree with a very large plank of wood. Twain is holding the plank, while the other man prepares to capture the chickens in a bucket.[end figure description]

Seriously, from early youth I have
taken an especial interest in the subject
of poultry-raising, and so this
membership touches a ready sympathy
in my breast. Even as a schoolboy,
poultry-raising was a study with
me, and I may say without egotism
that as early as the age of seventeen
I was acquainted with all the best and
speediest methods of raising chickens,
from raising them off a roost by
burning lucifer matches under their
noses, down to lifting them off a fence
on a frosty night by insinuating the
end of a warm board under their heels. By the time I was twenty years old, I

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082. In-line image of Twain and his friend trying to steal chickens from a barn. Twain is up in a loft holding a lit match under the beak of one hen, while the other man is standing below with a giant sack, ready to catch the bird.[end figure description]

really suppose I had raised more
poultry than any one individual in all
the section round about there. The
very chickens came to know my talent,
by and by. The youth of both sexes
ceased to paw the earth for worms,
and old roosters that came to crow,
“remained to pray,” when I passed by.

I have had so much experience in
the raising of fowls that I cannot but
think that a few hints from me might
be useful to the Society. The two
methods I have already touched upon
are very simple, and are only used in
the raising of the commonest class of
fowls; one is for summer, the other for
winter. In the one case you start out
with a friend along about eleven
o'clock on a summer's night (not later,
because in some States—especially in
California and Oregon—chickens always
rouse up just at midnight and
crow from ten to thirty minutes,
according to the ease or difficulty they
experience in getting the public waked
up), and your friend carries with him
a sack. Arrived at the hen-roost
(your neighbor's, not your own), you
light a match and hold it under first
one and then another pullet's nose
until they are willing to go into that
bag without making any trouble about it. You then return home, either taking the

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

bag with you or leaving it behind, according as circumstances shall dictate. N. B.
I have seen the time when it was eligible and appropriate to leave the sack behind
and walk off with considerable velocity, without ever leaving any word where to
send it.

In the case of the other method mentioned for raising poultry, your friend takes
along a covered vessel with a charcoal fire in it, and you carry a long slender
plank. This is a frosty night, understand. Arrived at the tree, or fence, or other
hen-roost (your own if you are an idiot), you warm the end of your plank in your
friend's fire vessel, and then raise it aloft and ease it up gently against a slumbering
chicken's foot. If the subject of your attentions is a true bird, he will infallibly
return thanks with a sleepy cluck or two, and step out and take up quarters on the
plank, thus becoming so conspicuously accessory before the fact to his own murder
as to make it a grave question in our minds, as it once was in the mind of Blackstone,
whether he is not really and deliberately committing suicide in the second
degree. [But you enter into a contemplation of these legal refinements subsequently—
not then].

When you wish to raise a fine, large, donkey-voiced Shanghai rooster, you do it
with a lasso, just as you would a bull. It is because he must be choked, and choked
effectually, too. It is the only good, certain way, for whenever he mentions a
matter which he is cordially interested in, the chances are ninety-nine in a hundred
that he secures somebody else's immediate attention to it too, whether it be day or
night.

The Black Spanish is an exceedingly fine bird and a costly one. Thirty-five
dollars is the usual figure, and fifty a not uncommon price for a specimen. Even
its eggs are worth from a dollar to a dollar and a half a-piece, and yet are so
unwholesome that the city physician seldom or never orders them for the workhouse.
Still I have once or twice procured as high as a dozen at a time for nothing, in the
dark of the moon. The best way to raise the Black Spanish fowl is to go late in
the evening and raise coop and all. The reason I recommend this method is, that
the birds being so valuable, the owners do not permit them to roost around promiscuously,
but put them in a coop as strong as a fire-proof safe, and keep it in the
kitchen at night. The method I speak of is not always a bright and satisfying

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084. In-line image of Twain fleeing. His face is contorted in pain and fear, as his hand is caught in a metal trap.[end figure description]

success, and yet there are so many little articles of vertu about a kitchen, that if
you fail on the coop you can generally bring away something else. I brought away
a nice steel trap one night, worth ninety cents.

But what is the use in my pouring out my whole intellect on this subject? I have
shown the Western New York Poultry Society that they have taken to their bosom
a party who is not a spring chicken by any means, but a man who knows all about
poultry, and is just as high up in the most efficient methods of raising it as the
President of the institution himself. I thank these gentlemen for the honorary
membership they have conferred upon me, and shall stand at all times ready and
willing to testify my good feeling and my official zeal by deeds as well as by this
hastily penned advice and information. Whenever they are ready to go to raising
poultry, let them call for me any evening after eleven o'clock, and I shall be on
hand promptly.

eaf503n5

* Being a letter written to a Poultry Society that had conferred a complimentary membership
upon the author.

-- 085 --

p503-084 EXPERIENCE OF THE McWILLIAMSES WITH MEMBRANOUS CROUP.

[As related to the author of this book by Mr.
McWilliams, a pleasant New York gentleman
whom the said author met by chance on a
journey.
]

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 085. Image of the McWilliams family talking to a doctor in a darkened room. The parents are listening intently to the doctor as their sick child lies between the three in a small bed. In a small image affixed to the lower left section of the large image can be found various ingredients for illness cures.[end figure description]

WELL, to go back to where I was before
I digressed to explain to you how that
frightful and incurable disease, membranous
croup, was ravaging the town and
driving all mothers mad with terror, I called
Mrs. McWilliams's attention to little Penelope
and said:

“Darling, I wouldn't let that child be chewing that pine stick if I were you.”

“Precious, where is the harm in it?” said she, but at the same time preparing

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

to take away the stick—for women cannot receive even the most palpably judicious
suggestion without arguing it; that is, married women.

I replied:

“Love, it is notorious that pine is the least nutritious wood that a child can eat.”

My wife's hand paused, in the act of taking the stick, and returned itself to her
lap. She bridled perceptibly, and said:

“Hubby, you know better than that. You know you do. Doctors all say that
the turpentine in pine wood is good for weak back and the kidneys.”

“Ah—I was under a misapprehension. I did not know that the child's kidneys
and spine were affected, and that the family physician had recommended—”

“Who said the child's spine and kidneys were affected?”

“My love, you intimated it.”

“The idea! I never intimated anything of the kind.”

“Why my dear, it hasn't been two minutes since you said—”

“Bother what I said! I don't care what I did say. There isn't any harm in the
child's chewing a bit of pine stick if she wants to, and you know it perfectly well.
And she shall chew it, too. So there, now!”

“Say no more, my dear. I now see the force of your reasoning, and I will go
and order two or three cords of the best pine wood to-day. No child of mine shall
want while I—”

“O please go along to your office and let me have some peace. A body can never
make the simplest remark but you must take it up and go to arguing and arguing
and arguing till you don't know what you are talking about, and you never do.”

“Very well, it shall be as you say. But there is a want of logic in your last
remark which—”

However, she was gone with a flourish before I could finish, and had taken the
child with her. That night at dinner she confronted me with a face as white as a
sheet:

“O, Mortimer, there's another! Little Georgie Gordon is taken.”

“Membranous croup?”

“Membranous croup.”

“Is there any hope for him?”

-- 087 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 087. Image of the McWilliams parents standing in a hallway moving the crib of one of their children.[end figure description]

“None in the wide world. O, what is to become of us!”

By and by a nurse brought in our Penelope to say good-night and offer the
customary prayer at the mother's knee. In the midst of “Now I lay me down to
sleep,” she gave a slight cough! My wife fell back like one stricken with death.
But the next moment she was up and brimming with the activities which terror
inspires.

She commanded that the child's crib be removed from the nursery to our
bed-room; and she went along to see the order executed. She took me with her,
of course. We got matters arranged with speed. A cot bed was put up in my
wife's dressing room for the
nurse. But now Mrs. McWilliams
said we were too far
away from the other baby, and
what if he were to have the symptoms
in the night—and she
blanched again, poor thing.

We then restored the crib
and the nurse to the nursery
and put up a bed for ourselves
in a room adjoining.

Presently, however, Mrs.
McWilliams said suppose the
baby should catch it from Penelope?
This thought struck
a new panic to her heart, and
the tribe of us could not get the
crib out of the nursery again
fast enough to satisfy my wife,
though she assisted in her own person and well nigh pulled the crib to pieces in her
frantic hurry.

We moved down stairs; but there was no place there to stow the nurse, and Mrs.
McWilliams said the nurse's experience would be an inestimable help. So we

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

returned, bag and baggage, to our own bed-room once more, and felt a great
gladness, like storm-buffeted birds that have found their nest again.

Mrs. McWilliams sped to the nursery to see how things were going on there.
She was back in a moment with a new dread. She said:

“What can make Baby sleep so?”

I said:

“Why, my darling, Baby always sleeps like a graven image.”

“I know. I know; but there's something peculiar about his sleep, now. He
seems to—to—he seems to breathe so regularly. O, this is dreadful.”

“But my dear he always breathes regularly.”

“Oh, I know it, but there's something frightful about it now. His nurse is too
young and inexperienced. Maria shall stay there with her, and be on hand if
anything happens.”

“That is a good idea, but who will help you?”

“You can help me all I want. I wouldn't allow anybody to do anything but
myself, any how, at such a time as this.”

I said I would feel mean to lie abed and sleep, and leave her to watch and toil
over our little patient all the weary night.—But she reconciled me to it. So old
Maria departed and took up her ancient quarters in the nursery.

Penelope coughed twice in her sleep.

“Oh, why don't that doctor come! Mortimer, this room is too warm. This
room is certainly too warm. Turn off the register—quick!”

I shut it off, glancing at the thermometer at the same time, and wondering to
myself if 70 was too warm for a sick child.

The coachman arrived from down town, now, with the news that our physician
was ill and confined to his bed.—Mrs. McWilliams turned a dead eye upon me,
and said in a dead voice:

“There is a Providence in it. It is foreordained. He never was sick before.—
Never. We have not been living as we ought to live, Mortimer. Time and time
again I have told you so. Now you see the result. Our child will never get well.
Be thankful if you can forgive yourself; I never can forgive myself.”

I said, without intent to hurt, but with heedless choice of words, that I could not
see that we had been living such an abandoned life.

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

Mortimer! Do you want to bring the judgment upon Baby, too!”

Then she began to cry, but suddenly exclaimed:

“The doctor must have sent medicines!”

I said:

“Certainly. They are here. I was only waiting for you to give me a chance.”

“Well do give them to me! Don't you know that every moment is precious
now? But what was the use in sending medicines, when he knows that the disease
is incurable?”

I said that while there was life there was hope.

“Hope! Mortimer, you know no more what you are talking about than the child
unborn. If you would—. As I live, the directions say give one teaspoonful once
an hour! Once an hour!—as if we had a whole year before us to save the child
in! Mortimer, please hurry. Give the poor perishing thing a table-spoonful, and
try to be quick!”

“Why, my dear, a table-spoonful might—”

Don't drive me frantic!.....There, there, there, my precious, my own; it's
nasty bitter stuff, but it's good for Nelly—good for Mother's precious darling; and
it will make her well. There, there, there, put the little head on Mamma's breast
and go to sleep, and pretty soon—Oh, I know she can't live till morning! Mortimer,
a table-spoonful every half hour will—. Oh, the child needs belladonna too; I
know she does—and aconite. Get them, Mortimer. Now do let me have my way.
You know nothing about these things.”

We now went to bed, placing the crib close to my wife's pillow. All this turmoil
had worn upon me, and within two minutes I was something more than half asleep.
Mrs. McWilliams roused me:

“Darling, is that register turned on?”

“No.”

“I thought as much. Please turn it on at once. This room is cold.”

I turned it on, and presently fell asleep again. I was aroused once more:

“Dearie, would you mind moving the crib to your side of the bed? It is nearer
the register.”

I moved it, but had a collision with the rug and woke up the child. I dozed off

-- 090 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 090. Image of Mr. McWilliams standing, looking back towards his bed, as he perches his leg on a chair and rubs it. To his left is a knocked over chair.[end figure description]

once more, while my wife quieted the sufferer. But in a little while these words
came murmuring remotely through the fog of my drowsiness:

“Mortimer, if we only had some goose-grease—will you ring?”

I climbed dreamily out, and stepped on a cat, which responded with a protest
and would have got a convincing kick for it if a chair had not got it instead.

“Now, Mortimer, why do you want to turn up the gas and wake up the child
again?”

“Because I want to see how much I am hurt, Caroline.”

“Well look at the chair, too—I have no doubt it is ruined. Poor cat, suppose
you had—” “Now I am
not going to suppose anything
about the cat. It never
would have occurred if Maria
had been allowed to remain
here and attend to these duties,
which are in her line and are not
in mine.” “Now Mortimer,
I should think you would
be ashamed to make a remark
like that. It is a pity if you
cannot do the few little things
I ask of you at such an awful
time as this when our
child—” “There, there,
I will do anything you want.
But I can't raise anybody with
this bell. They're all gone to bed.
Where is the goose-grease?”

“On the mantel piece in the nursery. If you'll step there and speak to Maria—”

I fetched the goose-grease and went to sleep again: Once more I was called:

“Mortimer, I so hate to disturb you, but the room is still too cold for me to try
to apply this stuff. Would you mind lighting the fire? It is all ready to touch a
match to.”

-- 091 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 091. Image of Mr. McWilliams crouching near the fireplace in his pajamas, about to start a fire.[end figure description]

I dragged myself out and lit the fire, and then sat down disconsolate.

“Mortimer, don't sit there and catch your death of cold. Come to bed.”

“As I was stepping in, she said:

“But wait a moment. Please give the child some more of the medicine.”

Which I did. It was a medicine which made a child more or less lively; so my
wife made use of its waking interval to strip it and grease it all over with the gooseoil.
I was soon asleep once more, but once more I had to get up.

“Mortimer, I feel a draft. I feel it distinctly. There is nothing so bad for this
disease as a draft. Please move the crib in front of the fire.”

I did it; and collided with the rug again, which I threw in the fire. Mrs. Mc
Williams sprang out of bed and
rescued it and we had some
words. I had another trifling
interval of sleep, and then got up,
by request, and constructed
a flax-seed poultice. This was
placed upon the child's breast
and left there to do its healing
work.

A wood fire is
not a permanent thing. I
got up every twenty minutes
and renewed ours, and this
gave Mrs. Mc Williams the opportunity
to shorten the times
of giving the medicines by ten
minutes, which was a great satisfaction
to her. Now and then,
between times, I reorganized the
the flax-seed poultices, and applied sinapisms and other sorts of blisters where
unoccupied places could be found upon the child. Well, toward morning the
wood gave out and my wife wanted me to go down cellar and get some more.
I said:

“My dear, it is a laborious job, and the child must be nearly warm enough, with

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

her extra clothing. Now mightn't we put on another layer of poultices and—”

I did not finish, because I was interrupted. I lugged wood up from below for
some little time, and then turned in and fell to snoring as only a man can whose
strength is all, gone and whose soul is worn out. Just at broad daylight I felt a
grip on my shoulder that brought me to my senses suddenly.—My wife was glaring
down upon me and gasping. As soon as she could command her tongue she said:

“It is all over! All over! The child's perspiring! What shall we do?

“Mercy, how you terrify me! I don't know what we ought to do. Maybe if
we scraped her and put her in the draft again—”

“O, idiot! There is not a moment to lose! Go for the doctor. Go yourself.
Tell him he must come, dead or alive.”

I dragged that poor sick man from his bed and brought him. He looked at the
child and said she was not dying. This was joy unspeakable to me, but it made
my wife as mad as if he had offered her a personal affront. Then he said the
child's cough was only caused by some trifling irritation or other in the throat. At
this I thought my wife had a mind to show him the door.—Now the doctor said he
would make the child cough harder and dislodge the trouble. So he gave her
something that sent her into a spasm of coughing, and presently up came a little
wood splinter or so.

“This child has no membranous croup,” said he. “She has been chewing a bit
of pine shingle or something of the kind, and got some little slivers in her throat.
They won't do her any hurt.”

“No,” said I, “I can well believe that. Indeed the turpentine that is in them
is very good for certain sorts of diseases that are peculiar to children. My wife
will tell you so.”

But she did not. She turned away in disdain and left the room; and since that
time there is one episode in our life which we never refer to. Hence the tide of
our days flows by in deep and untroubled serenity.

[Very few married men have such an experience as McWillms's, and so the author of this book
thought that maybe the novelty of it would give it a passing interest to the reader.]

-- 093 --

p503-092 MY FIRST LITERARY VENTURE.

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

I WAS a very smart child at the age of thirteen—an unusually smart child, I
thought at the time. It was then that I did my first newspaper scribbling, and
most unexpectedly to me it stirred up a fine sensation in the community. It
did, indeed, and I was very proud of it, too. I was a printer's “devil,” and a
progressive and aspiring one. My uncle had me on his paper (the Weekly Hannibal
Journal,
two dollars a year in advance—five hundred subscribers, and they
paid in cordwood, cabbages, and unmarketable turnips), and on a lucky summer's
day he left town to be gone a week, and asked me if I thought I could edit one
issue of the paper judiciously. Ah! didn't I want to try! Higgins was the editor
on the rival paper. He had lately been jilted, and one night a friend found an open
note on the poor fellow's bed, in which he stated that he could no longer endure
life and had drowned himself in Bear Creek. The friend ran down there and
discovered Higgins wading back to shore! He had concluded he wouldn't. The
village was full of it for several days, but Higgins did not suspect it. I thought
this was a fine opportunity. I wrote an elaborately wretched account of the whole
matter, and then illustrated it with villainous cuts engraved on the bottoms of
wooden type with a jack-knife—one of them a picture of Higgins wading out into
the creek in his shirt, with a lantern, sounding the depth of the water with a
walking-stick. I thought it was desperately funny, and was densely unconscious
that there was any moral obliquity about such a publication. Being satisfied with
this effort I looked around for other worlds to conquer, and it struck me that it
would make good, interesting matter to charge the editor of a neighboring country

-- 094 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 094. Image of a man standing in calf deep water at night, poking the river bed with a cane while also holding onto a lantern. The man is dressed in a long pajama shirt.[end figure description]

paper with a piece of gratuitous rascality
and “see him squirm.”

I did it, putting the article into the
form of a parody on the Burial of “Sir
John Moore”—and a pretty crude
parody it was, too.

Then I lampooned two prominent
citizens outrageously—not because
they had done anything to deserve it,
but merely because I thought it was
my duty to make the paper lively.

Next I gently touched up the newest
stranger—the lion of the day, the
gorgeous journeyman tailor from
Quincy. He was a simpering coxcomb
of the first water, and the
“loudest” dressed man in the State.
He was an inveterate woman-killer.
Every week he wrote lushy “poetry”
for the “Journal,” about his newest
conquest. His rhymes for my week
were headed, “To Mary in H— l,
meaning to Mary in Hannibal, of
course. But while setting up the
piece I was suddenly riven from
head to heel by what I regarded as a
perfect thunderbolt of humor, and I
compressed it into a snappy foot-note
at the bottom—thus:—“We will let this
thing pass, just this once; but we wish
Mr. J. Gordon Runnels to understand
distinctly that we have a character to

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

sustain, and from this time forth when he wants to commune with his friends in
h—l, he must select some other medium than the columns of this journal!”

The paper came out, and I never knew any little thing attract so much attention
as those playful trifles of mine.

For once the Hannibal Journal was in demand—a novelty it had not experienced
before. The whole town was stirred. Higgins dropped in with a double-barrelled
shot-gun early in the forenoon. When he found that it was an infant (as he called
me) that had done him the damage, he simply pulled my ears and went away; but
he threw up his situation that night and left town for good. The tailor came with
his goose and a pair of shears; but he despised me too, and departed for the South
that night. The two lampooned citizens came with threats of libel, and went away
incensed at my insignificance. The country editor pranced in with a warwhoop
next day, suffering for blood to drink; but he ended by forgiving me cordially and
inviting me down to the drug store to wash away all animosity in a friendly bumper
of “Fahnestock's Vermifuge.” It was his little joke. My uncle was very angry
when he got back—unreasonably so, I thought, considering what an impetus I had
given the paper, and considering also that gratitude for his preservation ought to
have been uppermost in his mind, inasmuch as by his delay he had so wonderfully
escaped dissection, tomahawking, libel, and getting his head shot off. But he
softened when he looked at the accounts and saw that I had actually booked the
unparalleled number of thirty-three new subscribers, and had the vegetables to
show for it, cordwood, cabbage, beans, and unsalable turnips enough to run the
family for two years!

-- 096 --

p503-095 How the Author was Sold in Newark.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 096. In-line image; opening image for the story "How the Author was sold in Newark." In the top banner image, Twain is standing at a podium lecturing to a group of men. In the small image affixed to the left side of the upper image, Twain is sitting in a chair as a man stands over him putting balm in his hair.[end figure description]

IT is seldom pieasant to tell
on one's self, but sometimes
it is a sort of relief to a
man to make a confession. I
wish to unburden my mind now, and
yet I almost believe that I am moved to
do it more because I long to bring censure
upon another man than because I
desire to pour balm upon my wounded
heart. (I don't know what balm is, but I
believe it is the correct expression to use
in this connection—never having seen
any balm.) You may remember that I
lectured in Newark lately for the young
gentlemen of the — Society? I did
at any rate. During the afternoon of that
day I was talking with one of the young
gentlemen just referred to, and he said he
had an uncle who, from some cause or
other, seemed to have grown permanently bereft of all emotion. And with
tears in his eyes, this young man said, “Oh, if I could only see him laugh

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

once more! Oh, if I could only see him weep!” I was touched. I could
never withstand distress.

I said: “Bring him to my lecture. I'll start him for you.”

“Oh, if you could but do it! If you could but do it, all our family would
bless you for evermore—for he is so very dear to us. Oh, my benefactor, can
you make him laugh? can you bring soothing tears to those parched orbs?”

I was profoundly moved. I said: “My son, bring the old party round. I
have got some jokes in that lecture that will make him laugh if there is any laugh
in him; and if they miss fire, I have got some others that will make him cry or
kill him, one or the other.” Then the young man blessed me, and wept on my
neck, and went after his uncle. He placed him in full view, in the second row
of benches that night, and I began on him. I tried him with mild jokes, then
with severe ones; I dosed him with bad jokes and riddled him with good ones;
I fired old stale jokes into him, and peppered him fore and aft with red-hot new
ones; I warmed up to my work, and assaulted him on the right and left, in
front and behind; I fumed and sweated and charged and ranted till I was hoarse
and sick, and frantic and furious; but I never moved him once—I never started
a smile or a tear! Never a ghost of a smile, and never a suspicion of moisture!
I was astounded. I closed the lecture at last with one despairing shriek—with
one wild burst of humor, and hurled a joke of supernatural atrocity full at him!

Then I sat down bewildered and exhausted.

The president of the society came up and bathed my head with cold water,
and said: “What made you carry on so towards the last?”

I said: “I was trying to make that confounded old fool laugh, in the second
row.”

And he said: “Well, you were wasting your time, because he is deaf and
dumb, and as blind as a badger!”

Now, was that any way for that old man's nephew to impose on a stranger
and orphan like me? I ask you as a man and brother, if that was any way for
him to do?

-- 098 --

p503-097 THE OFFICE BORE.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 098. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Office Bore." In the image a man lounges in a wooden office chair. He is reading a newspaper and smoking a pipe, which has provided curls of smoke above his head. [end figure description]

HE arrives just as regularly as
the clock strikes nine in the
morning. And so he even
beats the editor sometimes, and the
porter must leave his work and
climb two or three pair of stairs to
unlock the “Sanctum” door and let
him in. He lights one of the office
pipes—not reflecting, perhaps, that
the editor may be one of those
“stuck-up” people who would as
soon have a stranger defile his toothbrush
as his pipe-stem. Then he begins to loll—for a person who can consent
to loaf his useless life away in ignominious indolence has not the energy to sit

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

up straight. He stretches full length on the sofa awhile; then draws up to half-length;
then gets into a chair, hangs his head back and his arms abroad, and
stretches his legs till the rims of his boot-heels rest upon the floor; by and by
sits up and leans forward, with one leg or both over the arm of the chair. But
it is still observable that with all his changes of position, he never assumes the
upright or a fraudful affectation of dignity. From time to time he yawns, and
stretches, and scratches himself with a tranquil, mangy enjoyment, and now
and then he grunts a kind of stuffy, overfed grunt, which is full of animal contentment.
At rare and long intervals, however, he sighs a sigh that is the
eloquent expression of a secret confession, to wit: “I am useless and a nuisance,
a cumberer of the earth.” The bore and his comrades—for there are usually
from two to four on hand, day and night—mix into the conversation when men
come in to see the editors for a moment on business; they hold noisy talks
among themselves about politics in particular, and all other subjects in general—
even warming up, after a fashion, sometimes, and seeming to take almost a
real interest in what they are discussing. They ruthlessly call an editor
from his work with such a remark as: “Did you see this, Smith, in the
`Gazette?”' and proceed to read the paragraph while the sufferer reins in his
impatient pen and listens: they often loll and sprawl round the office hour after
hour, swapping anecdotes, and relating personal experiences to each other—
hairbreadth escapes, social encounters with distinguished men, election reminiscences,
sketches of odd characters, etc. And through all those hours they never
seem to comprehend that they are robbing the editors of their time, and the
public of journalistic excellence in next day's paper. At other times they
drowse, or dreamily pore over exchanges, or droop limp and pensive over the
chair-arms for an hour. Even this solemn silence is small respite to the editor,
for the next uncomfortable thing to having people look over his shoulders,
perhaps, is to have them sit by in silence and listen to the scratching of his pen.
If a body desires to talk private business with one of the editors, he must call
him outside, for no hint milder than blasting powder or nitro-glycerine would
be likely to move the bores out of listening distance. To have to sit and endure
the presence of a bore day after day; to feel your cheerful spirits begin to sink
as his footstep sounds on the stair, and utterly vanish away as his tiresome form

-- 100 --

p503-099 [figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

enters the door; to suffer through his anecdotes and die slowly to his reminiscences;
to feel always the fetters of his clogging presence; to long hopelessly for
one single day's privacy; to note with a shudder, by and by, that to contemplate
his funeral in fancy has ceased to soothe, to imagine him undergoing in strict
and fearful detail the tortures of the ancient Inquisition has lost its power to
satisfy the heart, and that even to wish him millions and millions and millions
of miles in Tophet is able to bring only a fitful gleam of joy; to have to endure
all this, day after day, and week after week, and month after month, is an affliction
that transcends any other that men suffer. Physical pain is pastime to it,
and hanging a pleasure excursion.

JOHNNY GREER.

“THE church was densely crowded that lovely summer Sabbath,” said
the Sunday-school superintendent, “and all, as their eyes rested upon
the small coffin, seemed impressed by the poor black boy's fate.
Above the stillness the pastor's voice rose, and chained the interest of every ear
as he told, with many an envied compliment, how that the brave, noble, daring
little Johnny Greer, when he saw the drowned body sweeping down toward the
deep part of the river whence the agonized parents never could have recovered
it in this world, gallantly sprang into the stream, and at the risk of his life
towed the corpse to shore, and held it fast till help came and secured it. Johnny
Greer was sitting just in front of me. A ragged street boy, with eager eye,
turned upon him instantly, and said in a hoarse whisper—

“`No; but did you, though?'

“`Yes.'

“`Towed the carkiss ashore and saved it yo'self?'

“`Yes.'

“`Cracky! What did they give you?'

“`Nothing.'

“`W-h-a-t.' [with intense disgust.] D'you know what I'd a done? I'd a
anchored him out in the stream, and said, Five dollars, gents, or you carn't have yo'
nigger.
”'

-- 101 --

p503-100 THE FACTS IN THE CASE OF THE GREAT BEEF CONTRACT.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 101. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Great Beef Contract." The image is of an office filled with couples poring over documents.[end figure description]

In as few words as possible I wish to lay before the nation what
share, howsoever small, I have had in this matter—this matter
which has so exercised the public mind, engendered so much
ill-feeling, and so filled the newspapers of both continents with
distorted statements and extravagant comments.

The origin of this distressful thing was this—and I assert here
that every fact in the following résumé can be amply proved by
the official records of the General Government:—

John Wilson Mackenzie, of Rotterdam, Chemung county, New Jersey, deceased,
contracted with the General Government, on or about the 10th day of
October, 1861, to furnish to General Sherman the sum total of thirty barrels
of beef.

Very well.

He started after Sherman with the beef, but when he got to Washington
Sherman had gone to Manassas; so he took the beef and followed him there,

-- 102 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 102. Disturbing image of a man sitting in a filed with a tomahawk through the center of his skull. Near him is an Indian crying war signals, while in the far distant background a caravan of wagons is on fire.[end figure description]

but arrived too late; he followed him to Nashville, and from Nashville to
Chattanooga, and from Chattanooga to Atlanta—but he never could overtake
him. At Atlanta he took a fresh start and followed him clear through his
march to the sea. He arrived too late
again by a few days; but hearing
that Sherman was going out in the
Quaker City excursion to the Holy
Land, he took shipping for Beirut,
calculating to head off the other vessel.
When he arrived in Jerusalem with
his beef, he learned that Sherman had
not sailed in the Quaker City, but
had gone to the Plains to fight the
Indians. He returned to America
and started for the Rocky Mountains.
After sixty eight days of arduous
travel on the Plains, and when
he had got within four miles of Sherman's
head-quarters, he was tomahawked
and scalped, and the
Indians got the beef. They got all of it but one barrel. Sherman's army
captured that, and so even in death, the bold navigator partly fulfilled his contract.
In his will, which he had kept like a journal, he bequeathed the contract to
his son Bartholomew W. Bartholomew W. made out the following bill, and
then died:—

The United States
In account with John Wilson Mackensie, of New Jersey, deceased. Dr.
To thirty barrels of beef for General Sherman, at 8100 $3,000
To traveling expenses and transportation 14,000
Total $17,000
Rec'd Pay't.

He died then; but he left the contract to Wm. J. Martin, who tried to collect

-- 103 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 103. Image of two men standing in a plush living room. One man is standing in front of a large fireplace, smoking a cigar, clasping his hands behind his back. On the wall behind him is a portrait of George Washington. The other man is bowing slightly towards him and holding out a sheaf of papers.[end figure description]

it, but died before he got through. He left it to Barker J. Allen, and he tried
to collect it also. He did not survive. Barker J. Allen left it to Anson G.
Rogers, who attempted to collect it, and got along as far as the Ninth Auditor's
Office, when Death the great Leveller, came all unsummoned, and foreclosed on
him also. He left the bill to a relative of his in Connecticut, Vengeance Hopkins
by name, who lasted four weeks and two days, and made the best time on
record, coming within one of reaching the Twelfth Auditor. In his will he gave
the contract bill to his uncle, by the name of O-be-joyful Johnson. It was too
undermining for Joyful. His last words were: “Weep not for me—I am
willing to go.” And so he was,
poor soul. Seven people inherited
the contract after that; but they all
died. So it came into my hands at
last. It fell to me through a relative
by the name of Hubbard—Bethlehem
Hubbard, of Indiana. He had
had a grudge against me for a
long time; but in his last moments
he sent for me, and forgave me everything,
and, weeping gave me the
beef contract.

This ends the
history of it up to the time that I succeeded
to the property. I will now
endeavor to set myself straight
before the nation in everything that
concerns my share in the matter. I
took this beef contract, and the bill for mileage and transportation, to the President
of the United States.

He said, “Well, sir, what can I do for you?”

I said, “Sire, on or about the 10th day of October, 1861, John Wilson Mackenzie,
of Rotterdam, Chemung county, New Jersey, deceased, contracted with
the General Government to furnish to General Sherman the sum total of thirty
barrels of beef—”

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

He stopped me there, and dismissed me from his presence—kindly, but firmly.
The next day I called on the Secretary of State.

He said, “Well, sir?”

I said, “Your Royal Highness: on or about the 10th day of October, 1861,
John Wilson Mackenzie, of Rotterdam, Chemung county, New Jersey, deceased,
contracted with the General Government to furnish to General Sherman the
sum total of thirty barrels of beef—”

“That will do, sir—that will do; this office has nothing to do with contracts
for beef.”

“I was bowed out. I thought the matter all over, and finally, the following
day, I visited the Secretary of the Navy, who said, “Speak quickly, sir; do not
keep me waiting.”

I said, “Your Royal Highness, on or about the 10th day of October, 1861,
John Wilson Mackenzie, of Rotterdam, Chemung county, New Jersey, deceased,
contracted with the General Government to furnish to General Sherman the
sum total of thirty barrels of beef—”

Well, it was as far as I could get. He had nothing to do with beef contracts
for General Sherman either. I began to think it was a curious kind of a
Government. It looks somewhat as if they wanted to get out of paying for that
beef. The following day I went to the Secretary of the Interior.

I said, “Your Imperial Highness, on or about the 10th day of October—”

“That is sufficient, sir. I have heard of you before. Go, take your infamous
beef contract out of this establishment. The Interior Department has nothing
whatever to do with subsistence for the army.”

I went away. But I was exasperated now. I said I would haunt them; I
would infest every department of this iniquitous Government till that contract
business was settled. I would collect that bill, or fall, as fell my predecessors,
trying. I assailed the Postmaster-General; I besieged the Agricultural Department;
I waylaid the Speaker of the House of Representatives. They had nothing
to do with army contracts for beef. I moved upon the Commissioner of the
Patent Office.

I said, “Your August Excellency, on or about—”

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

“Perdition! have you got here with your incendiary beef contract, at last?
We have nothing to do with beef contracts for the army, my dear sir.”

“Oh, that is all very well—but somebody has got to pay for that beef. It has
got to be paid now, too, or I'll confiscate this old Patent Office and everything
in it.”

“But, my dear sir—”

“It don't make any difference, sir. The Patent Office is liable for that beef,
I reckon; and, liable or not liable, the Patent Office has got to pay for it.”

Never mind the details. It ended in a fight. The Patent Office won. But I
found out something to my advantage. I was told that the Treasury Department
was the proper place for me to go to. I went there. I waited two hours
and a half, and then I was admitted to the First Lord of the Treasury.

I said, “Most noble, grave, and reverend Signor, on or about the 10th day of
October, 1861, John Wilson Macken—”

“That is sufficient, sir. I have heard of you. Go to the First Auditor of the
Treasury.”

I did so. He sent me to the Second Auditor. The Second Auditor sent me
to the Third, and the Third sent me to the First Comptroller of the Corn-Beef
Division. This began to look like business. He examined his books and all
his loose papers, but found no minute of the beef contract. I went to the Second
Comptroller of the Corn-Beef Division. He examined his books and his loose
papers, but with no success. I was encouraged. During that week I got as far
as the Sixth Comptroller in that division; the next week I got through the
Claims Department; the third week I began and completed the Mislaid Contracts
Department, and got a foothold in the Dead Reckoning Department. I
finished that in three days. There was only one place left for it now. I laid
siege to the Commissioner of Odds and Ends. To his clerk, rather—he was not
there himself. There were sixteen beautiful young ladies in the room, writing
in books, and there were seven well-favored young clerks showing them how.
The young women smiled up over their shoulders, and the clerks smiled back
at them, and all went merry as a marriage bell. Two or three clerks that were
reading the newspapers looked at me rather hard, but went on reading, and

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

nobody said anything. However, I had been used to this kind of alacrity from
Fourth-Assistant-Junior Clerks all through my eventful career, from the very
day I entered the first office of the Corn-Beef Bureau clear till I passed out of
the last one in the Dead Reckoning Division. I had got so accomplished by
this time that I could stand on one foot from the moment I entered an office till
a clerk spoke to me, without changing more than two, or maybe three times.

So I stood there till I had changed four different times. Then I said to one of
the clerks who was reading—

“Illustrious Vagrant, where is the Grand Turk?”

“What do you mean, sir? whom do you mean? If you mean the Chief of the
Bureau, he is out.”

“Will he visit the harem to-day?”

The young man glared upon me awhile, and then went on reading his paper.
But I knew the ways of those clerks. I knew I was safe if he got through before
another New York mail arrived. He only had two more papers left. After
awhile he finished them, and then he yawned and asked me what I wanted.

“Renowned and honored Imbecile: On or about—”

“You are the beef contract man. Give me your papers.”

He took them, and for a long time he ransacked his odds and ends. Finally
he found the North-West Passage, as I regarded it—he found the long-lost
record of that beef contract—he found the rock upon which so many of my
ancestors had split before they ever got to it. I was deeply moved. And yet I
rejoiced—for I had survived. I said with emotion, “Give it me. The Government
will settle now.” He waved me back, and said there was something yet to
be done first.

“Where is this John Wilson Mackenzie?” said he.

“Dead.”

“When did he die?”

“He didn't die at all—he was killed.”

“How?”

“Tomahawked.”

“Who tomahawked him?”

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

“Why, an Indian, of course. You didn't suppose it was the superintendent of
a Sunday-school, did you?”

“No. An Indian, was it?”

“The same.”

“Name of the Indian?”

“His name? I don't know his name.”

Must have his name. Who saw the tomahawking done?”

“I don't know.”

“You were not present yourself, then?”

“Which you can see by my hair. I was absent.”

“Then how do you know that Mackenzie is dead?”

“Because he certainly died at that time, and I have every reason to believe
that he has been dead ever since. I know he has, in fact.”

“We must have proofs. Have you got the Indian?”

“Of course not.”

“Well, you must get him. Have you got the tomahawk?”

“I never thought of such a thing.”

“You must get the tomahawk. You must produce the Indian and the tomahawk.
If Mackenzie's death can be proven by these, you can then go before the
commission appointed to audit claims with some show of getting your bill under
such headway that your children may possibly live to receive the money and
enjoy it. But that man's death must be proven. However, I may as well tell
you that the Government will never pay that transportation and those traveling
expenses of the lamented Mackenzie. It may possibly pay for the barrel of beef
that Sherman's soldiers captured, if you can get a relief bill through Congress
making an appropriation for that purpose; but it will not pay for the twentynine
barrels the Indians ate.”

“Then there is only a hundred dollars due me, and that isn't certain! After
all Mackenzie's travels in Europe, Asia, and America with that beef; after all
his trials and tribulations and transportation; after the slaughter of all those
innocents that tried to collect that bill! Young man, why didn't the First
Comptroller of the Corn-Beef Division tell me this.”

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

“He didn't know anything about the genuineness of your claim.”

“Why didn't the Second tell me? why didn't the Third? why didn't all those
divisions and departments tell me?”

“None of them knew. We do things by routine here. You have followed
the routine and found out what you wanted to know. It is the best way. It is
the only way. It is very regular, and very slow, but it is very certain.”

“Yes, certain death. It has been, to the most of our tribe. I begin to feel
that I, too, am called. Young man, you love the bright creature yonder with
the gentle blue eyes and the steel pens behind her ears—I see it in your soft
glances; you wish to marry her—but you are poor. Here, hold out your hand—
here is the beef contract; go, take her and be happy! Heaven bless you, my
children!”

This is all I know about the great beef contract, that has created so much talk
in the community. The clerk to whom I bequeathed it died. I know nothing
further about the contract, or any one connected with it. I only know that if a
man lives long enough he can trace a thing through the Circumlocution Office
of Washington, and find out, after much labor and trouble and delay, that which
he could have found out on the first day if the business of the Circumlocution
Office were as ingeniously systematized as it would be if it were a great private
mercantile institution.

-- 109 --

p503-108 THE CASE OF GEORGE FISHER. *

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 109. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Case of George Fisher." In the background of the image a house is burning and two Indians are running towards the foreground with a group of oxen and food. In the foreground of the image are two Indians drinking alcohol out of a large jug.[end figure description]

THIS is history. It is not a
wild extravaganza, like “John
Williamson Mackenzie's Great
Beef Contract,” but is a plain statement
of facts and circumstances with
which the Congress of the United
States has interested itself from time
to time during the long period of half
a century.

I will not call this matter of George
Fisher's a great deathless and unrelenting
swindle upon the Government
and people of the United States—for

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

it has never been so decided, and I hold that it is a grave and solemn wrong for a
writer to cast slurs or call names when such is the case—but will simply present
the evidence and let the reader deduce his own verdict. Then we shall do nobody
injustice, and our consciences shall be clear.

On or about the 1st day of September 1813, the Creek was being then in progress
in Florida, the crops, herds, and houses of Mr. George Fisher, a citizen, were
destroyed, either by the Indians or by the United States troops in pursuit of them.
By the terms of the law, if the Indians destroyed the property, there was no relief
for Fisher; but if the troops destroyed it, the Government of the United States was
debtor to Fisher for the amount involved.

George Fisher must have considered that the Indians destroyed the property,
because, although he lived several years afterward, he does not appear to have ever
made any claim upon the Government.

In the course of time Fisher died, and his widow married again. And by and
by, nearly twenty years after that dimly-remembered raid upon Fisher's cornfields,
the widow Fisher's new husband petitioned Congress for pay for the property, and
backed up the petition with many depositions and affidavits which purported to
prove that the troops, and not the Indians, destroyed the property; that the troops,
for some inscrutable reason, deliberately burned down “houses” (or cabins) valued
at $600, the same belonging to a peaceable private citizen, and also destroyed
various other property belonging to the same citizen. But Congress declined to
believe that the troops were such idiots (after overtaking and scattering a band of
Indians proved to have been found destroying Fisher's property) as to calmly
continue the work of destruction themselves, and make a complete job of what the
Indians had only commenced. So Congress denied the petition of the heirs of
George Fisher in 1832, and did not pay them a cent.

We hear no more from them officially until 1848, sixteen years after their first
attempt on the Treasury, and a full generation after the death of the man whose

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

fields were destroyed. The new generation of Fisher heirs then came forward and
put in a bill for damages. The Second Auditor awarded them $8,873, being half
the damage sustained by Fisher. The Auditor said the testimony showed that at
least half the destruction was done by the Indians “before the troops started in pursuit,
and of course the Government was not responsible for that half.

2. That was in April, 1848. In December 1848, the heirs of George Fisher,
deceased, came forward and pleaded for a “revision” of their bill of damages.
The revision was made, but nothing new could be found in their favor except an
error of $100 in the former calculation. However, in order to keep up the spirits
of the Fisher family, the Auditor concluded to go back and allow interest from the
date of the first petition (1832) to the date when the bill of damages was awarded.
This sent the Fishers home happy with sixteen years' interest on $8,873—the same
amounting to $8,997.94. Total, $17,870.94.

3. For an entire year the suffering Fisher family remained quiet—even satisfied,
after a fashion. Then they swooped down upon Government with their wrongs
once more. That old patriot, Attorney-General Toucey, burrowed through the
musty papers of the Fishers and discovered one more chance for the desolate
orphans—interest on that original award of $8,873 from date of destruction of the
property (1813) up to 1832! Result, $10,004.89 for the indigent Fishers. So
now we have:—First, $8,873 damages; second, interest on it from 1832 to 1848,
$8,997.94; third, interest on it dated back to 1813, $10,004.89. Total, $27,875.83!
What better investment for a great-grandchild than to get the Indians to burn a
cornfield for him sixty or seventy years before his birth, and plausibly lay it on
lunatic United States troops?

4. Strange as it may seem, the Fishers let Congress alone for five years—or,
what is perhaps more likely, failed to make themselves heard by Congress for that
length of time. But at last in 1854, they got a hearing. They persuaded Congress
to pass an act requiring the Auditor to re-examine their case. But this time they
stumbled upon the misfortune of an honest Secretary of the Treasury (Mr. James
Guthrie), and he spoiled everything. He said in very plain language that the
Fishers were not only not entitled to another cent, but that those children of many
sorrows and acquainted with grief had been paid too much already.

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

5. Therefore another interval of rest and silence ensued—an interval which
lasted four years—viz., till 1858. The “right man in the right place” was then
Secretary of War—John B. Floyd, of peculiar renown! Here was a master intellect;
here was the very man to succor the suffering heirs of dead and forgotten
Fisher. They came up from Florida with a rush—a great tidal wave of Fishers
freighted with the same old musty documents about the same immortal cornfields
of their ancestor. They straightway got an Act passed transferring the Fisher
matter from the dull Auditor to the ingenious Floyd. What did Floyd do? He
said, “IT WAS PROVED that the Indians destroyed everything they could before the
troops entered in pursuit.
” He considered, therefore, that what they destroyed must
have consisted of “the houses with all their contents, and the liquor” (the most trifling
part of the destruction, and set down at only $3200 all told), and that the Government
troops then drove them off and calmly proceeded to destroy—

Two hundred and twenty acres of corn in the field, thirty-five acres of wheat, and
nine hundred and eighty-six head of live stock!
[What a singularly intelligent army
we had in those days, according to Mr. Floyd—though not according to the
Congress of 1832.]

So Mr. Floyd decided that the Government was not responsible for that $3200
worth of rubbish which the Indians destroyed, but was responsible for the property
destroyed by the troops—which property consisted of (I quote from the printed
United States Senate document)—

Dollars.
Corn at Bassett's Creek 3,000
Cattle 5,000
Stock hogs 1,050
Drove hogs 1,204
Wheat 350
Hides 4,000
Corn on the Alabama River 3,500
Total 18,104

That sum, in his report, Mr. Floyd calls the “full value of the property destroyed
by the troops.” He allows that sum to the starving Fishers, TOGETHER WITH

-- 113 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 113. Image of a man standing in an archive. He is standing in the center of stacks of papers and is holding one up to read.[end figure description]

INTEREST FROM 1813. From this new sum total the amounts already paid to the
Fishers were deducted, and then the cheerful remainder (a fraction under forty
thousand dollars
) was handed to them, and again they retired to Florida in a condition
of temporary tranquility. Their ancestor's farm had now yielded them,
altogether, nearly sixty-seven thousand dollars in cash.

6. Does the reader suppose that that was the end of it? Does he suppose those
diffident Fishers were satisfied? Let the evidence show. The Fishers were quiet
just two years. Then they came swarming up out of the fertile swamps of Florida
with their same old documents, and besieged Congress once more. Congress
capitulated on the first of June, 1860, and instructed Mr. Floyd to overhaul those
papers again and pay that bill. A Treasury clerk was ordered to go through those
papers and report to Mr. Floyd what amount was still due the emaciated Fishers.
This clerk (I can produce him whenever he is wanted) discovered what was apparently
a glaring and recent forgery in the papers, whereby a witness's testimony as

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

to the price of corn in Florida in 1813 was made to name double the amount which
that witness had originally specified as the price! The clerk not only called his
superior's attention to this thing, but in making up his brief of the case called particular
attention to it in writing. That part of the brief never got before Congress,
nor has Congress ever yet had a hint of a forgery existing among the Fisher papers.
Nevertheless, on the basis of the double prices (and totally ignoring the clerk's
assertion that the figures were manifestly and unquestionably a recent forgery), Mr.
Floyd remarks in his new report that “the testimony, particularly in regard to the
corn crops
DEMANDS A MUCH HIGHER ALLOWANCE than any heretofore made by the
Auditor or myself.” So he estimates the crop at sixty bushels to the acre (double
what Florida acres produce), and then virtuously allows pay for only half the crop,
but allows two dollars and a half a bushel for that half, when there are rusty old
books and documents in the Congressional library to show just what the Fisher
testimony showed before the forgery—viz., that in the fall of 1813 corn was only
worth from $1.25 to $1.50 a bushel. Having accomplished this, what does Mr.
Floyd do next? Mr. Floyd (“with an earnest desire to execute truly the legislative
will,” as he piously remarks) goes to work and makes out an entirely new bill of
Fisher damages, and in this new bill he placidly ignores the Indians altogether—
puts no particle of the destruction of the Fisher property upon them, but, even
repenting him of charging them with burning the cabins and drinking the whisky
and breaking the crockery, lays the entire damage at the door of the imbecile
United States troops, down to the very last item! And not only that, but uses the
forgery to double the loss of corn at “Bassett's Creek,” and uses it again to absolutely
treble the loss of corn on the “Alabama River.” This new and ably conceived
and executed bill of Mr. Floyd's figures up as follows (I copy again from
the printed U. S. Senate document):—

The United States in account with the legal representatives of George Fisher, deceased.

Dol. C.
1813.—To 350 head of cattle, at 10 dollars 5,500 00
To 86 head of drove hogs 1,204 00
To 350 head of stock hogs 1,750 00
To 100 ACRES OF CORN ON Bassett's Creek 6,000 00
To 8 barrels of whisky 350 00

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

To 2 barrels of brandy 280 00
To 1 barrel of rum 70 00
To dry goods and merchandise in store 1,100 00
To 35 acres of wheat 350 00
To 2,000 hides 4,000 00
To furs and hats in store 600 00
To crockery ware in store 100 00
To smiths' and carpenters' tools 250 00
To houses burned and destroyed 600 00
To 4 dozen bottles of wine 48 00
1814.—To 120 acres of corn on Alabama River 9,500 00
To crops of peas, fodder, etc. 3,250 00
Total 34,952 00
To interest on $22,202, from July 1813 to November 1860,
47 years and 4 months 63,053 68
To interest on $12,750, from September 1814 to November 1860,
46 years and 2 months 35,317 50
Total 133,323 18

He puts everything in this time. He does not even allow that the Indians
destroyed the crockery or drank the four dozen bottles of (currant) wine. When it
came to supernatural comprehensiveness in “gobbling,” John B. Floyd was without
his equal, in his own or any other generation. Subtracting from the above total the
$67,000 already paid to George Fisher's implacable heirs, Mr. Floyd announced
that the Government was still indebted to them in the sum of sixty-six thousand five
hundred and nineteen dollars and eighty-five cents,
“which,” Mr. Floyd complacently
remarks, “will be paid, accordingly, to the administrator of the estate of George
Fisher, deceased, or to his attorney in fact.”

But, sadly enough for the destitute orphans, a new President came in just at this
time, Buchanan and Floyd went out, and they never got their money. The first
thing Congress did in 1861 was to rescind the resolution of June 1, 1870, under
which Mr. Floyd had been ciphering. Then Floyd (and doubtless the heirs of
George Fisher likewise) had to give up financial business for a while, and go into
the Confederate army and serve their country.

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

Were the heirs of George Fisher killed? No. They are back now at this very
time (July 1870), beseeching Congress through that blushing and diffident creature,
Garrett Davis, to commence making payments again on their interminable and
insatiable bill of damages for corn and whisky destroyed by a gang of irresponsible
Indians, so long ago that even government red-tape has failed to keep consistent
and intelligent track of it.

Now, the above are facts. They are history. Any one who doubts it can send
to the Senate Document Department of the Capitol for H. R. Ex. Doc. No. 21,
36th Congress, 2nd Session, and for S. Ex. Doc. No. 106, 41st. Congress 2nd Session,
and satisfy himself. The whole case is set forth in the first volume of the
Court of Claims Reports.

It is my belief that as long as the continent of America holds together, the heirs
of George Fisher, deceased, will still make pilgrimages to Washington from the
swamps of Florida, to plead for just a little more cash on their bill of damages
(even when they received the last of that sixty-seven thousand dollars, they said it
was only one-fourth what the Government owed them on that fruitful corn-field),
and as long as they choose to come, they will find Garrett Davises to drag their
vampire schemes before Congress. This is not the only hereditary fraud (if fraud
it is—which I have before repeatedly remarked is not proven) that is being quietly
handed down from generation to generation of fathers and sons, through the persecuted
Treasury of the United States.

eaf503n6

* Some years ago, when this was first published, few people believed it, but considered it a mere
extravaganza. In these latter days it seems hard to realize that there was ever a time when the
robbing of our government was a novelty. The very man who showed me where to find the documents
for this case was at that very time spending hundreds of thousands of dollars in Washington
for a mail steamship concern, in the effort to procure a subsidy for the company—a fact which was a
long time in coming to the surface, but leaked out at last and underwent Congressional
investigation.

-- 117 --

p503-116 DISGRACEFUL PERSECUTION OF A BOY.

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

IN San Francisco, the other day, “A well-dressed boy, on his way to Sunday-school,
was arrested and thrown into the city prison for stoning Chinamen.”

What a commentary is this upon human justice! What sad prominence it
gives to our human disposition to tyrannize over the weak! San Francisco has
little right to take credit to herself for her treatment of this poor boy. What
had the child's education been? How should he suppose it was wrong to stone
a Chinamen? Before we side against him, along with outraged San Francisco,
let us give him a chance—let us hear the testimony for the defence.

He was a “well-dressed” boy, and a Sunday-school scholar, and therefore,
the chances are that his parents were intelligent, well-to-do people, with just
enough natural villainy in their composition to make them yearn after the
daily papers, and enjoy them; and so this boy had opportunities to learn all
through the week how to do right, as well as on Sunday.

It was in this way that he found out that the great commonwealth of California
imposes an unlawful mining-tax upon John the foreigner, and allows Patrick
the foreigner to dig gold for nothing—probably because the degraded
Mongol is at no expense for whisky, and the refined Celt cannot exist without it.

It was in this way that he found out that a respectable number of the taxgatherers—
it would be unkind to say all of them—collect the tax twice, instead
of once; and that, inasmuch as they do it solely to discourage Chinese immigration
into the mines, it is a thing that is much applauded, and likewise regarded
as being singularly facetious.

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

It was in this way that he found out that when a white man robs a sluice-box
(by the term white man is meant Spaniards, Mexicans, Portuguese, Irish, Hondurans,
Peruvians, Chileans, &c., &c.), they make him leave the camp; and when
a Chinaman does that thing, they hang him.

It was in this way that he found out that in many districts of the vast Pacific
coast, so strong is the wild, free love of justice in the hearts of the people, that
whenever any secret and mysterious crime is committed, they say, “Let justice
be done, though the heavens fall,” and go straightway and swing a Chinaman.

It was in this way that he found out that by studying one half of each day's
“local items,” it would appear that the police of San Francisco were either
asleep or dead, and by studying the other half it would seem that the reporters
were gone mad with admiration of the energy, the virtue, the high effectiveness,
and the dare-devil intrepidity of that very police—making exultant mention of
how “the Argus-eyed officer So-and-so,” captured a wretched knave of a Chinaman
who was stealing chickens, and brought him gloriously to the city prison;
and how “the gallant officer Such-and-such-a-one,” quietly kept an eye on the
movements of an “unsuspecting, almond-eyed son of Confucius” (your reporter
is nothing if not facetious), following him around with that far-off look of
vacancy and unconsciousness always so finely affected by that inscrutible being,
the forty-dollar policeman, during a waking interval, and captured him at last
in the very act of placing his hands in a suspicious manner upon a paper of
tacks, left by the owner in an exposed situation; and how one officer performed
this prodigious thing, and another officer that, and another the other—and
pretty much every one of these performances having for a dazzling central
incident a Chinaman guilty of a shilling's worth of crime, an unfortunate, whose
misdemeanor must be hurraed into something enormous in order to keep the
public from noticing how many really important rascals went uncaptured in
the meantime, and how overrated those glorified policemen actually are.

It was in this way that the boy found out that the Legislature, being aware
that the Constitution has made America an asylum for the poor and the
oppressed of all nations, and that, therefore, the poor and oppressed who fly to
our shelter must not be charged a disabling admission fee, made a law that

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

every Chinman, upon landing, must be vaccinated upon the wharf, and pay to
the State's appointed officer ten dollars for the service, when there are plenty of
doctors in San Francisco who would be glad enough to do it for him for fifty
cents.

It was in this way that the boy found out that a Chinaman had no rights
that any man was bound to respect; that he had no sorrows that any man was
bound to pity; that neither his life nor his liberty was worth the purchase of a
penny when a white man needed a scapegoat; that nobody loved Chinamen,
nobody befriended them, nobody spared them suffering when it was convenient
to inflict it; everybody, individuals, communities, the majesty of the State itself,
joined in hating, abusing, and persecuting these humble strangers.

And, therefore, what could have been more natural than for this sunny-hearted
boy, tripping along to Sunday-school, with his mind teeming with freshly-learned
incentives to high and virtuous action, to say to himself—

“Ah, there goes a Chinaman! God will not love me if I do not stone him.”

And for this he was arrested and put in the city jail.

Everything conspired to teach him that it was a high and holy thing to stone
a Chinaman, and yet he no sooner attempts to do his duty that he is punished
for it—he, poor chap, who has been aware all his life that one of the principal
recreations of the police, out toward the Gold Refinery, is to look on with
tranquil enjoyment while the butchers of Brannan Street set their dogs on unoffending
Chinamen, and make them flee for their lives.*

Keeping in mind the tuition in the humanities which the entire “Pacific
coast” gives its youth, there is a very sublimity of incongruity in the virtuous
flourish with which the good city fathers of San Francisco proclaim (as they

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

have lately done) that “The police are positively ordered to arrest all boys, of
every description and wherever found, who engage in assaulting Chinamen.”

Still, let us be truly glad they have made the order, notwithstanding its
inconsistency; and let us rest perfectly confident the police are glad, too.
Because there is no personal peril in arresting boys, provided they be of the
small kind, and the reporters will have to laud their performances just as loyally
as ever, or go without items.

The new form for local items in San Francisco will now be:—“The ever
vigilant and efficient officer So-and-so succeeded, yesterday afternoon, in arresting
Master Tommy Jones, after a determined resistance,” etc., etc., followed by
the customary statistics and final hurrah, with its unconscious sarcasm: “We
are happy in being able to state that this is the forty-seventh boy arrested by
this gallant officer since the new ordinance went into effect. The most extraordinary
activity prevails in the police department. Nothing like it has been seen
since we can remember.”

eaf503n7

* I have many such memories in my mind, but am thinking just at present of one particular one,
where the Brannan Street butchers set their dogs on a Chinaman who was quietly passing with a
basket of clothes on his head; and while the dogs mutilated his flesh, a butcher increased the
hilarity of the occasion by knocking some of the Chinaman's teeth down his throat with half a brick.
This incident sticks in my memory with a more malevolent tenacity, perhaps, on account of the
fact that I was in the employ of a San Francisco journal at the time, and was not allowed to publish
it because it might offend some of the peculiar element that subscribed for the paper.

-- 121 --

p503-120 THE JUDGE'S “SPIRITED WOMAN. ”

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 121. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Judge's Spirited Woman." The image centers around a courtroom, where a woman, dressed in black and wearing a veil, is pointing a gun at a man about to approach the witness box. In the background are three men staring in horror and the judge who is standing up from his seat with hands raised.[end figure description]

I WAS sitting here,” said the judge, “in this old pulpit, holding court, and we
were trying a big, wicked-looking Spanish desperado for killing the husband
of a bright, pretty Mexican woman. It was a lazy summer day, and an awfully
long one, and the witnesses were tedious. None of us took any interest in the trial
except that nervous, uneasy devil of a Mexican woman—because you know how
they love and how they hate, and this one had loved her husband with all her
might, and now she had boiled it all down into hate, and stood here spitting it at that
Spaniard with her eyes; and I tell you she would stir me up, too, with a little of her
summer lightning, occasionally. Well, I had my coat off and my heels up, lolling
and sweating, and smoking one of those cabbage cigars the San Francisco people
used to think were good enough for us in those times; and the lawyers they all had
their coats off, and were smoking and whittling, and the witnesses the same, and so
was the prisoner. Well, the fact is, there warn't any interest in a murder trial then,
because the fellow was always brought in “not guilty,” the jury expecting him to do
as much for them some time; and, although the evidence was straight and square

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

against this Spaniard, we knew we could not convict him without seeming to be
rather high-handed and sort of reflecting on every gentleman in the community;
for there warn't any carriages and liveries then, and so the only `style' there was,
was to keep your private graveyard. But that woman seemed to have her heart set
on hanging that Spaniard; and you'd ought to have seen how she would glare on
him a minute, and then look up at me in her pleading way, and then turn and for
the next five minutes search the jury's faces, and by and by drop her face in her
hands for just a little while as if she was most ready to give up; but out she'd
come again directly, and be as live and anxious as ever. But when the jury
announced the verdict—Not Guilty, and I told the prisoner he was acquitted and
free to go, that woman rose up till she appeared to be as tall and grand as a seventy-four-gun-ship,
and says she—

“`Judge, do I understand you to say that this man is not guilty, that murdered
my husband without any cause before my own eyes and my little children's, and
that all has been done to him that ever justice and the law can do?”

“`The same,' says I.

“And then what do you reckon she did? Why, she turned on that smirking
Spanish fool like a wild cat, and out with a `navy' and shot him dead in open court!”

“That was spirited, I am willing to admit.”

“Wasn't it, though?” said the judge admiringly. “I wouldn't have missed it
for anything. I adjourned court right on the spot, and we put on our coats and
went out and took up a collection for her and her cubs, and sent them over the
mountains to their friends. Ah, she was a spirited wench!”

-- 123 --

p503-122 INFORMATION WANTED.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 123. In-line image; opening image for the story "Information Wanted." In the image Twain's uncle is standing in front of an erupting volcano. He is holding the top of his balding head and looking down in shock at his hat, which is on the ground.[end figure description]

Washington, December 10, 1867.

“COULD you give me any information
respecting such islands,
if any, as the Government is
going to purchase?”

It is an uncle of mine that wants to
know. He is an industrious man and
well-disposed, and wants to make a
living in an honest, humble way, but
more especially he wants to be quiet.
He wishes to settle down, and be quiet
and unostentatious. He has been to
the new island St. Thomas, but he
says he thinks things are unsettled
there. He went there early with an attaché of the State department, who was sent
down with money to pay for the island. My uncle had his money in the same

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

box, and so when they went ashore, getting a receipt, the sailors broke open the box
and took all the money, not making any distinction between Government money,
which was legitimate money to be stolen, and my uncle's, which was his own
private property, and should have been respected. But he came home and got
some more and went back. And then he took the fever. There are seven kinds
of fever down there, you know; and, as his blood was out of order by reason of
loss of sleep and general wear and tear of mind, he failed to cure the first fever,
and then somehow he got the other six. He is not a kind of man that enjoys
fevers, though he is well-meaning and always does what he thinks is right, and so
he was a good deal annoyed when it appeared he was going to die.

But he worried through, and got well and started a farm. He fenced it in, and
the next day that great storm came on and washed the most of it over to Gibralter,
or around there somewhere. He only said, in his patient way, that it was gone,
and he wouldn't bother about trying to find out where it went to, though it was his
opinion it went to Gibralter.

Then he invested in a mountain, and started a farm up there, so as to be out of
the way when the sea came ashore again. It was a good mountain, and a good
farm, but it wasn't any use; an earthquake came the next night and shook it all
down. It was all fragments, you know, and so mixed up with another man's
property, that he could not tell which were his fragments without going to law; and
he would not do that, because his main object in going to St. Thomas was to be
quiet. All that he wanted was to settle down and be quiet.

He thought it all over, and finally he concluded to try the low ground again,
especially as he wanted to start a brickyard this time. He bought a flat, and put
out a hundred thousand bricks to dry preparatory to baking them. But luck
appeared to be against him. A volcano shoved itself through there that night, and
elevated his brickyard about two thousand feet in the air. It irritated him a good
deal. He has been up there, and he says the bricks are all baked right enough,
but he can't get them down. At first, he thought maybe the Government would
get the bricks down for him, because since Government bought the island, it ought
to protect the property where a man has invested in good faith; but all he wants is
quiet, and so he is not going to apply for the subsidy he was thinking about.

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

He went back there last week in a couple of ships of war, to prospect around the
coast for a safe place for a farm where he could be quiet; but a great “tidal wave”
came, and hoisted both of the ships out into one of the interior counties, and he
came near losing his life. So he has given up prospecting in a ship, and is
discouraged.

Well, now, he don't know what to do. He has tried Alaska; but the bears kept
after him so much, and kept him so much on the jump, as it were, that he had to
leave the country. He could not be quiet there with those bears prancing after
him all the time. That is how he came to go to the new island we have bought—
St. Thomas. But he is getting to think St. Thomas is not quiet enough for a man
of his turn of mind, and that is why he wishes me to find out if Government is
likely to buy some more islands shortly. He has heard that Government is thinking
about buying Porto Rico. If that is true, he wishes to try Porto Rico, if it is a
quiet place. How is Porto Rico for his style of man? Do you think the Government
will buy it?

-- 126 --

p503-125 SOME LEARNED FABLES, FOR GOOD OLD BOYS AND GIRLS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 126. In-line image; opening image for the story "Some Learned Fables, for good old boys and girls." The image stretches vertically along the left side of the page and finishes along the bottom. It depicts a steady stream of animals, such as turtles, crickets, worms, spiders, frogs, and lizards leaving the forest[end figure description]

IN THREE PARTS.

HOW THE ANIMALS OF THE WOOD SENT OUT A
SCIENTIFIC EXPEDITION.

ONCE the creatures of the forest held a great
convention and appointed a commission
consisting of the most illustrious scientists
among them to go forth, clear beyond the forest
and out into the unknown and unexplored world,
to verify the truth of the matters already taught in
their schools and colleges and also to make discoveries. It was the most imposing
enterprise of the kind the nation had ever embarked in. True, the government

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

had once sent Dr. Bull Frog, with a picked crew, to hunt for a north-westerly
passage through the swamp to the right-hand corner of the wood, and had since
sent out many expeditions to hunt for Dr. Bull Frog; but they never could find
him, and so government finally gave him up and ennobled his mother to show
its gratitude for the services her son had rendered to science. And once government
sent Sir Grass Hopper to hunt for the sources of the rill that emptied into the
swamp; and afterwards sent out many expeditions to hunt for Sir Grass; and at
last they were successful—they found his body, but if he had discovered the sources
meantime, he did not let on. So government acted handsomely by deceased, and
many envied his funeral.

But these expeditions were trifles compared with the present one; for this one
comprised among its servants the very greatest among the learned; and besides it
was to go to the utterly unvisited regions believed to lie beyond the mighty forest—
as we have remarked before. How the members were banqueted, and glorified,
and talked about! Everywhere that one of them showed himself, straightway
there was a crowd to gape and stare at him.

Finally they set off, and it was a sight to see the long procession of dry-land
Tortoises heavily laden with savans, scientific instruments, Glow-Worms and FireFlies
for signal-service, provisions, Ants and Tumble-Bugs to fetch and carry and
delve, Spiders to carry the surveying chain and do other engineering duty, and so
forth and so on; and after the Tortoises came another long train of iron-clads—
stately and spacious Mud Turtles for marine transportation service; and from every
Tortoise and every Turtle flaunted a flaming gladiolus or other splendid banner;
at the head of the column a great band of Bumble-Bees, Mosquitoes, Katy-Dids
and Crickets discoursed martial music; and the entire train was under the escort
and protection of twelve picked regiments of the Army Worm.

At the end of three weeks the expedition emerged from the forest and looked
upon the great Unknown World. Their eyes were greeted with an impressive
spectacle. A vast level plain stretched before them, watered by a sinuous stream;
and beyond, there towered up against the sky a long and lofty barrier of some kind,
they did not know what. The Tumble-Bug said he believed it was simply land
tilted up on its edge, because he knew he could see trees on it. But Prof. Snail
and the others said:

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

“You are hired to dig, sir—that is all. We need your muscle, not your brains.
When we want your opinion on scientific matters, we will hasten to let you know.
Your coolness, is intolerable, too—loafing about here meddling with august matters
of learning, when the other laborers are pitching camp. Go along and help handle
the baggage.”

The Tumble-Bug turned on his heel uncrushed, unabashed, observing to himself,
“If it isn't land tilted up, let me die the death of the unrighteous.”

Professor Bull Frog, (nephew of the late explorer,) said he believed the ridge
was the wall that enclosed the earth. He continued:

“Our fathers have left us much learning, but they had not traveled far, and so
we may count this a noble new discovery. We are safe for renown, now, even
though our labors began and ended with this single achievement. I wonder what
this wall is built of? Can it be fungus? Fungus is an honorable good thing to
build a wall of.”

Professor Snail adjusted his field-glass and examined the rampart critically.
Finally he said:

“The fact that it is not diaphanous, convinces me that it is a dense vapor formed
by the calorification of ascending moisture dephlogisticated by refraction. A few
endiometrical experiments would confirm this, but it is not necessary.—The thing
is obvious.”

So he shut up his glass and went into his shell to make a note of the discovery
of the world's end, and the nature of it.

“Profound mind!” said Professor Angle-Worm to Professor Field-Mouse; “profound
mind! nothing can long remain a mystery to that august brain.”

Night drew on apace, the sentinel crickets were posted, the Glow Worm and
Fire-Fly lamps were lighted, and the camp sank to silence and sleep. After
breakfast in the morning, the expedition moved on. About noon a great avenue
was reached, which had in it two endless parallel bars of some kind of hard black
substance, raised the height of the tallest Bull Frog above the general level. The
scientists climbed up on these and examined and tested them in various ways.
They walked along them for a great distance, but found no end and no break in
them. They could arrive at no decision. There was nothing in the records of

-- 129 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 129. Image of the forest animals fleeing from train tracks and an approaching train at night.[end figure description]

science that mentioned anything of this kind. But at last the bald and venerable
geographer, Professor Mud Turtle, a person who, born poor, and of a drudging low
family, had, by his own native force raised himself to the headship of the geographers
of his generation, said:

“My friends, we have indeed made a discovery here. We have found in a palpable,
compact and imperishable
state what the wisest of our
fathers always regarded as a
mere thing of the imagination.
Humble yourselves, my
friends, for we stand in a majestic
presence. These are parallels
of latitude!” Every heart
and every head was bowed, so
awful, so sublime was the magnitude
of the discovery. Many
shed tears. The camp was
pitched and the rest of the day
given up to writing voluminous
accounts of the marvel, and correcting
astronomical tables to
fit it. Toward midnight a demoniacal
shriek was heard, then
a clattering and rumbling noise,
and the next instant a vast terrific eye shot by, with a long tail attached, and disappeared
in the gloom, still uttering triumphant shrieks.

The poor camp laborers were stricken to the heart with fright, and stampeded
for the high grass in a body. But not the scientists. They had no superstitions.
They calmly proceeded to exchange theories. The ancient geographer's opinion
was asked. He went into his shell and deliberated long and profoundly. When
he came out at last, they all knew by his worshiping countenance that he brought
light. Said he:

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

“Give thanks for this stupendous thing which we have been permitted to witness.—
It is the Vernal Equinox!”

There were shoutings and great rejoicings.

“But,” said the Angle-worm, uncoiling after reflection, “this is dead summer
time.”

“Very well,” said the Turtle, “we are far from our region; the season differs
with the difference of time between the two points.”

“Ah, true. True enough. But it is night. How should the sun pass in the
night?”

“In these distant regions he doubtless passes always in the night at this hour.”

“Yes, doubtless that is true. But it being night, how is it that we could see
him?”

“It is a great mystery. I grant that. But I am persuaded that the humidity of
the atmosphere in these remote regions is such that particles of daylight adhere to
the disk and it was by aid of these that we were enabled to see the sun in the dark.”

This was deemed satisfactory, and due entry was made of the decision.

But about this moment those dreadful shriekings were heard again; again the
rumbling and thundering came speeding up out of the night; and once more a
flaming great eye flashed by and lost itself in gloom and distance.

The camp laborers gave themselves up for lost. The savants were sorely perplexed.
Here was a marvel hard to account for. They thought and they talked,
they talked and they thought.—Finally the learned and aged Lord Grand-Daddy-Longlegs,
who had been sitting, in deep study, with his slender limbs crossed and
his stemmy arms folded, said:

“Deliver your opinions, brethren, and then I will tell my thought—for I think
I have solved this problem.”

“So be it, good your lordship,” piped the weak treble of the wrinkled and
withered Professor Woodlouse, “for we shall hear from your lordship's lips naught
but wisdom.”—[Here the speaker threw in a mess of trite, threadbare, exasperating
quotations from the ancient poets and philosophers, delivering them with unction
in the sounding grandeurs of the original tongues, they being from the Mastodon,
the Dodo, and other dead languages]. “Perhaps I ought not to presume to meddle

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

with matters pertaining to astronomy at all, in such a presence as this, I who have
made it the business of my life to delve only among the riches of the extinct
languages and unearth the opulence of their ancient lore; but still, as unacquainted
as I am with the noble science of astronomy, I beg with deference and humility
to suggest that inasmuch as the last of these wonderful apparitions proceeded in
exactly the opposite direction from that pursued by the first, which you decide to
be the Vernal Equinox, and greatly resembled it in all particulars, is it not possible,
nay certain, that this last is the Autumnal Equi—”

“O-o-o!” “O-o-o! go to bed! go to bed!” with annoyed derision from everybody.
So the poor old Woodlouse retreated out of sight, consumed with shame.

Further discussion followed, and then the united voice of the commission begged
Lord Longlegs to speak. He said:

“Fellow-scientists, it is my belief that we have witnessed a thing which has
occurred in perfection but once before in the knowledge of created beings. It is a
phenomenon of inconceivable importance and interest, view it as one may, but its
interest to us is vastly heightened by an added knowledge of its nature which no
scholar has heretofore possessed or even suspected. This great marvel which we
have just witnessed, fellow-savants, (it almost takes my breath away!) is nothing
less than the transit of Venus!”

Every scholar sprang to his feet pale with astonishment. Then ensued tears,
hand-shakings, frenzied embraces, and the most extravagant jubilations of every
sort. But by and by, as emotion began to retire within bounds, and reflection to
return to the front, the accomplished Chief Inspector Lizard observed:

“But how is this?— Venus should traverse the sun's surface, not the earth's.”

The arrow went home. It carried sorrow to the breast of every apostle of
learning there, for none could deny that this was a formidable criticism. But
tranquilly the venerable Duke crossed him limbs behind his ears and said:

“My friend has touched the marrow of our mighty discovery. Yes—all that
have lived before us thought a transit of Venus consisted of a flight across the sun's
face; they thought it, they maintained it, they honestly believed it, simple hearts,
and were justified in it by the limitations of their knowledge; but to us has been
granted the inestimable boon of proving that the transit occurs across the earth's
face, for we have SEEN it!”

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

The assembled wisdom sat in speechless adoration of this imperial intellect. All
doubts had instantly departed, like night before the lightning.

The Tumble-Bug had just intruded, unnoticed. He now came reeling forward
among the scholars, familiarly slapping first one and then another on the shoulder,
saying “Nice ('ic!) nice old boy!” and smiling a smile of elaborate content.
Arrived at a good position for speaking, he put his left arm akimbo with his knuckles
planted in his hip just under the edge of his cut-away coat, bent his right leg,
placing his toe on the ground and resting his heel with easy grace against his left
shin, puffed out his aldermanic stomach, opened his lips, leaned his right elbow
on Inspector Lizard's shoulder, and—

But the shoulder was indignantly withdrawn and the hard-handed son of toil
went to earth. He floundered a bit but came up smiling, arranged his attitude
with the same careful detail as before, only choosing Professor Dogtick's shoulder
for a support, opened his lips and—

Went to earth again. He presently scrambled up once more, still smiling, made
a loose effort to brush the dust off his coat and legs, but a smart pass of his hand
missed entirely and the force of the unchecked impulse slewed him suddenly
around, twisted his legs together, and projected him, limber and sprawling, into the
lap of the Lord Longlegs. Two or three scholars sprang forward, flung the
low creature head over heels into a corner and reinstated the patrician, smoothing
his ruffled dignity with many soothing and regretful speeches. Professor Bull Frog
roared out:

“No more of this, sirrah Tumble-Bug! Say your say and then get you about
your business with speed!—Quick—what is your errand? Come—move off a
trifle; you smell like a stable; what have you been at?”

“Please ('ic!) please your worship I chanced to light upon a find. But no
m (e-uck!) matter 'bout that. There's b ('ic!) been another find which— —beg
pardon, your honors, what was that th ('ic!) thing that ripped by here first?”

“It was the Vernal Equinox.”

“Inf ('ic!) fernal equinox. 'At's all right.—D ('ic!) Dunno him. What's other
one?”

“The transit of Venus.”

-- 133 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 133. Image of the forest animals dancing and frolicking after drinking the contents of a jug of alcohol, which the rat is dancing on in the center of the image.[end figure description]

“G ('ic!) Got me again. No matter. Las' one dropped something.”

“Ah, indeed! Good luck! Good news! Quick—what is it?”

“M ('ic!) Mosey out `n' see. It'll pay.”

No more votes were taken for four and twenty hours. Then the following entry
was made: “The commission
went in a body to view the
find. It was found to consist
of a hard, smooth, huge object with
a rounded summit surmounted
by a short upright projection resembling
a section of a cabbage
stalk divided transversely—
This projection was not
solid, but was a hollow cylinder
plugged with a soft woody substance
unknown to our region—
that is, it had been so plugged,
but unfortunately this obstruction
had been heedlessly removed by
Norway Rat, Chief of the Sappers
and Miners, before our arrival.
The vast object before us, so
mysteriously conveyed from the glittering domains of space, was found to be hollow
and nearly filled with a pungent liquid of a brownish hue, like rain-water that has
stood for some time. And such a spectacle as met our view! Norway Rat was
perched upon the summit engaged in thrusting his tail into the cylindrical projection,
drawing it out dripping, permitting the struggling multitude of laborers to
suck the end of it, then straightway reinserting it and delivering the fluid to the
mob as before. Evidently this liquor had strangely potent qualities; for all that
partook of it were immediately exalted with great and pleasurable emotions, and
went staggering about singing ribald songs, embracing, fighting, dancing, discharging
irruptions of profanity, and defying all authority. Around us struggled a massed

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

and uncontrolled mob—uncontrolled and likewise uncontrollable, for the whole
army, down to the very sentinels, were mad like the rest, by reason of the drink.
We were seized upon by these reckless creatures, and within the hour we, even we,
were undistinguishable from the rest—the demoralization was complete and
universal. In time the camp wore itself out with its orgies and sank into a stolid
and pitiable stupor, in whose mysterious bonds rank was forgotten and strange
bed-fellows made, our eyes, at the resurrection, being blasted and our souls petrified
with the incredible spectacle of that intolerable stinking scavenger, the Tumble-Bug,
and the illustrious patrician my lord Grand Daddy, Duke of Longlegs, lying
soundly steeped in sleep, and clasped lovingly in each other's arms, the like
whereof hath not been seen in all the ages that tradition compasseth, and doubtless
none shall ever in this world find faith to master the belief of it save only we that
have beheld the damnable and unholy vision. Thus inscrutable be the ways of
God, whose will be done!

“This day, by order, did the Engineer-in-Chief, Herr Spider, rig the necessary
tackle for the overturning of the vast reservoir, and so its calamitous contents were
discharged in a torrent upon the thirsty earth, which drank it up and now there is
no more danger, we reserving but a few drops for experiment and scrutiny, and to
exhibit to the king and subsequently preserve among the wonders of the museum.
What this liquid is, has been determined. It is without question that fierce and
most destructive fluid called lightning. It was wrested, in its container, from its
store-house in the clouds, by the resistless might of the flying planet, and hurled at
our feet as she sped by. An interesting discovery here results. Which is, that
lightning, kept to itself, is quiescent; it is the assaulting contact of the thunderbolt
that releases it from captivity, ignites its awful fires and so produces an instantaneous
combustion and explosion which spread disaster and desolation far and wide in
the earth.”

After another day devoted to rest and recovery, the expedition proceeded upon
its way. Some days later it went into camp in a pleasant part of the plain, and the
savants sallied forth to see what they might find. Their reward was at hand.
Professor Bull Frog discovered a strange tree, and called his comrades. They
inspected it with profound interest.—It was very tall and straight, and wholly

-- 135 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 135. Image of a row of communication poles with a kite trapped in the wires and Herr Spider stringing web throughout.[end figure description]

devoid of bark, limbs or foliage. By triangulation Lord Longlegs determined its
altitude; Herr Spider measured its circumference at the base and computed the
circumference at its top by a mathematical demonstration based upon the warrant
furnished by the uniform degree of its taper upward. It was considered a very
extraordinary find; and since it was a tree of a hitherto unknown species, Professor
Woodlouse gave it a name of a learned sound, being none other than that of Professor
Bull Frog translated into the ancient Mastodon language, for it had always
been the custom with discoverers
to perpetuate their names
and honor themselves by this
sort of connection with their
discoveries. Now, Professor
Field-Mouse having placed
his sensitive ear to the tree, detected
a rich, harmonious
sound issuing from it. This
surprising thing was tested and
enjoyed by each scholar in turn
and great was the gladness
and astonishment of all. Professor
Woodlouse was requested
to add to and extend
the tree's name so as to make
it suggest the musical quality
it possessed— which he did,
furnishing the addition Anthem Singer, done into the Mastodon tongue.

By this time Professor Snail was making some telescopic inspections. He discovered
a great number of these trees, extending in a single rank, with wide intervals
between, as far as his instrument would carry, both southward and northward.
He also presently discovered that all these trees were bound together, near their
tops, by fourteen great ropes, one above another, which ropes were continuous,
from tree to tree, as far as his vision could reach. This was surprising. Chief

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

Engineer Spider ran aloft and soon reported that these ropes were simply a web
hung there by some colossal member of his own species, for he could see its prey
dangling here and there from the strands, in the shape of mighty shreds and rags
that had a woven look about their texture and were no doubt the discarded skins
of prodigious insects which had been caught and eaten. And then he ran along
one of the ropes to make a closer inspection, but felt a smart sudden burn on the
soles of his feet, accompanied by a paralyzing shock, wherefore he let go and swung
himself to the earth by a thread of his own spinning, and advised all to hurry at
once to camp, lest the monster should appear and get as much interested in the
savants as they were in him and his works. So they departed with speed, making
notes about the gigantic web as they went. And that evening the naturalist of the
expedition built a beautiful model of the colossal spider, having no need to see it
in order to do this, because he had picked up a fragment of its vertebræ by the
tree, and so knew exactly what the creature looked like and what its habits and its
preferences were, by this simple evidence alone. He built it with a tail, teeth,
fourteen legs and a snout, and said it ate grass, cattle, pebbles and dirt with equal
enthusiasm. This animal was regarded as a very precious addition to science. It
was hoped a dead one might be found, to stuff. Professor Woodlouse thought that
he and his brother scholars, by lying hid and being quiet, might maybe catch a live
one. He was advised to try it. Which was all the attention that was paid to his
suggestion. The conference ended with the naming the monster after the naturalist,
since he, after God, had created it.

“And improved it, mayhap,” muttered the Tumble-Bug, who was intruding
again, according to his idle custom and his unappeasable curiosity.

END OF PART FIRST.

-- 137 --

p503-136

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

HOW THE ANIMALS OF THE WOOD COMPLETED THEIR SCIENTIFIC LABORS.

A week later the expedition camped in the midst of a collection of wonderful
curiosities. These were a sort of vast caverns of stone that rose singly and in
bunches out of the plain by the side of the river which they had first seen when
they emerged from the forest. These caverns stood in long straight rows on
opposite sides of broad aisles that were bordered with single ranks of trees. The
summit of each cavern sloped sharply both ways. Several horizontal rows of great
square holes, obstructed by a thin, shiny, transparent substance, pierced the frontage
of each cavern. Inside were caverns within caverns; and one might ascend and
visit these minor compartments by means of curious winding ways consisting of
continuous regular terraces raised one above another. There were many huge
shapeless objects in each compartment which were considered to have been living
creatures at one time, though now the thin brown skin was shrunken and loose,
and rattled when disturbed. Spiders were here in great number, and their cobwebs,
stretched in all directions and wreathing the great skinny dead together,
were a pleasant spectacle, since they inspired with life and wholesome cheer a
scene which would otherwise have brought to the mind only a sense of forsakenness
and desolation. Information was sought of these spiders, but in vain. They were
of a different nationality from those with the expedition and their language seemed
but a musical, meaningless jargon. They were a timid, gentle race, but ignorant,
and heathenish worshipers of unknown gods. The expedition detailed a great
detachment of missionaries to teach them the true religion, and in a week's time a
precious work had been wrought among those darkened creatures, not three families
being by that time at peace with each other or having a settled belief in any system
of religion whatever. This encouraged the expedition to establish a colony of
missionaries there permanently, that the work of grace might go on.

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

But let us not outrun our narrative. After close examination of the fronts of
the caverns, and much thinking and exchanging of theories, the scientists determined
the nature of these singular formations. They said that each belonged
mainly to the Old Red Sandstone period; that the cavern fronts rose in innumerable
and wonderfully regular strata high in the air, each stratum about five frog-spans
thick, and that in the present discovery lay an overpowering refutation of all
received geology: for between every two layers of Old Red Sandstone reposed a
thin layer of decomposed limestone; so instead of there having been but one Old
Red Sandstone period there had certainly been not less than a hundred and seventy-five!
And by the same token it was plain that there had also been a hundred
and seventy-five floodings of the earth and depositings of limestone strata! The
unavoidable deduction from which pair of facts, was, the overwhelming truth that
the world, instead of being only two hundred thousand years old, was older by
millions upon millions of years! And there was another curious thing: every
stratum of Old Red Sandstone was pierced and divided at mathematically regular
intervals by vertical strata of limestone. Up-shootings of igneous rock through
fractures in water formations were common; but here was the first instance where
water-formed rock had been so projected. It was a great and noble discovery and
its value to science was considered to be inestimable.

A critical examination of some of the lower strata demonstrated the presence of
fossil ants and tumble-bugs (the latter accompanied by their peculiar goods), and
with high gratification the fact was enrolled upon the scientific record; for this
was proof that these vulgar laborers belonged to the first and lowest orders of
created beings, though at the same time there was something repulsive in the
reflection that the perfect and exquisite creature of the modern uppermost order
owed its origin to such ignominious beings through the mysterious law of Development
of Species.

The Tumble-Bug, overhearing this discussion, said he was willing that the parvenus
of these new times should find what comfort they might in their wise-drawn
theories, since as far as he was concerned he was content to be of the old first
families and proud to point back to his place among the old original aristocracy of
the land.

-- 139 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 139. Image of the main street of a town, with the forest insects poised outside of the American hotel with easels and paints, sketching the facade.[end figure description]

“Enjoy your mushroom dignity, stinking of the varnish of yesterday's veneering,
since you like it,” said he; “suffice it for the Tumble-Bugs that they come of a
race that rolled their fragrant spheres down the solemn aisles of antiquity, and left
their imperishable works embalmed in the Old Red Sandstone to proclaim it to the
wasting centuries as they file
along the highway of Time!”

“O, take a walk!” said the
chief of the expedition, with
derision.

The summer
passed, and winter approached.
In and about many of the caverns
were what seemed to be
inscriptions. Most of the
scientists said they were ininscriptions,
a few said they
were not. The chief philologist,
Professor Woodlouse, maintained
that they were writings,
done in a character utterly unknown
to scholars, and in a
language equally unknown.
He had early ordered his
artists and draughtsmen to make fac-similes of all that were discovered; and had set
himself about finding the key to the hidden tongue. In this work he had followed
the method which had always been used by decipherers previously. That is to say,
he placed a number of copies of inscriptions before him and studied them both collectively
and in detail. To begin with, he placed the following copies together:

The American Hotel.

The Shades.

Boats for Hire Cheap.

Billiards.

The A 1 Barber Shop.

Meals at all Hours.

No Smoking.

Union Prayer Meeting, 4 P. M.

The Waterside Journal.

Telegraph Office.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140. Image of a collage of street signs.[end figure description]

Keep off the Grass.

Try Brandreth's Pills.

Cottages for Rent during the Watering Season.

For Sale Cheap.

For Sale Cheap.

For Sale Cheap.

For Sale Cheap.

At first it seemed to the Professor that this was a sign-language, and that each
word was represented by a distinct sign; further examination convinced him that it
was a written language, and that every letter of its alphabet was represented by a
character of its own; and finally, he decided that it was a language which conveyed
itself partly by letters, and partly by signs or hieroglyphics. This conclusion was
forced upon him by the discovery of several specimens of the following nature:

He observed that certain inscriptions were met with in greater frequency than
others. Such as “For Sale Cheap;” “Billiards;” “S. T.—1860—X;” “Keno;
Ale on Draught.” Naturally, then, these must be religious maxims. But this
idea was cast aside, by and by, as the mystery of the strange alphabet began to
clear itself. In time, the Professor was enabled to translate several of the inscriptions
with considerable plausibility, though not to the perfect satisfaction of all the
scholars. Still, he made constant and encouraging progress.

Finally a cavern was discovered with these inscriptions upon it:

WATERSIDE MUSEUM.

Open at all Hours. Admission 50 cents.

Wonderful Collection of Wax-Works, Ancient Fossils, etc.

Professor Woodlouse affirmed that the word “Museum” was equivalent to the

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

phrase “lumgath molo,” or “Burial-Place.” Upon entering, the scientists were
well astonished. But what they saw may be best conveyed in the language of their
own official report:

“Erect, and in a row, were a sort of rigid great figures which struck us instantly
as belonging to the long extinct species of reptile called Man, described in our
ancient records. This was a peculiarly gratifying discovery, because of late times
it has become fashionable to regard this creature as a myth and a superstition, a
work of the inventive imaginations of our remote ancestors. But here, indeed, was
Man, perfectly preserved, in a fossil state. And this was his burial place, as
already ascertained by the inscription. And now it began to be suspected that the
caverns we had been inspecting had been his ancient haunts in that old time that
he roamed the earth—for upon the breast of each of these tall fossils was an
inscription in the character heretofore noticed. One read, `Captain Kidd, the
Pirate;
' another `Queen Victoria;' another, `Abe Lincoln;' another, `George
Washington,
' etc.

“With feverish interest we called for our ancient scientific records to discover if
perchance the description of Man there set down would tally with the fossils before
us. Professor Woodlouse read it aloud in its quaint and musty phraseology, to
wit:

“`In ye time of our fathers Man still walked ye earth, as by tradition we know.
It was a creature of exceeding great size, being compassed about with a loose skin,
sometimes of one color, sometimes of many, the which it was able to cast at will;
which being done, the hind legs were discovered to be armed with short claws like
to a mole's but broader, and ye fore-legs with fingers of a curious slimness and a
length much more prodigious than a frog's, armed also with broad talons for
scratching in ye earth for its food. It had a sort of feathers upon its head such as
hath a rat, but longer, and a beak suitable for seeking its food by ye smell thereof.
When it was stirred with happiness, it leaked water from its eyes; and when it suffered
or was sad, it manifested it with a horrible hellish cackling clamor that was
exceeding dreadful to hear and made one long that it might rend itself and perish,
and so end its troubles. Two Mans being together, they uttered noises at each
other like to this: `Haw-haw-haw—dam good, dam good,' together with other

-- 142 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 142. Image of the forest animals examining notable humans in a wax museum. They are gathered around Captain Kidd and George Washington.[end figure description]

sounds of more or less likeness to these, wherefore ye poets conceived that they
talked, but poets be always ready to catch at any frantic folly, God he knows.
Sometimes this creature goeth about with a long stick ye which it putteth to its
face and bloweth fire and smoke through ye same with a sudden and most damnable
bruit and noise that doth fright its prey to death, and so seizeth it in its talons
and walketh away to its habitat, consumed with a most fierce and devilish joy.'

“Now was the description set forth by our ancestors wonderfully endorsed
and confirmed by the fossils
before us, as shall be seen.
The specimen marked `Captain
Kidd' was examined in detail.
Upon its head and part
of its face was a sort of fur like
that upon the tail of a horse.
With great labor its loose skin
was removed, whereupon its
body was discovered to be of
a polished white texture, thoroughly
petrified. The straw it had
eaten, so many ages gone by,
was still in its body, undigested—
and even in its legs.

“Surrounding these fossils
were objects that would
mean nothing to the ignorant,
but to the eye of science they
were a revelation. They laid bare the secrets of dead ages. These musty Memorials
told us when Man lived, and what were his habits. For here, side by side
with Man, were the evidences that he had lived in the earliest ages of creation,
the companion of the other low orders of life that belonged to that forgotten
time.—Here was the fossil nautilus that sailed the primeval seas; here was the
skeleton of the mustodon, the ichthyosaurus, the cave bear, the prodigious elk.

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

Here, also, were the charred bones of some of these extinct animals and of the
young of Man's own species, split lengthwise, showing that to his taste the marrow
was a toothsome luxury. It was plain that Man had robbed those bones of their
contents, since no tooth-mark of any beast was upon them—albeit the Tumble-Bug
intruded the remark that “no beast could mark a bone with its teeth, anyway.”
Here were proofs that Man had vague, groveling notions of art; for this fact
was conveyed by certain things marked with the untranslatable words, `Flint
Hatchets, Knives, Arrow-Heads, and Bone-Ornaments of Primeval Man.
'
Some of these seemed to be rude weapons chipped out of flint, and in a secret
place was found some more in process of construction, with this untranslatable
legend, on a thin, flimsy material, lying by:

Jones, if you don't want to be discharged from the Musseum, make the next primeaveal
weppons more careful—you couldn't even fool one of these sleapy old syentiffic
grannys from the Coledge with the last ones. And mind you the animles you carved on
some of the Bone Ornaments is a blame sight too good for any primeaveal man that
was ever fooled.—Varnum, Manager.

“Back of the burial place was a mass of ashes, showing that Man always had a
feast at a funeral—else why the ashes in such a place? and showing, also, that he
believed in God and the immortality of the soul—else why these solemn ceremonies?

To sum up.—We believe that man had a written language. We know that he
indeed existed at one time, and is not a myth; also, that he was the companion of
the cave bear, the mastodon, and other extinct species; that he cooked and ate
them and likewise the young of his own kind; also, that he bore rude weapons, and
knew something of art; that he imagined he had a soul, and pleased himself with
the fancy that it was immortal. But let us not laugh; there may be creatures in
existence to whom we and our vanities and profundities may seem as ludicrous.”

END OF PART SECOND.

-- 144 --

p503-143

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 144. Image of the forest animals gathered at the base of a stone monument erected in honor of homes and cattle lost in a flood.[end figure description]

Near the margin of the great river the scientists presently found a huge, shapely
stone, with this inscription:

In 1847, in the spring, the river overflowed its banks and covered the whole township.
The depth was from two to six feet. More than 900 head of cattle were lost,
and many homes destroyed. The Mayor ordered this memorial to be erected to perpetuate
the event. God spare us the repetition of it!

With infinite trouble, Professor Woodlouse succeeded in making a translation of
this inscription, which was sent home and straightway an enormous excitement was
created about it. It confirmed, in a remarkable way, certain treasured traditions
of the ancients. The translation was slightly marred by one or two untranslatable

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

words, but these did not impair the general clearness of the meaning. It is here
presented:

One thousand eight hundred and forty-seven years ago, the (fires?) descended and
consumed the whole city. Only some nine hundred souls were saved, all others destroyed.
The
(king?) commanded this stone to be set up to..... (untranslable)..... prevent
the repetition of it.

This was the first successful and satisfactory translation that had been made of
the mysterious character left behind him by extinct man, and it gave Professor
Woodlouse such reputation that at once every seat of learning in his native land
conferred a degree of the most illustrious grade upon him, and it was believed that
if he had been a soldier and had turned his splendid talents to the extermination
of a remote tribe of reptiles, the king would have ennobled him and made him rich.
And this, too, was the origin of that school of scientists called Manologists, whose
specialty is the deciphering of the ancient records of the extinct bird termed Man.
[For it is now decided that Man was a bird and not a reptile]. But Professor
Woodlouse began and remained chief of these, for it was granted that no translations
were ever so free from error as his. Others made mistakes—he seemed incapable
of it. Many a memorial of the lost race was afterward found, but none ever
attained to the renown and veneration achieved by the “Mayoritish Stone”—it
being so called from the word “Mayor” in it, which, being translated “King,”
“Mayoritish Stone” was but another way of saying “King Stone.”

Another time the expedition made a great “find.” It was a vast round flattish
mass, ten frog-spans in diameter and five or six high. Professor Snail put on his
spectacles and examined it all around, and then climbed up and inspected the top.
He said:

“The result of my perlustration and perscontation of this isoperimetrical protuberance
is a belief that it is one of those rare and wonderful creations left by the
Mound Builders. The fact that this one is lamellibranchiate in its formation,
simply adds to its interest as being possibly of a different kind from any we read
of in the records of science, but yet in no manner marring its authenticity. Let
the megalophonous grasshopper sound a blast and summon hither the perfunctory
and circumforaneous Tumble-Bug, to the end that excavations may be made and
learning gather new treasures.”

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

Not a Tumble-Bug could be found on duty, so the Mound was excavated by a
working party of Ants. Nothing was discovered. This would have been a great
disappointment, had not the venerable Longlegs explained the matter.—He said:

“It is now plain to me that the mysterious and forgotten race of Mound Builders
did not always erect these edifices as mausoleums, else in this case as in all previous
cases, their skeletons would be found here, along with the rude implements which
the creatures used in life. Is not this manifest?”

“True! true!” from everybody.

“Then we have made a discovery of peculiar value here; a discovery which
greatly extends our knowledge of this creature in place of diminishing it; a discovery
which will add lustre to the achievements of this expedition and win for us the
commendations of scholars everywhere. For the absence of the customary relics
here means nothing less than this: The Mound Builder, instead of being the ignorant,
savage reptile we have been taught to consider him, was a creature of cultivation
and high intelligence, capable of not only appreciating worthy achievements
of the great and noble of his species, but of commemorating them! Fellowscholars,
this stately Mound is not a sepulchre, it is a monument!”

A profound impression was produced by this.

But it was interrupted by rude and derisive laughter—and the Tumble-Bug
appeared.

“A monument!” quoth he. “A monument set up by a Mound Builder! Aye,
so it is! So it is, indeed, to the shrewd keen eye of science; but to an ignorant
poor devil who has never seen a college, it is not a Monument, strictly speaking,
but is yet a most rich and noble property; and with your worships' good permission
I will proceed to manufacture it into spheres of exceeding grace and—”

The Tumble-Bug was driven away with stripes, and the draughtsmen of the
expedition were set to making views of the Monument from different standpoints,
while Professor Woodlouse, in a frenzy of scientific zeal, traveled all over it and all
around it hoping to find an inscription. But if there had ever been one it had
decayed or been removed by some vandal as a relic.

The views having been completed, it was now considered safe to load the
precious Monument itself upon the backs of four of the largest Tortoises and send

-- 147 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 147. Image of the forest animals traveling down a road with mountains in the background.[end figure description]

it home to the King's museum, which was done; and when it arrived it was received
with enormous éclat and escorted to its future abiding-place by thousands of enthusiastic
citizens, King Bullfrog XVI. himself attending and condescending to sit
enthroned upon it throughout the progress.

The growing rigor of the weather was now admonishing the scientists to close
their labors for the present, so they made preparations to journey homeward. But
even their last day among the Caverns bore fruit; for one of the scholars found in
an out-of-the-way corner of
the Museum or “Burial-Place”
a most strange and extraordinary
thing. It was nothing less than
a double Man-Bird lashed together
breast to breast by a natural
ligament, and labelled
with the untranslatable words,
Siamese Twins” The official report
concerning this thing closed
thus:

“Wherefore it
appears that there were in old
times two distinct species of
this majestic fowl, the one being
single and the other double.
Nature has a reason for all
things.—It is plain to the eye
of science that the Double-Man
originally inhabited a region where dangers abounded; hence he was paired
together to the end that while one part slept the other might watch; and likewise
that, danger being discovered, there might always be a double instead of a single
power to oppose it. All honor to the mystery-dispelling eye of godlike Science!”

And near the Double Man-Bird was found what was plainly an ancient record of
his, marked upon numberless sheets of a thin white substance and bound together.
Almost the first glance that Professor Woodlouse threw into it revealed this

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

following sentence, which he instantly translated and laid before the scientists, in
a tremble, and it uplifted every soul there with exultation and astonishment:

In truth it is believed by many that the lower animals reason and talk together.

When the great official report of the expedition appeared, the above sentence
bore this comment:

“Then there are lower animals than Man! This remarkable passage can mean
nothing else. Man himself is extinct, but they may still exist. What can they be?
Where do they inhabit? One's enthusiasm bursts all bounds in the contemplation
of the brilliant field of discovery and investigation here thrown open to science.
We close our labors with the humble prayer that your Majesty will immediately
appoint a commission and command it to rest not nor spare expense until the search
for this hitherto unsuspected race of the creatures of God shall be crowned with
success.”

The expedition then journeyed homeward after its long absence and its faithful
endeavors, and was received with a mighty ovation by the whole grateful country.

There were vulgar, ignorant carpers, of course, as there always are and always
will be; and naturally one of these was the obscene Tumble-Bug. He said that all
he had learned by his travels was that science only needed a spoonful of supposition
to build a mountain of demonstrated fact out of; and that for the future he
meant to be content with the knowledge that nature had made free to all creatures
and not go prying into the august secrets of the Deity.

-- 149 --

p503-148 MY LATE SENATORIAL SECRETARYSHIP.

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

I AM not a private secretary to a senator any more, now. I held the berth
two months in security and in great cheerfulness of spirit, but my bread
began to return from over the waters, then—that is to say, my works came
back and revealed themselves. I judged it best to resign. The way of it was
this. My employer sent for me one morning tolerably early, and, as soon as I
had finished inserting some conundrums clandestinely into his last great speech
upon finance, I entered the presence. There was something portentous in his
appearance. His cravat was untied, his hair was in a state of disorder, and his
countenance bore about it the signs of a suppressed storm. He held a package
of letters in his tense grasp, and I knew that the dreaded Pacific mail was in.
He said—

“I thought you were worthy of confidence.”

I said, “Yes, sir.”

He said, “I gave you a letter from certain of my constituents in the State of
Nevada, asking the establishment of a post-office at Baldwin's Ranch, and told
you to answer it, as ingeniously as you could, with arguments which should
persuade them that there was no real necessity for an office at that place.”

I felt easier. “Oh, if that is all, sir, I did do that.”

“Yes, you did. I will read your answer, for your own humiliation:

Washington, Nov. 24.
“`Messrs. Smith, Jones, and others.

“`Gentlemen: What the mischief do you suppose you want with a post-office at Baldwin's
Ranche? It would not do you any good. If any letters came there, you couldn't read them, you
know; and, besides, such letters as ought to pass through, with money in them, for other localities,
would not be likely to get through, you must perceive at once; and that would make trouble for us
all. No, don't bother about a post-office in your camp. I have your best interests at heart, and
feel that it would only be an ornamental folly. What you want is a nice jail, you know—a nice, substantial
jail and a free school. These will be a lasting benefit to you. These will make you really
contented and happy. I will move in the matter at once.

“`Very truly, etc.,
“`Mark Twain,
“`For James W. N**, U.S. Senator.'

“That is the way you answered that letter. Those people say they will hang me,

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

if I ever enter that district again; and I am perfectly satisfied they will, too.”

“Well, sir, I did not know I was doing any harm. I only wanted to
convince them.”

“Ah. Well you did convince them, I make no manner of doubt. Now, here
is another specimen. I gave you a petition from certain gentlemen of Nevada,
praying that I would get a bill through Congress incorporating the Methodist
Episcopal Church of the State of Nevada. I told you to say, in reply, that the
creation of such a law came more properly within the province of the State
Legislature; and to endeavor to show them that, in the present feebleness of the
religious element in that new commonwealth, the expediency of incorporating
the church was questionable. What did you write?

“`Washington, Nov. 24.
“`Rev. John Halifax and others.

“`Gentlemen: You will have to go to the State Legislature about that speculation of yours—
Congress don't know anything about religion. But don't you hurry to go there, either; because this
thing you propose to do out in that new country isn't expedient—in fact, it is ridiculous. Your
religious people there are too feeble, in intellect, in morality, in piety—in everything, pretty much.
You had better drop this—you can't make it work. You can't issue stock on an incorporation like
that—or if you could, it would only keep you in trouble all the time. The other denominations
would abuse it, and “bear” it, and “sell it short,” and break it down. They would do with it just
as they would with one of your silver mines out there—they would try to make all the world believe
it was “wildcat.” You ought not to do anything that is calculated to bring a sacred thing into
disrepute. You ought to be ashamed of yourselves—that is what I think about it. You close your
petition with the words: “And we will ever pray.” I think you had better—you need to do it.

“`Very truly, etc.,
“`Mark Twain,
“`For James W. N**, U. S. Senator.

That luminous epistle finishes me with the religious element among my
constituents. But that my political murder might be made sure, some evil
instinct prompted me to hand you this memorial from the grave company of
elders composing the Board of Aldermen of the city of San Francisco, to try
your hand upon—a memorial praying that the city's right to the water-lots upon
the city front might be established by law of Congress. I told you this was a
dangerous matter to move in. I told you to write a non-committal letter to the
Aldermen—an ambiguous letter—a letter that should avoid, as far as possible,
all real consideration and discussion of the water-lot question. If there is any
feeling left in you—any shame—surely this letter you wrote, in obedience to
that order, ought to evoke it, when its words fall upon your ears:

-- 151 --

“`Washington, Nov. 27.
“`The Hon. Board of Aldermen, etc.

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

“`Gentlemen: George Washington, the revered Father of his Country is dead. His long and
brilliant career is closed, alas! forever. He was greatly respected in this section of the country,
and his untimely decease cast a gloom over the whole community. He died on the 14th day of
December, 1799. He passed peacefully away from the scene of his honors and his great achievements,
the most lamented hero and the best beloved that ever earth hath yielded unto Death. At
such a time as this, you speak of water-lots!—what a lot was his!

“`What is fame! Fame is an accident. Sir Isaac Newton discovered an apple falling to the
ground—a trivial discovery, truly, and one which a million men had made before him—but his
parents were influential, and so they tortured that small circumstance into something wonderful,
and, lo! the simple world took up the shout and, in almost the twinkling of an eye, that man was
famous. Treasure these thoughts.

“`Poesy, sweet poesy, who shall estimate what the world owes to thee!



“Mary had a little lamb, its fleece was white as snow—
And everywhere that Mary went, the lamb was sure to go.”
“Jack and Gill went up the hill
To draw a pail of water;
Jack fell down and broke his crown,
And Gill came tumbling after.”

For simplicity, elegance of diction, and freedom from immoral tendencies, I regard those two
poems in the light of gems. They are suited to all grades of intelligence, to every sphere of life—
to the field, to the nursery, to the guild. Especially should no Board of Aldermen be without them.

“`Venerable fossils! write again. Nothing improves one so much as friendly correspondence.
Write again—and if there is anything in this memorial of yours that refers to anything in particular,
do not be backward about explaining it. We shall always be happy to hear you chirp.

“`Very truly, etc.
“`Mark Twain,
“`For James W. N**, U. S. Senator.

“That is an atrocious, a ruinous epistle! Distraction!”

“Well, sir, I am really sorry if there is anything wrong about it—but—but it
appears to me to dodge the water-lot question.”

“Dodge the mischief! Oh!—but never mind. As long as destruction must
come now, let it be complete. Let it be complete—let this last of your performances,
which I am about to read, make a finality of it. I am a ruined man.
I had my misgivings when I gave you the the letter from Humboldt, asking
that the post route from Indian Gulch to Shakespeare Gap and intermediate
points, be changed partly to the old Mormon trail. But I told you it was a
delicate question, and warned you to deal with it deftly—to answer it dubiously,
and leave them a little in the dark. And your fatal imbecility impelled you to

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

make this disastrous reply. I should think you would stop your ears, if you are
not dead to all shame:

“`Washington, Nov. 30.
“`Messrs. Perkins, Wagner, et al.

“`Gentlemen: It is a delicate question about this Indian trail, but, handled with proper deftness
and dubiousness, I doubt not we shall succeed in some measure or otherwise, because the
place where the route leaves the Lassen Meadows, over beyond where those two Shawnee chiefs,
Dilapidated-Vengeance and Biter-of-the-Clouds, were scalped last winter, this being the favorite
direction to some, but others preferring something else in consequence of things, the Mormon
trail leaving Mosby's at three in the morning, and passing through Jawbone Flat to Blucher, and
then down by Jug-Handle, the road passing to the right of it, and naturally leaving it on the right,
too, and Dawson's on the left of the trail where it passes to the left of said Dawson's and onward
thence to Tomahawk, thus making the route cheaper, easier of access to all who can get at it, and
compassing all the desirable objects so considered by others, and, therefore, conferring the most
good upon the greatest number, and, consequently, I am encouraged to hope we shall. However,
I shall be ready, and happy, to afford you still further information upon the subject, from time to
time, as you may desire it and the Post-office Department be enabled to furnish it to me.

“`Very truly, etc.
“`Mark Twain,
“`For James W. N**, U. S. Senator.'

“There—now what do you think of that?”

“Well, I don't know, sir. It—well, it appears to me—to be dubious enough.”

“Du—leave the house! I am a ruined man. Those Humboldt savages never
will forgive me for tangling their brains up with this inhuman letter. I have
lost the respect of the Methodist Church, the Board of Aldermen—”

“Well, I haven't anything to say about that, because I may have missed it a
little in their cases, but I was too many for the Baldwin's Ranch people,
General!”

“Leave the house! Leave it for ever and for ever, too!”

I regarded that as a sort of covert intimation that my service could be dispensed
with, and so I resigned. I never will be a private secretary to a senator
again. You can't please that kind of people. They don't know anything.
They can't appreciate a party's efforts.

-- 153 --

p503-152 A Fashion Item.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 153. In-line image opening image for the story "A Fashion Item." The image stretches vertically down the left side of the page and depicts Twain in the background examining the outfit of a well-dressed woman. The woman is wearing a ruffled satin dress with a long train.[end figure description]

AT General G—'s reception the other
night, the most fashionably dressed lady
was Mrs. G. C. She wore a pink satin
dress, plain in front but with a good deal of rake to
it—to the train, I mean; it was said to be two
or three yards long. One could see it creeping
along the floor some little time after the woman
was gone. Mrs. C. wore also a white bodice, cut
bias, with Pompadour sleeves, flounced with
ruches; low neck, with the inside handkerchief
not visible, with white kid gloves. She had on
a pearl necklace, which glinted lonely, high up
the midst of that barren waste of neck and
shoulders. Her hair was frizzled into a tangled
chapparel, forward of her ears, aft it was drawn
together, and compactly bound and plaited into
a stump like a pony's tail, and furthermore was
canted upward at a sharp angle, and ingeniously
supported by a red velvet crupper, whose forward
extremity was made fast with a half-hitch around
a hairpin on the top of her head. Her whole
top hamper was neat and becoming. She had a
beautiful complexion when she first came, but it
faded out by degrees in an unaccountable way.
However, it is not lost for good. I found the
most of it on my shoulder afterwards. (I stood
near the door when she squeezed out with the
throng.) There were other ladies present, but I only took notes of one as a specimen.
I would gladly enlarge upon the subject were I able to do it justice.

-- 154 --

p503-153 RILEY—NEWSPAPER CORRESPONDENT.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 154. Two opening images for the story "Riley--Newspaper Correspondent." The top image depicts a giant ice-floe with assorted people, including women and children, milling around on top. A few of the men are putting a flagpole, flying the jolly roger, into the ice, while another man sits on the edge and fishes. The lower image is of a graveyard with a headstone.[end figure description]

ONE of the best men in Washington—
or elsewhere — is
Riley, correspondent of one
of the great San Francisco dailies.

Riley is full of humor, and has
an unfailing vein of irony, which
makes his conversation to the last
degree entertaining (as long as the
remarks are about somebody else).
But, notwithstanding the possession
of these qualities, which should enable
a man to write a happy and an
appetizing letter, Riley's newspaper
letters often display a more than earthly solemnity, and likewise an unimaginative
devotion to petrified facts, which surprise and distress all men who

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

know him in his unofficial character. He explains this curious thing by saying that
his employers sent him to Washington to write facts, not fancy, and that several
times he has come near losing his situation by inserting humorous remarks which,
not being looked for at headquarters, and consequently not understood, were
thought to be dark and bloody speeches intended to convey signals and warnings
to murderous secret societies, or something of that kind, and so were scratched out
with a shiver and a prayer and cast into the stove. Riley says that sometimes he is
so afflicted with a yearning to write a sparkling and absorbingly readable letter
that he simply cannot resist it, and so he goes to his den and revels in the delight
of untramelled scribbling; and then, with suffering such as only a mother can know,
he destroys the pretty children of his fancy and reduces his letter to the required
dismal accuracy. Having seen Riley do this very thing more than once, I know
whereof I speak. Often I have laughed with him over a happy passage, and grieved
to see him plough his pen through it. He would say, “I had to write that or die;
and I've got to scratch it out or starve. They wouldn't stand it, you know.”

I think Riley is about the most entertaining company I ever saw. We lodged
together in many places in Washington during the winter of '67-8, moving comfortably
from place to place, and attracting attention by paying our board—a course
which cannot fail to make a person conspicuous in Washington. Riley would tell
all about his trip to California in the early days, by way of the Isthmus and the
San Juan river; and about his baking bread in San Francisco to gain a living, and
setting up ten-pins, and practising law, and opening oysters, and delivering lectures,
and teaching French, and tending bar, and reporting for the newspapers, and
keeping dancing-schools, and interpreting Chinese in the courts—which latter was
lucrative, and Riley was doing handsomely and laying up a little money when
people began to find fault because his translations were too “free,” a thing for
which Riley considered he ought not to be held responsible, since he did not know
a word of the Chinese tongue, and only adopted interpreting as means of gaining
an honest livelihood. Through the machinations of enemies he was removed
from the position of official interpreter, and a man put in his place who was familiar
with the Chinese language, but did not know any English. And Riley used to tell
about publishing a newspaper up in what is Alaska now, but was only an iceberg

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

then, with a population composed of bears, walruses, Indians, and other animals;
and how the iceberg got adrift at last, and left all his paying subscribers behind,
and as soon as the commonwealth floated out of the jurisdiction of Russia the
people rose and threw off their allegiance and ran up the English flag, calculating
to hook on and become an English colony as they drifted along down the British
Possessions; but a land breeze and a crooked current carried them by, and they
ran up the Stars and Stripes and steered for California, missed the connection
again and swore allegiance to Mexico, but it wasn't any use; the anchors came
home every time, and away they went with the north-east trades drifting off
side-ways toward the Sandwich Islands, whereupon they ran up the Cannibal flag
and had a grand human barbecue in honor of it, in which it was noticed that the
better a man liked a friend the better he enjoyed him; and as soon as they got fairly
within the tropics the weather got so fearfully hot that the iceberg began to melt,
and it got so sloppy under foot that it was almost impossible for ladies to get about
at all; and at last, just as they came in sight of the islands, the melancholy remnant
of the once majestic iceberg canted first to one side and then to the other, and
then plunged under for ever, carrying the national archives along with it—and not
only the archives and the populace, but some eligible town lots which had increased
in value as fast as they diminished in size in the tropics, and which Riley could
have sold at thirty cents a pound and made himself rich if he could have kept the
province afloat ten hours longer and got her into port.

Riley is very methodical, untiringly accommodating, never forgets anything that
is to be attended to, is a good son, a staunch friend, and a permanent reliable
enemy. He will put himself to any amount of trouble to oblige a body, and therefore
always has his hands full of things to be done for the helpless and the shiftless.
And he knows how to do nearly everything, too. He is a man whose native benevolence
is a well-spring that never goes dry. He stands always ready to help
whoever needs help, as far as he is able—and not simply with his money, for that
is a cheap and common charity, but with hand and brain, and fatigue of limb and
sacrifice of time. This sort of men is rare.

Riley has a ready wit, a quickness and aptness at selecting and applying quotations,
and a countenance that is as solemn and as blank as the back side of a

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

tombstone when he is delivering a particularly exasperating joke. One night a
negro woman was burned to death in a house next door to us, and Riley said that
our landlady would be oppressively emotional at breakfast, because she generally
made use of such opportunities as offered, being of a morbidly sentimental turn,
and so we should find it best to let her talk along and say nothing back—it was the
only way to keep her tears out of the gravy. Riley said there never was a funeral
in the neighborhood but that the gravy was watery for a week.

And, sure enough, at breakfast the landlady was down in the very sloughs of woe—
entirely broken-hearted. Everything she looked at reminded her of that poor
old negro woman, and so the buckwheat cakes made her sob, the coffee forced a
groan, and when the beefsteak came on she fetched a wail that made our hair rise.
Then she got to talking about deceased, and kept up a steady drizzle till both of
us were soaked through and through. Presently she took a fresh breath and said,
with a world of sobs—

“Ah, to think of it, only to think of it!—the poor old faithful creature. For she
was so faithful. Would you believe it, she had been a servant in that self-same
house and that self-same family for twenty-seven years come Christmas, and never
a cross word and never a lick! And, oh, to think she should meet such a death at
last!—a-sitting over the red-hot stove at three o'clock in the morning and went to
sleep and fell on it and was actually roasted! Not just frizzled up a bit, but
literally roasted to a crisp! Poor faithful creature, how she was cooked! I am but
a poor woman, but even if I have to scrimp to do it, I will put up a tombstone over
that lone sufferer's grave—and Mr. Riley if you would have the goodness to think
up a little epitaph to put on it which would sort of describe the awful way in which
she met her”—

“Put it, `Well done, good and faithful servant,”' said Riley, and never smiled.

-- 158 --

p503-157 A FINE OLD MAN.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 158. In-line image; opening image for the story "A Fine Old Man." The image depicts John Wagner, the oldest man in Buffalo, standing tall in a dark suit and stove-pipe hat, smiling towards the front of the image. He is leaning on the head of a cane with both hands.[end figure description]

JOHN WAGNER, the oldest man
in Buffalo—one hundred and four
years old—recently walked a mile
and a half in two weeks.

He is as cheerful and bright as any of
these other old men that charge around
so persistently and tiresomely in the
newspapers, and in every way as remarkable.

Last November he walked five blocks
in a rain-storm, without any shelter but
an umbrella, and cast his vote for Grant,
remarking that he had voted for forty-seven
presidents—which was a lie.

His “second crop” of rich brown hair
arrived from New York yesterday, and
he has a new set of teeth coming—from
Philadelphia.

He is to be married next week to a
girl one hundred and two years old, who
still takes in washing.

They have been engaged eighty years,
but their parents persistently refused
their consent until three days ago.

John Wagner is two years older than
the Rhode Island veteran, and yet has
never tasted a drop of liquor in his life—
unless—unless you count whisky.

-- 159 --

p503-158 Science vs. Luck.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 159. In-line image; opening image for the story "Science vs. Luck." The image depicts a hand holding five cards with a deck of cards on the right.[end figure description]

AT that time, in Kentucky (said the Hon. Mr. K—), the law was
very strict against what is termed “games of chance.” About a
dozen of the boys were detected playing “seven-up” or “old sledge”
for money, and the grand jury found a true bill against them. Jim
Sturgis was retained to defend them when the case came up, of course. The more
he studied over the matter, and looked into the evidence, the plainer it was that he
must lose a case at last—there was no getting around that painful fact. Those
boys had certainly been betting money on a game of chance. Even public sympathy
was roused in behalf of Sturgis. People said it was a pity to see him mar his
successful career with a big prominent case like this, which must go against him.

But after several restless nights an inspired idea flashed upon Sturgis, and he
sprang out of bed delighted. He thought he saw his way through. The next day
he whispered around a little among his clients and a few friends, and then when
the case came up in court he acknowledged the seven-up and the betting, and, as
his sole defence, had the astounding effrontery to put in the plea that old sledge
was not a game of chance! There was the broadest sort of a smile all over the
faces of that sophisticated audience. The judge smiled with the rest. But Sturgis
maintained a countenance whose earnestness was even severe. The opposite
counsel tried to ridicule him out of his position, and did not succeed. The judge
jested in a ponderous judicial way about the thing, but did not move him. The
matter was becoming grave. The judge lost a little of his patience, and said the
joke had gone far enough. Jim Sturgis said he knew of no joke in the matter—his

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

clients could not be punished for indulging in what some people chose to consider.
a game of chance until it was proven that it was a game of chance. Judge and
counsel said that would be an easy matter, and forthwith called Deacons Job,
Peters, Burke, and Johnson, and Dominies Wirt and Miggles, to testify; and they
unanimously and with strong feeling put down the legal quibble of Sturgis by pronouncing
that old sledge was a game of chance.

“What do you call it now?” said the judge.

“I call it a game of science!” retorted Sturgis; “and I'll prove it, too!”

They saw his little game.

He brought in a cloud of witnesses, and produced an overwhelming mass of
testimony, to show that old sledge was not a game of chance but a game of
science.

Instead of being the simplest case in the world, it had somehow turned out to be
an excessively knotty one. The judge scratched his head over it a while, and said
there was no way of coming to a determination, because just as many men could
be brought into court who would testify on one side as could be found to testify on
the other. But he said he was willing to do the fair thing by all parties, and
would act upon any suggestion Mr. Sturgis would make for the solution of the
difficulty.

Mr. Sturgis was on his feet in a second.

“Impanel a jury of six of each, Luck versus Science. Give them candles and a
couple of decks of cards. Send them into the jury room, and just abide by the
result!”

There was no disputing the fairness of the proposition. The four deacons and
the two dominies were sworn in as the “chance” jurymen, and six inveterate old
seven-up professors were chosen to represent the “science” side of the issue
They retired to the jury room.

In about two hours Deacon Peters sent into court to borrow three dollars from a
friend. [Sensation.] In about two hours more Dominie Miggles sent into court
to borrow a “stake” from a friend. [Sensation.] During the next three or four
hours the other dominie and the other deacons sent into court for small loans.
And still the packed audience waited, for it was a prodigious occasion in

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

Bull's Corners, and one in which every father of a family was necessarily
interested.

The rest of the story can be told briefly. About daylight the jury came in, and
Deacon Job, the foreman, read the following

VERDICT.

We, the jury in the case of the Commonwealth of Kentucky vs. John Wheeler et
al.,
have carefully considered the points of the case, and tested the merits of the
several theories advanced, and do hereby unanimously decide that the game commonly
known as old sledge or seven-up is eminently a game of science and not of
chance. In demonstration whereof it is hereby and herein stated, iterated,
reiterated, set forth, and made manifest that, during the entire night, the “chance”
men never won a game or turned a jack, although both feats were common and
frequent to the opposition; and furthermore, in support of this our verdict, we call
attention to the significant fact that the “chance” men are all busted, and the
“science” men have got the money. It is the deliberate opinion of this jury, that
the “chance” theory concerning seven-up is a pernicious doctrine, and calculated
to inflict untold suffering and pecuniary loss upon any community that takes stock
in it.

“That is the way that seven-up came to be set apart and particularized in the
statute-books of Kentucky as being a game not of chance but of science, and
therefore not punishable under the law,” said Mr. K—. “That verdict is of
record, and holds good to this day.”

-- 162 --

p503-161 THE KILLING OF JULIUS CæSAR “LOCALIZED. ”

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 162. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Killing of Julius CÆsar 'Localized'." Image depicts Cæsar standing in front of a column, with various Romans grouped on either side, looking towards a man in the foreground. This man, and another kneeling and bowing, is facing Cæsar with their backs to the reader. The man standing has his hands crossed behind his back, out of Cæsar's view, with one hand clasped around a knife.[end figure description]

Being the only true and reliable account ever published; taken from the Roman “Daily
Evening Fasces,” of the date of that tremendous occurrence.

Nothing in the world affords a newspaper reporter so much satisfaction
as gathering up the details of a bloody and mysterious murder, and
writing them up with aggravating circumstantiality. He takes a living
delight in this labor of love—for such it is to him especially if he knows that
all the other papers have gone to press, and his will be the only one that will
contain the dreadful intelligence. A feeling of regret has often come over me
that I was not reporting in Rome when Cæsar was killed—reporting on an

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

evening paper, and the only one in the city, and getting at least twelve hours
ahead of the morning paper boys with this most magnificent “item” that ever
fell to the lot of the craft. Other events have happened as startling as this, but
none that possessed so peculiarly all the characteristics of the favorite “item”
of the present day, magnified into grandeur and sublimity by the high rank,
fame, and social and political standing of the actors in it.

However, as I was not permitted to report Cæsar's assassination in the regular
way, it has at least afforded me rare satisfaction to translate the following able
account of it from the original Latin of the Roman Daily Evening Fasces of that
date—second edition.

“Our usually quiet city of Rome was thrown into a state of wild excitement yesterday by the
occurrence of one of those bloody affrays which sicken the heart and fill the soul with fear, while
they inspire all thinking men with forebodings for the future of a city where human life is held so
cheaply, and the gravest laws are so openly set at defiance. As the result of that affray, it is our painful
duty, as public journalists, to record the death of one of our most esteemed citizens—a man
whose name is known wherever this paper circulates, and whose fame it has been our pleasure and
our privilege to extend, and also to protect from the tongue of slander and falsehood, to the best of
our poor ability. We refer to Mr. J. Cæsar, the Emperor-elect.

“The facts of the case, as nearly as our reporter could determine them from the conflicting statements
of eye-witnesses, were about as follows.—The affair was an election row, of course. Ninetenths
of the ghastly butcheries that disgrace the city now-a-days grow out of the bickerings and
jealousies and animosities engendered by these accursed elections. Rome would be the gainer by
it if her very constables were elected to serve a century; for in our experience we have never even been
able to choose a dog-pelter without celebrating the event with a dozen knock-downs and a general
cramming of the station-house with drunken vagabonds over-night. It is said that when the
immense majority for Cæsar at the polls in the market was declared the other day, and the crown
was offered to that gentleman, even his amazing unselfishness in refusing it three times was not
sufficient to save him from the whispered insults of such men as Casca, of the Tenth Ward, and
other hirelings of the disappointed candidate, hailing mostly from the Eleventh and Thirteenth
and other outside districts, who were overheard speaking ironically and contemptuously of Mr.
Cæsar's conduct upon that occasion.

“We are further informed that there are many among us who think they are justified in believing
that the assassination of Julius Cæsar was a put-up thing—a cut-and-dried arrangement,
hatched by Marcus Brutus and a lot of his hired roughs, and carried out only too faithfully according
to the programme. Whether there be good grounds for this suspicion or not, we leave to the people to
judge for themselves, only asking that they will read the following account of the sad occurrence
carefully and dispassionately before they render that judgment.

“The Senate was already in session, and Cæsar was coming down the street towards the capitol,
conversing with some personal friends, and followed as usual, by a large number of citizens. Just
as he was passing in front of Demosthenes and Thucydides' drug-store, he was observing casually
to a gentleman, who, our informant thinks, is a fortune-teller, that the Ides of March were come.
The reply was, `Yes, they are come, but not gone yet.' At this moment Artemidorus stepped up
and passed the time of day, and asked Cæsar to read a schedule or a tract or something of the kind,
which he had brought for his perusal. Mr. Decius Brutus also said something about an `humble
suit' which he wanted read. Artemidorus begged that attention might be paid to his first, because
it was of personal consequence to Cæsar. The latter replied that what concerned himself should
be read last, or words to that effect. Artemidorus begged and beseeched him to read the paper

-- 164 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 164. Image of Cæsar preparing to fight Brutus. Cæsar is standing in a fighting position, arms raised in defense of his body. Brutus is approaching with a knife. There is a man approaching Cæsar from behind and two men are kneeling in the foreground of the picture appearing to clean the stone floor.[end figure description]

instantly.* However, Cæsar shook him off, and refused to read any petition in the street. He
then entered the capitol, and the crowd followed him.

“About this time the following conversation was overheard, and we consider that, taken in connection
with the events which succeeded it, it bears an appalling significance: Mr. Papilius Lena
remarked to George W. Cassius (commonly known as the `Nobby Boy of the Third Ward'), a
bruiser in the pay of the Opposition, that he hoped his enterprise to-day might thrive; and when
Cassius asked `What enterprise?' he only closed his left eye temporarily and said with simulated
indifference, `Fare you well,' and sauntered towards Cæsar. Marcus Brutus who is suspected of
being the ringleader of the band that killed Cæsar, asked what it was that Lena had said. Cassius told
him, and added in a low tone, `I fear our purpose is discovered.'

“Brutus told his wretched accomplice to keep an eye on Lena, and a moment after Cassius urged
that lean and hungry vagrant, Casca whose reputation here is none of the best, to be sudden for
he feared prevention. He then turned to Brutus, apparently much excited, and asked what should
be done, and swore that either he or Cæsar should never turn back—he would kill himself first. At
this time Cæsar was talking to some of the back-country members about the approaching fall
elections, and paying little attention to what was going on around him. Billy Trebonius got into

-- 165 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 165. Image of the Romans, including Brutus, carrying off the lifeless body of Cæsar.[end figure description]

conversation with the people's friend and Cæsar's—Mark Antony—and under some pretence or
other got him away, and Brutus, Decius, Casca, Cinna, Metellus Cimber, and others of the gang of
infamous desperadoes that infest Rome at present, closed around the doomed Cæsar. Then Metellus
Cimber knelt down and begged that his brother might be recalled from banishment, but Cæsar
rebuked him for his fawning conduct, and refused to grant his petition. Immediately, at Cimber's
request, first Brutus and then Cassius begged for the return of the banished Publius; but Cæsar
still refused. He said he could not be moved; that he was as fixed as the North Star, and proceeded
to speak in the most complimentary terms of the firmness of that star, and its steady character.
Then he said he was like it, and he believed he was the only man in the country that was;
therefore, since he was `constant' that Cimber should be banished, he was also `constant' that he
should stay banished, and he'd be hanged if he didn't keep him so!

“Instantly seizing upon this shallow pretext for a fight, Casca sprang at Cæsar and struck
him with a dirk, Cæsar grabbing him by the arm with his right hand, and launching a blow
straight from the shoulder with his left, that sent the reptile bleeding to the earth. He then backed
up against Pompey's statue, and squared himself to receive his assailants. Cassius and Cimber and
Cinna rushed upon him with their daggers drawn, and the former succeeded in inflicting a wound
upon his body; but before he could strike again, and before either of the others could strike at all,
Cæsar stretched the three miscreants at his feet with as many blows of his powerful fist. By this
time the Senate was in an indescribable uproar; the throng of citizens in the lobbies had blockaded
the doors in their frantic efforts to escape from the building, the sergeant-at-arms and his assistants
were struggling with the assassins, venerable senators had cast aside their encumbering robes, and
were leaping over benches and flying down the aisles in wild confusion towards the shelter of the
committee-rooms, and a thousand voices were shouting `Po-lice! Po-lice!' in discordant tones that
rose above the frightful din like shrieking winds above the roaring of a tempest. And amid it all,
great Cæsar stood with his back against the statue, like a lion at bay, and fought his assailants
weaponless and hand to hand, with the defiant bearing and the unwavering courage which he had
shown before on many a bloody field. Billy Trebonius and Caius Legarius struck him with their
daggers and fell, as their brother-conspirators before them had fallen. But at last, when Cæsar
saw his old friend Brutus step forward armed with a murderous knife, it is said he seemed utterly
overpowered with grief and amazement, and dropping his invincible left arm by his side, he hid his
face in the folds of his mantle and received the treacherous blow without an effort to stay the hand
that gave it. He only said, `Et tu, Brute?' and fell lifeless, on the marble pavement.

“We learn that the coat deceased had on when he was killed was the same he wore in his tent on
the afternoon of the day he overcame the Nervii, and that when it was removed from the corpse it
was found to be cut and gashed in no less than seven different places. There was nothing in the

-- 166 --

p503-165 [figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

pockets. It will be exhibited at the coroner's inquest, and will be damning proof of the fact of the
killing. These latter facts may be relied on, as we get them from Mark Antony, whose position
enables him to learn every item of news connected with the one subject of absorbing interest of
to-day.

Later.—While the coroner was summoning a jury, Mark Antony and other friends of the
late Cæsar got hold of the body, and lugged it off to the Forum, and at last accounts Antony and
Brutus were making speeches over it and raising such a row among the people that, as we go to
press, the chief of police is satisfied there is going to be a riot, and is taking measures accordingly.”

eaf503n9

* Mark that: it is hinted by William Shakespeare, who saw the beginning and the end of the unfortunate affray,
that this “schedule” was simply a note discovering to Cæsar that a plot was brewing to take his life.

THE WIDOW'S PROTEST.

One of the saddest things that ever came under my notice (said the banker's
clerk) was there in Corning, during the war. Dan Murphy enlisted as a
private, and fought very bravely. The boys all liked him, and when a
wound by-and-by weakened him down till carrying a musket was too heavy work
for him, they clubbed together and fixed him up as a sutler. He made money then,
and sent it always to his wife to bank for him. She was a washer and ironer, and
knew enough by hard experience to keep money when she got it. She didn't waste
a penny. On the contrary, she began to get miserly as her bank account grew.
She grieved to part with a cent, poor creature, for twice in her hard-working life
she had known what it was to be hungry, cold, friendless, sick, and without a
dollar in the world, and she had a haunting dread of suffering so again. Well, at
last Dan died; and the boys, in testimony of their esteem and respect for him, telegraphed
to Mrs. Murphy to know if she would like to have him embalmed and sent
home; when you know the usual custom was to dump a poor devil like him into a
shallow hole, and then inform his friends what had become of him. Mrs. Murphy
jumped to the conclusion that it would only cost two or three dollars to embalm
her dead husband, and so she telegraphed “Yes.” It was at the “wake” that the
bill for embalming arrived and was presented to the widow.

She uttered a wild sad wail that pierced every heart, and said, “Sivinty-foive
dollars for stooffin' Dan, blister their sowls! Did thim divils suppose I was goin'
to stairt a Museim, that I'd be dalin' in such expinsive curiassities!”

The banker's clerk said there was not a dry eye in the house.

-- 167 --

p503-166 MR. BLIIKE'S ITEM.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 167. In-line image; opening image for the story "Mr. Bloke's Item." Image depicts Twain, sitting behind a desk with pen in hand, looking up towards a tall man who is crying and handing him an envelope. The tall man is dressed in a suit with long tails and black top-hat. He is looking away from Twain and is holding his handkerchief open to weep into. [end figure description]

OUR esteemed friend, Mr. John
William Bloke, of Virginia City,
walked into the office where we
are sub-editor at a late hour last night,
with an expression of profound and
heartfelt suffering upon his countenance,
and sighing heavily, laid the following
item reverently upon the desk, and
walked slowly out again. He paused a
moment at the door, and seemed struggling
to command his feelings sufficiently
to enable him to speak, and then,
nodding his head towards his manuscript, ejaculated in a broken voice,
“Friend of mine—oh! how sad!” and burst into tears. We were so moved

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

at his distress that we did not think to call him back and endeavor to comfort
him until he was gone, and it was too late. The paper had already gone to
press, but knowing that our friend would consider the publication of this item
important, and cherishing the hope that to print it would afford a melancholy
satisfaction to his sorrowing heart, we stopped the press at once and inserted
it in our columns:—

Distressing Accident.—Last evening, about six o'clock, as Mr. William Schuyler, an old and
respectable citizen of South Park, was leaving his residence to go down town, as has been his usual
custom for many years with the exception only of a short interval in the spring of 1850, during
which he was confined to his bed by injuries received in attempting to stop a runaway horse by
thoughtlessly placing himself directly in its wake and throwing up his hands and shouting, which
if he had done so even a single moment sooner, must inevitably have frightened the animal still
more instead of checking its speed, although disastrous enough to himself as it was, and rendered
more melancholy and distressing by reason of the presence of his wife's mother, who was there
and saw the sad occurrence, notwithstanding it is at least likely, though not necessarily so, that she
should be reconnoitering in another direction when incidents occur, not being vivacious and on the
look out, as a general thing, but even the reverse, as her own mother is said to have stated, who is
no more, but died in the full hope of a glorious resurrection, upwards of three years ago, aged
eighty-six, being a Christian woman and without guile, as it were, or property, in consequence of
the fire of 1849, which destroyed every single thing she had in the world. But such is life. Let us
all take warning by this solemn occurrence, and let us endeavor so to conduct ourselves that when
we come to die we can do it. Let us place our hands upon our heart, and say with earnestness and
sincerity that from this day forth we will beware of the intoxicating bowl.

First Edition of the
Californian.

The head editor has been in here raising the mischief, and tearing his hair and
kicking the furniture about, and abusing me like a pick-pocket. He says that
every time he leaves me in charge of the paper for half an hour, I get imposed
upon by the first infant or the first idiot that comes along. And he says that
that distressing item of Mr. Bloke's is nothing but a lot of distressing bosh, and
has no point to it, and no sense in it, and no information in it, and that there
was no sort of necessity for stopping the press to publish it.

Now all this comes of being good-hearted. If I had been as unaccommodating
and unsympathetic as some people, I would have told Mr. Bloke that I
wouldn't receive his communication at such a late hour; but no, his snuffling
distress touched my heart, and I jumped at the chance of doing something to
modify his misery. I never read his item to see whether there was anything
wrong about it, but hastily wrote the few lines which preceded it, and sent it to
the printers. And what has my kindness done for me? It has done nothing
but bring down upon me a storm of abuse and ornamental blasphemy.

-- 169 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 169. In-line image of Twain sitting in a chair reading a manuscript, eyes wide open in horror. Swirling around Twain are chaotic images from the text he's reading. Examples are runaway horses, gravestones, bottles, a spilling glass, and a screaming woman.[end figure description]

Now I will read that item myself, and see if there is any foundation for all
this fuss. And if there is, the author of it shall hear from me.

I have read it, and I am bound to admit that it seems a little mixed at a first
glance. However, I will peruse it once more.

I have read it again, and it does really seem a good deal more mixed than
ever.

I have read it over five times, but if I can get at the meaning of it, I wish I
may get my just deserts. It won't bear analysis. There are things about it
which I cannot understand at all. It don't say whatever became of William
Schuyler. It just says enough about him to get one interested in his career, and
then drops him. Who is William Schuyler, anyhow, and what part of South
Park did he live in, and if he started down town at six o'clock, did he ever get

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

there, and if he did, did anything happen to him? Is he the individual that met
with the “distressing accident?” Considering the elaborate circumstantiality
of detail observable in the item, it seems to me that it ought to contain more
information than it does. On the contrary, it is obscure—and not only obscure,
but utterly incomprehensible. Was the breaking of Mr. Schuyler's leg, fifteen
years ago, the “distressing accident” that plunged Mr. Bloke into unspeakable
grief, and caused him to come up here at dead of night and stop our press to
acquaint the world with the circumstance? Or did the “distressing accident”
consist in the destruction of Schuyler's mother-in-law's property in early times?
Or did it consist in the death of that person herself three years ago? (albeit it
does not appear that she died by accident.) In a word, what did that “distressing
accident” consist in? What did that drivelling ass of a Schuyler stand in
the wake
of a runaway horse for, with his shouting and gesticulating, if he
wanted to stop him? And how the mischief could he get run over by a
horse that had already passed beyond him? And what are we to take “warning”
by? and how is this extraordinary chapter of incomprehensibilities going to be
a “lesson” to us? And, above all, what has the intoxicating “bowl” got to do
with it, anyhow? It is not stated that Schuyler drank, or that his wife drank,
or that his mother-in-law drank, or that the horse drank—wherefore, then, the
reference to the intoxicating bowl? It does seem to me that if Mr. Bloke had
let the intoxicating bowl alone himself, he never would have got into so much
trouble about this exasperating imaginary accident. I have read this absurd
item over and over again, with all its insinuating plausibility, until my head
swims; but I can make neither head nor tail of it. There certainly seems to
have been an accident of some kind or other, but it is impossible to determine
what the nature of it was, or who was the sufferer by it. I do not like to do it,
but I feel compelled to request that the next time anything happens to one of
Mr. Bloke's friends, he will append such explanatory notes to his account of it
as will enable me to find out what sort of an accident it was and whom it happened
to. I had rather all his friends should die than that I should be driven
to the verge of lunacy again in trying to cipher out the meaning of another
such production as the above.

-- 171 --

p503-170 A MEDIæVAL ROMANCE.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 171. Opening triptych image for the story "A Mediæval Romance." The left side image depicts two scenes. In the first a knight stands in front of a seated ruler who is drinking wine. In the second, a row of knights on horseback follow a path away from the castle, which is seen in the background on a hill. The central image is a close view of the castle towers at night, with the moon rising behind the hills in the background. The right image also depicts two scenes. In the first, a castle maiden is looking out of a window in what appears to be a tower. In the second, the same maiden is on her knees with her hands clasped to her raised head in sorrow. Behind her is a figure in front of the window, looking towards her with concern.[end figure description]

CHAPTER I. THE SECRET REVEALED.

IT was night. Stillness reigned in
the grand old feudal castle of Klugenstein.
The year 1222 was drawing
to a close. Far away up in the
tallest of the castle's towers a single
light glimmered. A secret council was
being held there. The stern old lord
of Klugenstein sat in a chair of state
meditating. Presently he said, with a
tender accent—“My daughter!”

A young man of noble presence, clad from head to heel in knightly mail,
answered—“Speak, father!”

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

“My daughter, the time is come for the revealing of the mystery that hath
puzzled all your young life. Know, then, that it had its birth in the matters which
I shall now unfold. My brother Ulrich is the great Duke of Brandenburgh. Our
father, on his deathbed, decreed that if no son were born to Ulrich the succession
should pass to my house, provided a son were born to me. And further, in case no
son were born to either, but only daughters, then the succession should pass to
Ulrich's daughter if she proved stainless; if she did not, my daughter should
succeed if she retained a blameless name. And so I and my old wife here prayed
fervently for the good boon of a son, but the prayer was vain. You were born to
us. I was in despair. I saw the mighty prize slipping from my grasp—the splendid
dream vanishing away! And I had been so hopeful! Five years had Ulrich lived
in wedlock, and yet his wife had borne no heir of either sex.

“`But hold,' I said, `all is not lost.' A saving scheme had shot athwart my
brain. You were born at midnight. Only the leech, the nurse, and six waitingwomen
knew your sex. I hanged them every one before an hour sped. Next
morning all the barony went mad with rejoicing over the proclamation that a son
was born to Klugenstein—an heir to mighty Brandenburgh! And well the secret
has been kept. Your mother's own sister nursed your infancy, and from that time
forward we feared nothing.

“When you were ten years old a daughter was born to Ulrich. We grieved, but
hoped for good results from measles, or physicians, or other natural enemies of
infancy, but were always disappointed. She lived, she throve—Heaven's malison
upon her! But it is nothing. We are safe. For, ha! ha! have we not a son?
And is not our son the future Duke? Our well-beloved Conrad, is it not so?—for
woman of eight-and-twenty years as you are, my child, none other name than that
hath ever fallen to you!

“Now it hath come to pass that age hath laid its hand upon my brother, and he
waxes feeble. The cares of state do tax him sore, therefore he wills that you shall
come to him and be already Duke in act, though not yet in name. Your servitors
are ready—you journey forth to-night.

“Now listen well. Remember every word I say. There is a law as old as Germany,
that if any woman sit for a single instant in the great ducal chair before she

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

hath been absolutely crowned in presence of the people—SHE SHALL DIE! So heed
my words. Pretend humility. Pronounce your judgments from the Premier's
chair, which stands at the foot of the throne. Do this until you are crowned and
safe. It is not likely that your sex will ever be discovered, but still it is the part
of wisdom to make all things as safe as may be in this treacherous earthly life.”

“O my father! is it for this my life hath been a lie? Was it that I might cheat
my unoffending cousin of her rights? Spare me, father, spare your child!”

“What, hussy! Is this my reward for the august fortune my brain has wrought
for thee? By the bones of my father, this puling sentiment of thine but ill accords
with my humor. Betake thee to the Duke instantly, and beware how thou meddlest
with my purpose!”

Let this suffice of the conversation. It is enough for us to know that the prayers,
the entreaties, and the tears of the gentle-natured girl availed nothing. Neither
they nor anything could move the stout old lord of Klugenstein. And so, at last,
with a heavy heart, the daughter saw the castle gates close behind her, and found
herself riding away in the darkness surrounded by a knightly array of armed vassals
and a brave following of servants.

The old baron sat silent for many minutes after his daughter's departure, and
then he turned to his sad wife, and said—

“Dame, our matters seem speeding fairly. It is full three months since I sent
the shrewd and handsome Count Detzin on his devilish mission to my brother's
daughter Constance. If he fail we are not wholly safe, but if he do succeed no
power can bar our girl from being Duchess, e'en though ill fortune should decree
she never should be Duke!”

“My heart is full of bodings; yet all may still be well.”

“Tush, woman! Leave the owls to croak. To bed with ye, and dream of
Brandenburgh and grandeur!”

CHAPTER II. FESTIVITY AND TEARS.

Six days after the occurrences related in the above chapter, the brilliant capital
of the Duchy of Brandenburgh was resplendent with military pageantry, and noisy

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

with the rejoicings of loyal multitudes, for Conrad, the young heir to the crown,
was come. The old Duke's heart was full of happiness, for Conrad's handsome
person and graceful bearing had won his love at once. The great halls of the
palace were thronged with nobles, who welcomed Conrad bravely; and so bright
and happy did all things seem, that he felt his fears and sorrows passing away, and
giving place to a comforting contentment.

But in a remote apartment of the palace a scene of a different nature was transpiring.
By a window stood the Duke's only child, the Lady Constance. Her eyes
were red and swollen, and full of tears. She was alone. Presently she fell to
weeping anew, and said aloud—

“The villain Detzin is gone—has fled the dukedom! I could not believe it at
first, but, alas! it is too true. And I loved him so. I dared to love him though I
knew the Duke my father would never let me wed him. I loved him—but now I
hate him! With all my soul I hate him! Oh, what is to become of me? I am
lost, lost, lost! I shall go mad!”

CHAPTER III. THE PLOT THICKENS.

A few months drifted by. All men published the praises of the young Conrad's
government, and extolled the wisdom of his judgments, the mercifulness of his
sentences, and the modesty with which he bore himself in his great office. The
old Duke soon gave everything into his hands, and sat apart and listened with
proud satisfaction while his heir delivered the decrees of the crown from the seat
of the Premier. It seemed plain that one so loved and praised and honored of all
men as Conrad was could not be otherwise than happy. But, strangely enough, he
was not. For he saw with dismay that the Princess Constance had begun to love
him! The love of the rest of the world was happy fortune for him, but this was
freighted with danger! And he saw, moreover, that the delighted Duke had discovered
his daughter's passion likewise, and was already dreaming of a marriage.
Every day somewhat of the deep sadness that had been in the princess's face faded
away; every day hope and animation beamed brighter from her eye; and by and
by even vagrant smiles visited the face that had been so troubled.

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

Conrad was appalled. He bitterly cursed himself for having yielded to the
instinct that had made him seek the companionship of one of his own sex when he
was new and a stranger in the palace—when he was sorrowful and yearned for a
sympathy such as only women can give or feel. He now began to avoid his cousin.
But this only made matters worse, for naturally enough, the more he avoided her
the more she cast herself in his way. He marvelled at this at first, and next it
startled him. The girl haunted him; she hunted him; she happened upon him at
all times and in all places, in the night as well as in the day. She seemed singularly
anxious. There was surely a mystery somewhere.

This could not go on for ever. All the world was talking about it. The Duke
was beginning to look perplexed. Poor Conrad was becoming a very ghost through
dread and dire distress. One day as he was emerging from a private ante-room
attached to the picture gallery Constance confronted him, and seizing both his
hands in hers, exclaimed—

“Oh, why do you avoid me? What have I done—what have I said, to lose
your kind opinion of me—for surely I had it once? Conrad, do not despise me,
but pity a tortured heart? I cannot, cannot hold the words unspoken longer, lest
they kill me—I love you, Conrad! There, despise me if you must, but they
would be uttered!”

Conrad was speechless. Constance hesitated a moment, and then, misinterpreting
his silence, a wild gladness flamed in her eyes, and she flung her arms about
his neck and said—

“You relent! you relent! You can love me—you will love me! Oh, say you
will, my own, my worshipped Conrad!”

Conrad groaned aloud. A sickly pallor overspread his countenance, and he
trembled like an aspen. Presently, in desperation, he thrust the poor girl from
him, and cried—

“You know not what you ask! It is for ever and ever impossible!” And then
he fled like a criminal, and left the princess stupefied with amazement. A minute
afterward she was crying and sobbing there, and Conrad was crying and sobbing
in his chamber. Both were in despair. Both saw ruin staring them in the face.

By and by Constance rose slowly to her feet and moved away, saying—

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

“To think that he was despising my love at the very moment that I thought it
was melting his cruel heart! I hate him! He spurned me—did this man—he
spurned me from his like a dog!”

CHAPTER IV. THE AWFUL REVELATION.

Time passed on. A settled sadness rested once more upon the countenance of
the good Duke's daughter. She and Conrad were seen together no more now.
The Duke grieved at this. But as the weeks wore away Conrad's color came back
to his cheeks, and his old-time vivacity to his eye, and he administered the governmment
with a clear and steadily ripening wisdom.

Presently a strange whisper began to be heard about the palace. It grew louder;
it spread farther. The gossips of the city got hold of it. It swept the dukedom.
And this is what the whisper said—

“The Lady Constance hath given birth to a child!”

When the lord of Klugenstein heard it he swung his plumed helmet thrice around
his head and shouted—

“Long live Duke Conrad!—for lo, his crown is sure from this day forward!
Detzin has done his errand well, and the good scoundrel shall be rewarded!”

And he spread the tidings far and wide, and for eight-and-forty hours no soul in
all the barony but did dance and sing, carouse and illuminate, to celebrate the
great event, and all at proud and happy old Klugenstein's expense.

CHAPTER V. THE FRIGHTFUL CATASTROPHE.

The trial was at hand. All the great lords and barons of Brandenburgh were
assembled in the Hall of Justice in the ducal palace. No space was left unoccupied
where there was room for a spectator to stand or sit. Conrad, clad in purple and
ermine, sat in the Premier's chair, and on either side sat the great judges of the
realm. The old Duke had sternly commanded that the trial of his daughter should
proceed without favor, and then had taken to his bed broken-hearted. His days

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

were numbered. Poor Conrad had begged, as for his very life, that he might be
spared the misery of sitting in judgment upon his cousin's crime, but it did not
avail.

The saddest heart in all that great assemblage was in Conrad's breast.

The gladdest was in his father's, for, unknown to his daughter “Conrad,” the old
Baron Klugenstein was come, and was among the crowd of nobles triumphant in
the swelling fortunes of his house.

After the heralds had made due proclamation and the other preliminaries had
followed, the venerable Lord Chief-Justice said—“Prisoner, stand forth!”

The unhappy princess rose, and stood unveiled before the vast multitude. The
Lord Chief-Justice continued—

“Most noble lady, before the great judges of this realm it hath been charged
and proven that out of holy wedlock your Grace hath given birth unto a child, and
by our ancient law the penalty is death excepting in one sole contingency, whereof
his Grace the acting Duke, our good Lord Conrad, will advertise you in his solemn
sentence now; wherefore give heed.”

Conrad stretched forth his reluctant sceptre, and in the self-same moment the
womanly heart beneath his robe yearned pityingly toward the doomed prisoner,
and the tears came into his eyes. He opened his lips to speak, but the Lord Chief-Justice
said quickly—

“Not there, your Grace, not there! It is not lawful to pronounce judgment upon
any of the ducal line SAVE FROM THE DUCAL THRONE!”

A shudder went to the heart of poor Conrad, and a tremor shook the iron frame
of his old father likewise. Conrad had not been crowned—dared he profane
the throne? He hesitated and turned pale with fear. But it must be done.
Wondering eyes were already upon him. They would be suspicious eyes if he
hesitated longer. He ascended the throne. Presently he stretched forth the
sceptre again, and said—

“Prisoner, in the name of our sovereign Lord Ulrich, Duke of Brandenburgh, I
proceed to the solemn duty that hath devolved upon me. Give heed to my words.
By the ancient law of the land, except you produce the partner of your guilt and
deliver him up to the executioner you must surely die. Embrace this opportunity—
save yourself while yet you may. Name the father of your child!”

-- 178 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 178. Image of the female knight being accused by a lady of the court. In the background are other knights watching the event with shock and disbelief. The knight is standing on a dais, with her hand pressed on her forehead about to pass out. In the foreground of the picture, the knight's father has collapsed onto the floor and is being supported by one of the knights.[end figure description]

A solemn hush fell upon the great court—a silence so profound that men could
hear their own hearts beat. Then the princess slowly turned, with eyes gleaming
with hate, and pointing her finger straight at Conrad, said—

“Thou art the man!”

An appalling conviction of his helpless, hopeless peril struck a chill to Conrad's
heart like the chill of death itself. What power on earth could save him! To
disprove the charge he must reveal that he was a woman, and for an uncrowned
woman to sit in the ducal chair was death! At one and the same moment he and
his grim old father swooned and fell to the ground.

-- 179 --

p503-178

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

The remainder of this thrilling and eventful story will NOT be found in this or
any other publication, either now or at any future time.

The truth is, I have got my hero (or heroine) into such a particularly close place
that I do not see how I am ever going to get him (or her) out of it again, and
therefore I will wash my hands of the whole business, and leave that person to get
out the best way that offers—or else stay there. I thought it was going to be easy
enough to straighten out that little difficulty, but it looks different now.

PETITION CONCERNING COPYRIGHT.

TO THE HONORABLE THE SENATE AND HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES IN CONGRESS
ASSEMBLED:

Whereas, The Constitution guarantees equal rights to all, backed by the Declaration
of Independence; and

Whereas, Under our laws, the right of property in real estate is perpetual; and

Whereas, Under our laws, the right of property in the literary result of a citizen's
intellectual labor is restricted to forty-two years; and

Whereas, Forty-two years seems an exceedingly just and righteous term, and a
sufficiently long one for the retention of property:

Therefore, Your petitioner, having the good of his country solely at heart, humbly
prays that “equal rights” and fair and equal treatment may be meted out to all
citizens, by the restriction of rights in all property, real estate included, to the
beneficent term of forty-two years. Then shall all men bless your honorable body
and be happy. And for this will your petitioner ever pray.

Mark Twain.

A PARAGRAPH NOT ADDED TO THE PETITION.

The charming absurdity of restricting property-rights in books to forty-two years
sticks prominently out in the fact that hardly any man's books ever live forty-two
years, or even the half of it; and so, for the sake of getting a shabby advantage of
the heirs of about one Scott or Burns or Milton in a hundred years, the law makers
of the “Great” Republic are content to leave that poor little pilfering edict upon
the statute books. It is like an emperor lying in wait to rob a phenix's nest, and
waiting the necessary century to get the chance.

-- 180 --

p503-179 AFTER-DINNER SPEECH.

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

[AT A FOURTH-OF-JULY GATHERING, IN LONDON, OF AMERICANS.]

MR. CHAIRMAN AND LADIES AND GENTLEMEN: I thank
you for the compliment which has just been tendered me, and to show
my appreciation of it I will not afflict you with many words. It is
pleasant to celebrate in this peaceful way, upon this old mother soil, the
anniversary of an experiment which was born of war with this same land
so long ago, and wrought out to a successful issue by the devotion of our
ancestors. It has taken nearly a hundred years to bring the English and
Americans into kindly and mutually appreciative relations, but I believe
it has been accomplished at last. It was a great step when the two last
misunderstandings were settled by arbitration instead of cannon. It is another
great step when England adopts our sewing machines without claiming the
invention—as usual. It was another when they imported one of our sleeping
cars the other day. And it warmed my heart more than I can tell, yesterday, when
I witnessed the spectacle of an Englishman ordering an American sherry cobbler
of his own free will and accord—and not only that but with a great brain
and a level head reminding the bar-keeper not to forget the strawberries.
With a common origin, a common language, a common literature, a common
religion and—common drinks, what is longer needful to the cementing of the
two nations together in a permanent bond of brotherhood?

This is an age of progress, and ours is a progressive land. A great and
glorious land, too—a land which has developed a Washington, a Franklin, a
Wm. M. Tweed, a Longfellow, a Motley, a Jay Gould, a Samuel C. Pomeroy, a
recent Congress which has never had its equal—(in some respects) and a United
States Army which conquered sixty Indians in eight months by tiring them out—
which is much better than uncivilized slaughter, God knows. We have a
criminal jury system which is superior to any in the world; and its efficiency is
only marred by the difficulty of finding twelve men every day who don't know anything
and can't read. And I may observe that we have an insanity plea that

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

would have saved Cain. I think I can say, and say with pride, that we have
some legislatures that bring higher prices than any in the world.

I refer with effusion to our railway system, which consents to let us live,
though it might do the opposite, being our owners. It only destroyed three
thousand and seventy lives last year by collisions, and twenty-seven thousand
two hundred and sixty by running over heedless and unnecessary people at
crossings. The companies seriously regretted the killing of these thirty thousand
people, and went so far as to pay for some of them—voluntarily, of course,
for the meanest of us would not claim that we possess a court treacherous
enough to enforce a law against a railway company. But thank Heaven the
railway companies are generally disposed to do the right and kindly thing without
compulsion. I know of an instance which greatly touched me at the time.
After an accident the company sent home the remains of a dear distant old relative
of mine in a basket, with the remark, “Please state what figure you hold him
at—and return the basket.” Now there couldn't be anything friendlier than that.

But I must not stand here and brag all night. However, you won't mind a
body bragging a little about his country on the fourth of July. It is a fair and
legitimate time to fly the eagle. I will say only one more word of brag—and a
hopeful one. It is this. We have a form of government which gives each man
a fair chance and no favor. With us no individual is born with a right to look
down upon his neighbor and hold him in contempt. Let such of us as are not
dukes find our consolation in that. And we may find hope for the future in the
fact that as unhappy as is the condition of our political morality to-day, England
has risen up out of a far fouler since the days when Charles I. ennobled
courtezans and all political place was a matter of bargain and sale. There is
hope for us yet.*

eaf503n10

* At least the above is the speech which I was going to make, but our minister, Gen. Schenck,
presided, and after the blessing, got up and made a great long inconceivably dull harangue, and
wound up by saying that inasmuch as speech-making did not seem to exhilarate the guests much,
all further oratory would be dispensed with, during the evening and we could just sit and talk privately
to our elbow-neighbors and have a good sociable time. It is known that in consequence of
that remark forty-four perfected speeches died in the womb. The depression, the gloom, the
solemnity that reigned over the banquet from that time forth will be a lasting memory with many
that were there. By that one thoughtless remark Gen. Schenck lost forty-four of the best friends he
had in England. More than one said that night, “And this is the sort of person that is sent to
represent us in a great sister empire!”

-- 182 --

p503-181 LIONISING MURDERERS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 182. In-line image; opening image for the story "Lionising Murderers." The image depicts Twain and a fortune-teller sitting at a small round table that is lit by a single candle. The woman is talking as Twain listens intently. On the bottom left leg of the picture is a large cat that stares out at the reader, while on the bottom right leg are scattered cards.[end figure description]

I HAD heard so much about
the celebrated fortune-teller
Madame —, that I went
to see her yesterday. She has
a dark complexion naturally,
and this effect is heightened by
artificial aids which cost her
nothing. She wears curls—
very black ones, and I had an impression that she gave their native attractiveness
a lift with rancid butter. She wears a reddish check handkerchief,

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

cast loosely around her neck, and it was plain that her other one is slow getting
back from the wash. I presume she takes snuff. At any rate, something
resembling it had lodged among the hairs sprouting from her upper lip. I
know she likes garlic—I knew that as soon as she sighed. She looked at me
searchingly for nearly a minute, with her black eyes, and then said—

“It is enough. Come!”

She started down a very dark and dismal corridor—I stepping close after her.
Presently she stopped, and said that, as the way was so crooked and dark,
perhaps she had better get a light. But it seemed ungallant to allow a woman
to put herself to so much trouble for me, and so I said—

“It is not worth while, madam. If you will heave another sigh, I think I
can follow it.”

So we got along all right. Arrived at her official and mysterious den, she
asked me to tell her the date of my birth, the exact hour of that occurrence, and
the color of my grandmother's hair. I answered as accurately as I could. Then
she said—

“Young man, summon your fortitude—do not tremble. I am about to reveal
the past.”

Information concerning the future would be in a general way, more”—

“Silence! You have had much trouble, some joy, some good fortune, some
bad. Your great grandfather was hanged.”

“That is a l—.”

“Silence! Hanged sir. But it was not his fault. He could not help it.”

“I am glad you do him justice.”

“Ah—grieve, rather, that the jury did. He was hanged. His star crosses
yours in the fourth division, fifth sphere. Consequently you will be hanged
also.”

“In view of this cheerful”—

“I must have silence. Yours was not, in the beginning, a criminal nature,
but circumstances changed it. At the age of nine you stole sugar. At the
age of fifteen you stole money. At twenty you stole horses. At twenty-five
you committed arson. At thirty, hardened in crime, you became an editor.

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

You are now a public lecturer. Worse things are in store for you. You will
be sent to Congress. Next, to the penitentiary. Finally, happiness will come
again—all will be well—you will be hanged.”

I was now in tears. It seemed hard enough to go to Congress; but to be
hanged—this was too sad, too dreadful. The woman seemed surprised at my
grief. I told her the thoughts that were in my mind. Then she comforted me.

“Why, man,”* she said, “hold up your head—you have nothing to grieve
about. Listen. You will live in New Hampshire. In your sharp need and
distress the Brown family will succor you—such of them as Pike the assassin
left alive. They will be benefactors to you. When you shall have grown fat
upon their bounty, and are grateful and happy, you will desire to make some
modest return for these things, and so you will go to the house some night and
brain the whole family with an axe. You will rob the dead bodies of your
benefactors, and disburse your gains in riotous living among the rowdies and
courtesans of Boston. Then you will be arrested, tried, condemned to be
hanged, thrown into prison. Now is your happy day. You will be converted—
you will be converted just as soon as every effort to compass pardon, commutation,
or reprieve has failed—and then! Why, then, every morning and every

-- 185 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 185. Image of a group of well-dressed women, all with giant bustles, crying into handkerchiefs. The women are all gathered around a minister, a coffin, and an open grave.[end figure description]

afternoon, the best and purest young ladies of the village will assemble in your
cell and sing hymns. This will show that assassination is respectable. Then
you will write a touching letter, in which you will forgive all those recent
Browns. This will excite the public admiration. No public can withstand
magnanimity. Next, they will take you to the scaffold, with great éclat, at the
head of an imposing procession composed of clergymen, officials, citizens generally,
and young ladies walking pensively two and two, and bearing bouquets
and immortelles. You will mount the scaffold, and while the great concourse
stand uncovered in your presence, you will read your sappy little speech which
the minister has written for you. And then, in the midst of a grand and impressive
silence, they will swing you into per— Paradise, my son. There will not
be a dry eye on the ground. You will be a hero! Not a rough there but will
envy you. Not a rough there but will resolve to emulate you. And next, a
great procession will follow you to the tomb—will weep over your remains—

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

the young ladies will sing again the hymns made dear by sweet associations
connected with the jail, and, as a last tribute of affection, respect, and appreciation
of your many sterling qualities, they will walk two and two around your
bier, and strew wreaths of flowers on it. And lo! you are canonized. Think
of it, son—ingrate, assassin, robber of the dead, drunken brawler among thieves
and harlots in the slums of Boston one month, and the pet of the pure and
innocent daughters of the land the next! A bloody and hateful devil—a bewept,
bewailed, and sainted martyr—all in a month! Fool!—so noble a fortune, and
yet you sit here grieving!”

“No, madame,” I said, “you do me wrong, you do indeed. I am perfectly
satisfied. I did not know before that my great-grandfather was hanged, but it
is of no consequence. He has probably ceased to bother about it by this time—
and I have not commenced yet. I confess, madame, that I do something in the
way of editing and lecturing, but the other crimes you mention have escaped
my memory. Yet I must have committed them—you would not deceive a
stranger. But let the past be as it was, and let the future be as it may—these
are nothing. I have only cared for one thing. I have always felt that I should
be hanged some day, and somehow the thought has annoyed me considerably;
but if you can only assure me that I shall be hanged in New Hampshire”—

“Not a shadow of a doubt!”

“Bless you, my benefactress!—excuse this embrace—you have removed a
great load from my breast. To be hanged in New Hampshire is happiness—it
leaves an honored name behind a man, and introduces him at once into the
best New Hampshire society in the other world.”

I then took leave of the fortune-teller. But, seriously, is it well to glorify a
murderous villain on the scaffold, as Pike was glorified in New Hampshire?
Is it well to turn the penalty for a bloody crime into a reward? Is it just to do
it? Is it safe?

eaf503n11

* In this paragraph the fortune-teller details the exact history of the Pike-Brown assassination
case in New Hampshire, from the succoring and saving of the stranger Pike by the Browns, to the
subsequent hanging and coffining of that treacherous miscreant. She adds nothing, invents nothing,
exaggerates nothing (see any New England paper for November 1869). This Pike-Brown case is
selected merely as a type, to illustrate a custom that prevails, not in New Hampshire alone, but in
every State in the union—I mean the sentimental custom of visiting, petting, glorifying, and snuffling
over murderers like this Pike, from the day they enter the jail under sentence of death until they
swing from the gallows. The following extract from the Temple Bar (1866) reveals the fact that
this custom is not confined to the United States:—“On December 31st, 1841, a man named John
Johnes, a shoemaker, murdered his sweetheart, Mary Hallam, the daughter of a respectable laborer,
at Mansfield, in the county of Nottingham. He was executed on March 23d, 1842. He was a man
of unsteady habits, and gave way to violent fits of passion. The girl declined his addresses, and he
said if he did not have her no one else should. After he had inflicted the first wound, which was
not immediately fatal, she begged for her life, but seeing him resolved, asked for time to pray. He
said that he would pray for both, and completed the crime. The wounds were inflicted by a
shoemaker's knife, and her throat was cut barbarously. After this he dropped on his knees some
time, and prayed God to have mercy on two unfortunate lovers. He made no attempt to escape, and
confessed the crime. After his imprisonment he behaved in the most decorous manner; he won upon
the good opinion of the jail chaplain, and he was visited by the Bishop of Lincoln. It does not appear
that he expressed any contrition for the crime, but seemed to pass away with triumphant certainty
that he was going to rejoin his victim in heaven. He was visited by some pious and benevolent ladies
of Nottingham, some of whom declared he was a child of God, if ever there was one. One of the ladies
sent him a white camelia to wear at his execution.

-- 187 --

p503-186 A NEW CRIME. LEGISLATION NEEDED.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 187. In-line image; opening images for the story "A New Crime." The images are displayed like a collage of photographs, each with an explanatory title. The top left image, entitled "Insanity," shows a man shooting another man in the neck. The victim has just opened his front door and is holding a lantern and recoiling from the shot to his throat. The top right image, called "Temporary Aberration," depicts a man standing next to a table that has a wine glass and two small bottles. He is holding with one hand onto the table, while grasping his head with the other. The bottom left image, labeled "Kleptomania," illustrates a man, in top-hat and tails, kneeling before an open safe, lit only by a small lantern, about to steal the contents.[end figure description]

THIS country, during the last
thirty or forty years, has produced
some of the most remarkable
cases of insanity of which
there is any mention in history.
For instance, there was the Baldwin
case, in Ohio, twenty-two years ago.
Baldwin, from his boyhood up, had
been of a vindictive, malignant,
quarrelsome nature. He put a boy's
eye out once, and never was heard
upon any occasion to utter a regret
for it. He did many such things.
But at last he did something that
was serious. He called at a house just after dark, one evening, knocked, and
when the occupant came to the door, shot him dead, and then tried to escape,

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

but was captured. Two days before, he had wantonly insulted a helpless cripple,
and the man he afterward took swift vengeance upon with an assassin bullet had
knocked him down. Such was the Baldwin case. The trial was long and exciting:
the community was fearfully wrought up. Men said this spiteful, bad-hearted
villain had caused grief enough in his time, and now he should satisfy the law. But
they were mistaken; Baldwin was insane when he did the deed—they had not
thought of that. By the arguments of counsel it was shown that at half-past ten in
the morning on the day of the murder, Baldwin became insane, and remained so
for eleven hours and a half exactly. This just covered the case comfortably, and
he was acquitted. Thus, if an unthinking and excited community had been
listened to instead of the arguments of counsel, a poor crazy creature would have
been held to a fearful responsibility for a mere freak of madness. Baldwin went
clear, and although his relatives and friends were naturally incensed against the
community for their injurious suspicions and remarks, they said let it go for this
time, and did not prosecute. The Baldwins were very wealthy. This same Baldwin
had momentary fits of insanity twice afterward, and on both occasions killed
people he had grudges against. And on both these occasions the circumstances of
the killing were so aggravated, and the murders so seemingly heartless and
treacherous, that if Baldwin had not been insane he would have been hanged
without the shadow of a doubt. As it was, it required all his political and family
influence to get him clear in one of the cases, and cost him not less than 10,000
dollars to get clear in the other. One of these men he had notoriously been
threatening to kill for twelve years. The poor creature happened, by the merest
piece of ill fortune, to come along a dark alley at the very moment that Baldwin's
insanity came upon him, and so he was shot in the back with a gun loaded with
slugs.

Take the case of Lynch Hackett, of Pennsylvania. Twice, in public, he attacked.
a German butcher by the name of Bemis Feldner, with a cane, and both times
Feldner whipped him with his fists. Hackett was a vain, wealthy, violent gentleman,
who held his blood and family in high esteem, and believed that a reverent
respect was due to his great riches. He brooded over the shame of his chastisement
for two weeks, and then, in a momentary fit of insanity, armed himself to the

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

teeth, rode into town, waited a couple of hours until he saw Feldner coming down
the street with his wife on his arm, and then, as the couple passed the doorway in
which he had partially concealed himself, he drove a knife into Feldner's neck,
killing him instantly. The widow caught the limp form and eased it to the earth.
Both were drenched with blood. Hackett jocosely remarked to her that as a
professional butcher's recent wife she could appreciate the artistic neatness of the
job that left her in condition to marry again, in case she wanted to. This remark,
and another which he made to a friend, that his position in society made the killing
of an obscure citizen simply an “eccentricity” instead of a crime, were shown to
be evidences of insanity, and so Hackett escaped punishment. The jury were
hardly inclined to accept these as proofs, at first, inasmuch as the prisoner had
never been insane before the murder, and under the tranquilizing effect of the
butchering had immediately regained his right mind; but when the defence came
to show that a third cousin of Hackett's wife's stepfather was insane, and not only
insane, but had a nose the very counterpart of Hackett's, it was plain that insanity
was hereditary in the family, and Hackett had come by it by legitimate inheritance.
Of course the jury then acquitted him. But it was a merciful providence that Mrs.
H.'s people had been afflicted as shown, else Hackett would certainly have been
hanged.

However, it is not possible to recount all the marvellous cases of insanity that
have come under the public notice in the last thirty or forty years. There was the
Durgin case in New Jersey three years ago. The servant girl, Bridget Durgin, at
dead of night, invaded her mistress' bedroom and carved the lady literally to pieces
with a knife. Then she dragged the body to the middle of the floor, and beat and
banged it with chairs and such things. Next she opened the feather beds, and
strewed the contents around, saturated everything with kerosene, and set fire to the
general wreck. She now took up the young child of the murdered woman in her
blood-smeared hands, and walked off, through the snow, with no shoes on, to a
neighbor's house a quarter of a mile off, and told a string of wild, incoherent stories
about some men coming and setting fire to the house; and then she cried piteously,
and without seeming to think there was anything suggestive about the blood upon her
hands, her clothing, and the baby, volunteered the remark that she was afraid those

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

men had murdered her mistress! Afterward, by her own confession and other
testimony, it was proved that the mistress had always been kind to the girl, consequently
there was no revenge in the murder; and it was also shown that the girl
took nothing away from the burning house, not even her own shoes, and consequently
robbery was not the motive. Now, the reader says, “Here comes that same old
plea of insanity again.” But the reader has deceived himself this time. No such
plea was offered in her defence. The judge sentenced her, nobody persecuted the
Governor with petitions for her pardon and she was promptly hanged.

There was that youth in Pennsylvania, whose curious confession was published
some years ago. It was simply a conglomeration of incoherent drivel from beginning
to end, and so was his lengthy speech on the scaffold afterward. For a whole
year he was haunted with a desire to disfigure a certain young woman, so that no
one would marry her. He did not love her himself, and did not want to marry her,
but he did not want anybody else to do it. He would not go anywhere with her,
and yet was opposed to anybody else's escorting her. Upon one occasion he
declined to go to a wedding with her, and when she got other company, lay in wait
for the couple by the road, intending to make them go back or kill the escort.
After spending sleepless nights over his ruling desire for a full year, he at last
attempted its execution—that is, attempted to disfigure the young woman. It was
a success. It was permanent. In trying to shoot her cheek (as she sat at the
supper table with her parents and brothers and sisters) in such a manner as to mar
its comeliness, one of his bullets wandered a little out of the course, and she dropped
dead. To the very last moment of his life he bewailed the ill luck that made her
move her face just at the critical moment. And so he died, apparently about half
persuaded that somehow it was chiefly her own fault that she got killed. This
idiot was hanged. The plea of insanity was not offered.

Insanity certainly is on the increase in the world, and crime is dying out. There
are no longer any murders—none worth mentioning, at any rate. Formerly, if you
killed a man, it was possible that you were insane—but now, if you, having friends
and money, kill a man it is evidence that you are a lunatic. In these days, too, if a
person of good family and high social standing steals anything, they call it kleptomania,
and send him to the lunatic asylum. If a person of high standing squanders

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

his fortune in dissipation, and closes his career with strychnine or a bullet, “Temporary
Aberration” is what was the trouble with him.

Is not this insanity plea becoming rather common? Is it not so common that
the reader confidently expects to see it offered in every criminal case that comes
before the courts? And is it not so cheap, and so common, and often so trivial,
that the reader smiles in derision when the newspaper mentions it? And is it not
curious to note how very often it wins acquittal for the prisoner? Of late years
it does not seem possible for a man to so conduct himself, before killing another
man, as not to be manifestly insane. If he talks about the stars, he is insane. If
he appears nervous and uneasy an hour before the killing, he is insane. If he
weeps over a great grief, his friends shake their heads, and fear that he is “not
right.” If, an hour after the murder, he seems ill at ease, pre-occupied and excited,
he is unquestionably insane.

Really, what we want now, is not laws against crime, but a law against insanity.
There is where the true evil lies.

-- 192 --

p503-191 A CURIOUS DREAM. CONTAINING A MORAL.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 192. In-line image; opening image for the story "A Curious Dream." The image depicts Twain sitting on the steps of a crypt in a graveyard and talking to a skeleton. The skeleton is wearing a cape and is leaning against a headstone with his leg crossed over his ankle.[end figure description]

NIGHT before last I had a singular dream. I seemed to be sitting on a doorstep
(in no particular city perhaps), ruminating, and the time of night
appeared to be about twelve or one o'clock. The weather was balmy and
delicious. There was no human sound in the air, not even a footstep. There was
no sound of any kind to emphasize the dead stillness, except the occasional hollow
barking of a dog in the distance and the fainter answer of a further dog. Presently
up the street I heard a bony clack-clacking, and guessed it was the castanets of a
serenading party. In a minute more a tall skeleton, hooded, and half-clad in a

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

tattered and mouldy shroud, whose shreds were flapping about the ribby laticework
of its person swung by me with a stately stride, and disappeared in the grey
gloom of the starlight. It had a broken and worm-eaten coffin on its shoulder and
a bundle of something in its hand. I knew what the clack-clacking was then; it
was this party's joints working together, and his elbows knocking against his sides
as he walked. I may say I was surprised. Before I could collect my thoughts and
enter upon any speculations as to what this apparition might portend, I heard
another one coming—for I recognized his clack-clack. He had two-thirds of a
coffin on his shoulder, and some foot- and head-boards under his arm. I mightily
wanted to peer under his hood and speak to him, but when he turned and smiled
upon me with his cavernous sockets and his projecting grin as he went by, I thought
I would not detain him. He was hardly gone when I heard the clacking again, and
another one issued from the shadowy half-light. This one was bending under a heavy
gravestone, and dragging a shabby coffin after him by a string. When he got to me
he gave me a steady look for a moment or two, and then rounded to and backed up
to me, saying:

“Ease this down for a fellow, will you?”

I eased the gravestone down till it rested on the ground, and in doing so noticed
that it bore the name of “John Baxter Copmanhurst,” with “May, 1839,” as the
date of his death. Deceased sat wearily down by me, and wiped his os frontis
with his major maxillary—chiefly from former habit I judged, for I could not see
that he brought away any perspiration.

“It is too bad, too bad,” said he, drawing the remnant of the shroud about him
and leaning his jaw pensively on his hand. Then he put his left foot up on his
knee and fell to scratching his ankle bone absently with a rusty nail which he got
out of his coffin.

“What is too bad, friend?”

“Oh, everything, everything. I almost wish I never had died.”

“You surprise me. Why do you say this? Has anything gone wrong? What
is the matter?”

“Matter! Look at this shroud—rags. Look at this gravestone, all battered up.
Look at that disgraceful old coffin. All a man's property going to ruin and destruction
before his eyes, and ask him if anything is wrong? Fire and brimstone!”

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

“Calm yourself, calm yourself,” I said. “It is too bad—it is certainly too bad,
but then I had not supposed that you would much mind such matters, situated as
you are.”

“Well, my dear sir, I do mind them. My pride is hurt, and my comfort is
impaired—destroyed, I might say. I will state my case—I will put it to you in
such a way that you can comprehend it, if you will let me,” said the poor skeleton,
tilting the hood of his shroud back, as if he were clearing for action, and thus
unconsciously giving himself a jaunty and festive air very much at variance with
the grave character of his position in life—so to speak—and in prominent contrast
with his distressful mood.

“Proceed,” said I.

“I reside in the shameful old graveyard a block or two above you here, in this
street—there, now, I just expected that cartilage would let go!—third rib from the
bottom, friend, hitch the end of it to my spine with a string, if you have got such a
thing about you, though a bit of silver wire is a deal pleasanter, and more durable
and becoming, if one keeps it polished—to think of shredding out and going to
pieces in this way, just on account of the indifference and neglect of one's posterity!”—
and the poor ghost grated his teeth in a way that give me a wrench and a
shiver—for the effect is mightily increased by the absence of muffling flesh and
cuticle. “I reside in that old graveyard, and have for these thirty years; and I
tell you things are changed since I first laid this old tired frame there, and turned
over, and stretched out for a long sleep, with a delicious sense upon me of being
done with bother, and grief, and anxiety, and doubt, and fear, for ever and ever, and
listening with comfortable and increasing satisfaction to the sexton's work, from the
startling clatter of his first spadeful on my coffin till it dulled away to the faint
patting that shaped the roof of my new home—delicious! My! I wish you could
try it to-night!” and out of my reverie deceased fetched me with a rattling slap
with a bony hand.

“Yes, sir, thirty years ago I laid me down there, and was happy. For it was out
in the country, then—out in the breezy, flowery, grand old woods, and the lazy
winds gossiped with the leaves, and the squirrels capered over us and around us,
and the creeping things visited us, and the birds filled the tranquil solitude with

-- 195 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 195. Image of a decrepit graveyard, with tipped and cracked headstones and weeds over growing the entire area.[end figure description]

music. Ah, it was worth ten years of a man's life to be dead then! Everything
was pleasant. I was in a good neighborhood, for all the dead people that lived near
me belonged to the best families in the city. Our posterity appeared to think the
world of us. They kept our graves in the very best condition; the fences were
always in faultless repair, head-boards were kept painted or whitewashed, and were
replaced with new ones as soon as they began to look rusty or decayed; monuments
were kept upright, railings intact and bright, the rosebushes and shrubbery trimmed,
trained, and free from blemish, the walks clean and smooth and gravelled. But
that day is gone by. Our descendants have forgotten us. My grandson lives in a
stately house built with money made by these old hands of mine, and I sleep in a
neglected grave with invading vermin that gnaw my shroud to build them nests
withal! I and friends that lie with me founded and secured the prosperity of this
fine city, and the stately bantling of our loves leaves us to rot in a dilapidated
cemetery which neighbors curse and strangers scoff at. See the difference between
the old time and this—for instance: Our graves are all caved in, now; our head-boards
have rotted away and tumbled down; our railings reel this way and that,
with one foot in the air, after a fashion of unseemly levity; our monuments lean
wearily, and our gravestones bow their heads discouraged; there be no adornments
any more—no roses, nor shrubs, nor gravelled walks, nor anything that is a comfort
to the eye; and even the paintless old board fence that did make a show of holding

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

us sacred from companionship with beasts and the defilement of heedless feet, has
tottered till it overhangs the street, and only advertises the presence of our dismal
resting-place and invites yet more derision to it. And now we cannot hide our
poverty and tatters in the friendly woods, for the city has stretched its withering
arms abroad and taken us in, and all that remains of the cheer of our old home is
the cluster of lugubrious forest trees that stand, bored and weary of a city life, with
their feet in our coffins, looking into the hazy distance and wishing they were there.
I tell you it is disgraceful!

“You begin to comprehend—you begin to see how it is. While our descendants
are living sumptuously on our money, right around us in the city, we have to fight
hard to keep skull and bones together. Bless you, there isn't a grave in our
cemetery that doesn't leak—not one. Every time it rains in the night we have to
climb out and roost in the trees—and sometimes we are wakened suddenly by the
chilly water trickling down the back of our necks. Then I tell you there is a
general heaving up of old graves and kicking over of old monuments, and scampering
of old skeletons for the trees! Bless me, if you had gone along there some
such nights after twelve you might have seen as many as fifteen of us roosting on
one limb, with our joints rattling drearily and the wind wheezing through our ribs!
Many a time we have perched there for three or four dreary hours, and then come
down, stiff and chilled through and drowsy, and borrowed each other's skulls to
bale out our graves with—if you will glance up in my mouth, now as I tilt my head
back, you can see that my head-piece is half full of old dry sediment—how top-heavy
and stupid it makes me sometimes! Yes, sir, many a time if you had
happened to come along just before the dawn you'd have caught us baling out the
graves and hanging our shrouds on the fence to dry. Why, I had an elegant shroud
stolen from there one morning—think a party by the name of Smith took it, that
resides in a plebeian graveyard over yonder—I think so because the first time I ever
saw him he hadn't anything on but a check-shirt, and the last time I saw him,
which was at a social gathering in the new cemetery, he was the best dressed corpse
in the company—and it is a significant fact that he left when he saw me; and
presently an old woman from here missed her coffin—she generally took it with her
when she went anywhere, because she was liable to take cold and bring on the

-- 197 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 197. Image of the skeleton walking through the moonlit cemetery, with tattered cape flowing behind it.[end figure description]

spasmodic rheumatism that originally killed her if she exposed herself to the night
air much. She was named Hotchkiss—Anna Matilda Hotchkiss—you might know
her? She has two upper front teeth, is tall, but a good deal inclined to stoop, one
rib on the left side gone, has one shred of rusty hair hanging from the left side of
her head, and one little tuft just above and a little forward of her right ear, has
her under jaw wired on one side where it had worked loose, small bone of left
forearm gone—lost in a fight — has a
kind of swagger in her gait and a
`gallus' way of going with her arms akimbo
and her nostrils in the air—has
been pretty free and easy, and is all
damaged and battered up till she
looks like a queensware crate in ruins—
maybe you have met her?”

“God forbid!” I involuntarily
ejaculated, for somehow I was not
looking for that form of question,
and it caught me a little off my guard.
But I hastened to make amends for
my rudeness, and say, “I simply
meant I had not had the honor—for
I would not deliberately speak discourteously
of a friend of yours.
You were saying that you were robbed—
and it was a shame, too—but it appears by what is left of the shroud you
have on that it was a costly one in its day. How did—”

A most ghastly expression began to develop among the decayed features and
shrivelled integuments of my guest's face, and I was beginning to grow uneasy and
distressed, when he told me he was only working up a deep, sly smile, with a wink
in it, to suggest that about the time he acquired his present garment a ghost in a
neighboring cemetery missed one. This reassured me, but I begged him to confine
himself to speech thenceforth, because his facial expression was uncertain. Even

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

with the most elaborate care it was liable to miss fire. Smiling should especially be
avoided. What he might honestly consider a shining success was likely to strike
me in a very different light. I said I liked to see a skeleton cheerful, even decorously
playful, but I did not think smiling was a skeleton's best hold.

“Yes, friend,” said the poor skeleton, “the facts are just as I have given them to
you. Two of these old graveyards—the one that I resided in and one further along—
have been deliberately neglected by our descendants of to-day until there is no
occupying them any longer. Aside from the osteological discomfort of it—and that
is no light matter this rainy weather—the present state of things is ruinous to
property. We have got to move or be content to see our effects wasted away and
utterly destroyed. Now, you will hardly believe it, but it is true, nevertheless,
that there isn't a single coffin in good repair among all my acquaintance—now that
is an absolute fact. I do not refer to low people who come in a pine box mounted
on an express wagon, but I am talking about your high-toned, silver mounted
burial-case, your monumental sort, that travel under black plumes at the head of a
procession and have choice of cemetery lots—I mean folks like the Jarvises, and
the Bledsoes and Burlings, and such. They are all about ruined. The most
substantial people in our set, they were. And now look at them—utterly used up
and poverty-stricken. One of the Bledsoes actually traded his monument to a late
bar-keeper for some fresh shavings to put under his head. I tell you it speaks
volumes, for there is nothing a corpse takes so much pride in as his monument. He
loves to read the inscription. He comes after awhile to believe what it says himself,
and then you may see him sitting on the fence night after night enjoying it.
Epitaphs are cheap, and they do a poor chap a world of good after he is dead,
especially if he had hard luck while he was alive. I wish they were used more.
Now, I don't complain, but confidentially I do think it was a little shabby in my
descendants to give me nothing but this old slab of a gravestone—and all the more
that there isn't a compliment on it. It used to have

`GONE TO HIS JUST REWARD'

on it, and I was proud when I first saw it, but by-and-by I noticed that whenever
an old friend of mine came along he would hook his chin on the railing and pull a

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

long face and read along down till he came to that, and then he would chuckle to
himself and walk off, looking satisfied and comfortable. So I scratched it off to
get rid of those fools. But a dead man always takes a deal of pride in his monument.
Yonder goes half-a-dozen of the Jarvises, now, with the family monument
along. And Smithers and some hired spectres went by with his a while ago.
Hello, Higgins, good-bye, old friend! That's Meredith Higgins—died in '44—
belongs to our set in the cemetery—fine old family—great-grandmother was an
Injun—I am on the most familiar terms with him—he didn't hear me was the reason
he didn't answer me. And I am sorry, too, because I would have liked to introduce
you. You would admire him. He is the most disjointed, sway-backed, and generally
distorted old skeleton you ever saw, but he is full of fun. When he laughs
it sounds like rasping two stones together, and he always starts it off with a cheery
screech like raking a nail across a window-pane. Hey, Jones! That is old
Columbus Jones—shroud cost four hundred dollars—entire trousseau, including
monument, twenty-seven hundred. This was in the Spring of '26. It was enormous
style for those days. Dead people came all the way from the Alleghanies to
see his things—the party that occupied the grave next to mine remembers it well.
Now do you see that individual going along with a piece of a head-board under
his arm, one leg-bone below his knee gone, and not a thing in the world on?
That is Barstow Dalhousie, and next to Columbus Jones he was the most sumptuously
outfitted person that ever entered our cemetery. We are all leaving. We
cannot tolerate the treatment we are receiving at the hands of our descendants.
They open new cemeteries, but they leave us to our ignominy. They mend the
streets, but they never mend anything that is about us or belongs to us. Look at
that coffin of mine—yet I tell you in its day it was a piece of furniture that would
have attracted attention in any drawing-room in this city. You may have it if you
want it—I can't afford to repair it. Put a new bottom in her, and part of a new
top, and a bit of fresh lining along the left side, and you'll find her about as comfortable
as any receptacle of her species you ever tried. No thanks—no, don't
mention it—you have been civil to me, and I would give you all the property I
have got before I would seem ungrateful. Now this winding-sheet is a kind of a
sweet thing in its way, if you would like to —. No? Well, just as you say, but

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

I wished to be fair and liberal—there's nothing mean about me. Good-by, friend,
I must be going. I may have a good way to go to-night—don't know. I only
know one thing for certain, and that is, that I am on the emigrant trail, now, and
I'll never sleep in that crazy old cemetery again. I will travel till I find respectable
quarters, if I have to hoof it to New Jersey. All the boys are going. It was
decided in public conclave, last night, to emigrate, and by the time the sun rises
there won't be a bone left in our old habitations. Such cemeteries may suit my
surviving friends, but they do not suit the remains that have the honor to make
these remarks. My opinion is the general opinion. If you doubt it, go and see
how the departing ghosts upset things before they started. They were almost
riotous in their demonstrations of distaste. Hello, here are some of the Bledsoes,
and if you will give me a lift with this tombstone I guess I will join company and
jog along with them—mighty respectable old family, the Bledsoes, and used to
always come out in six-horse hearses, and all that sort of thing fifty years ago when
I walked these streets in daylight. Good-by, friend.”

And with his gravestone on his shoulder he joined the grisly procession, dragging
his damaged coffin after him, for notwithstanding he pressed it upon me so earnestly,
I utterly refused his hospitality. I suppose that for as much as two hours these
sad outcasts went clacking by, laden with their dismal effects, and all that time I
sat pitying them. One or two of the youngest and least dilapidated among them
inquired about midnight trains on the railways, but the rest seemed unacquainted
with that mode of travel, and merely asked about common public roads to various
towns and cities, some of which are not on the map now, and vanished from it and
from the earth as much as thirty years ago, and some few of them never had existed
anywhere but on maps, and private ones in real estate agencies at that. And they
asked about the condition of the cemeteries in these towns and cities, and about
the reputation the citizens bore as to reverence for the dead.

This whole matter interested me deeply, and likewise compelled my sympathy
for these homeless ones. And it all seeming real, and I not knowing it was a
dream, I mentioned to one shrouded wanderer an idea that had entered my head
to publish an account of this curious and very sorrowful exodus, but said also that
I could not describe it truthfully, and just as it occurred, without seeming to trifle

-- 201 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 201. Image of the author asleep on his back with his head out of the bed. There is a cat sitting on a stool next to the bed watching him sleep.[end figure description]

with a grave subject and exhibit an irreverence for the dead that would shock and
distress their surviving friends. But this bland and stately remnant of a former
citizen leaned him far over my gate and whispered in my ear, and said:—

“Do not let that disturb you. The community that can stand such graveyards
as those we are emigrating from can stand anything a body can say about the neglected
and forsaken dead that lie in them.”

At that very moment a cock crowed, and the weird procession vanished and left
not a shred or a bone behind. I awoke, and found myself lying with my head out
of the bed and “sagging” downwards considerably—a position favorable to dreaming
dreams with morals in them, maybe, but not poetry.

Note.—The reader is assured that if the cemeteries in his town are kept in good order, this
Dream is not levelled at his town at all, but is levelled particularly and venomously at the next
town.

-- 202 --

p503-201 A True Story.

“I's one o' de ole Blue Hen's chickens, I is.” [figure description] 503EAF. Page 202. In-line image; opening image for the story "A True Story." The image depicts Aunt Rachel, a strong African-American woman who was a servant in the Twain family, staring angrily with her hands on her hips.[end figure description]

REPEATED WORD FOR WORD AS I
HEARD IT.

IT was summer time, and twilight.
We were sitting on the porch of
the farm-house, on the summit
of the hill, and “Aunt Rachel” was
sitting respectfully below our level,
on the steps,—for she was our servant,
and colored. She was of
mighty frame and stature; she was
sixty years old, but her eye was undimmed
and her strength unabated.
She was a cheerful, hearty soul, and
it was no more trouble for her to
laugh than it is for a bird to sing.
She was under fire, now, as usual
when the day was done. That is to
say, she was being chaffed without
mercy, and was enjoying it. She
would let off peal after peal of laughter,
and then sit with her face in her
hands and shake with throes of enjoyment
which she could no longer
get breath enough to express. At such a moment as this a thought occurred
to me, and I said:

“Aunt Rachel, how is it that you've lived sixty years and never had any
trouble?”

She stopped quaking. She paused, and there was a moment of silence.

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

She turned her face over her shoulder toward me, and said, without even a
smile in her voice:—

“Misto C—, is you in 'arnest?”

It surprised me a good deal; and it sobered my manner and my speech, too.
I said:—

“Why, I thought—that is, I meant—why, you can't have had any trouble.
I've never heard you sigh, and never seen your eye when there wasn't a laugh
in it.”

She faced fairly around, now, and was full of earnestness.

“Has I had any trouble? Misto C—, I's gwyne to tell you, den I leave it
to you. I was bawn down 'mongst de slaves; I knows all 'bout slavery, 'case I
ben one of 'em my own se'f. Well, sah, my ole man—dat's my husban'—he was
lovin' an' kind to me, jist as kind as you is to yo' own wife. An' we had chil'en—
seven chil'en—an' we loved dem chil'en jist de same as you loves yo' chil'en.
Dey was black, but de Lord can't make no chil'en so black but what dey mother
loves 'em an' wouldn't give 'em up, no, not for anything dat's in dis whole
world.

“Well sah, I was raised in ole Fo'ginny, but my mother she was raised in Maryland;
an' my souls! she was turrible when she'd git started! My lan'! but she'd
make de fur fly! When she'd git into dem tantrums, she always had one word
dat she said. She'd straighten herse'f up an' put her fists in her hips an' say, `I
want you to understan' dat I wa'nt bawn in the mash to be fool' by trash! I's
one o' de ole Blue Hen's Chickens, I is!' 'Ca'se, you see, dat's what folks dat's
bawn in Maryland calls deyselves, an' dey's proud of it. Well, dat was her
word. I don't ever forgit it, beca'se she said it so much, an' beca'se she said it
one day when my little Henry tore his wris' awful, and most busted his head,
right up at de top of his forehead, an' de niggers didn't fly aroun' fas' enough
to 'tend to him. An' when dey talk' back at her, she up an' she says, `Look-a-heah!'
she says, `I want you niggers to understan' dat I wa'nt bawn in de mash
to be fool' by trash! I's one o' de ole Blue Hen's Chickens, I is!' an' den she
clar' dat kitchen an' bandage' up de chile herse'f. So I says dat word, too,
when I's riled.

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

“Well, bymeby my ole mistis say she's broke, an' she' got to sell all the niggers
on de place. An' when I heah dat dey gwyne to sell us all off at oction in
Richmon', oh de good gracious! I know what dat mean!”

Aunt Rachel had gradually risen, while she warmed to her subject, and now
she towered above us, black against the stars.

“Dey put chains on us an' put us on a stan' as high as dis po'ch,—twenty foot
high,—an' all de people stood aroun', crowds an' crowds. An' dey'd come up
dah an' look at us all roun', an' squeeze our arm, an' make us git up an' walk,
an' den say, `Dis one too ole,' or `Dis one lame,' or `Dis one don't 'mount to
much.' An' dey sole my ole man, an' took him away, an' dey begin to sell my
chil'en an' take dem away, an' I begin to cry; an' de man say, `Shet up yo' dam
blubberin',' an' hit me on de mouf wid his han'. An' when de las' one was gone
but my little Henry, I grab' him clost up to my breas' so, an' I ris up an' says,
`You shan't take him away,' I says; `I'll kill de man dat tetches him!' I says.
But my little Henry whisper an' say, `I gwyne to run away, an' den I work an'
buy yo' freedom.' Oh, bless de chile, he always so good! But dey got him—
dey got him, de men did; but I took and tear de clo'es mos' off of 'em an'
beat 'em over de head wid my chain; an' dey give it to me, too, but I didn't
mine dat.

“Well, dah was my ole man gone, an' all my chil'en, all my seven chil'en—
an' six of 'em I hain't set eyes on ag'in to dis day, an' dat's twenty-two year
ago las' Easter. De man dat bought me b'long' in Newbern, an' he took me
dah. Well, bymeby de years roll on an' de waw come. My marster he was a
Confedrit colonel, an' I was his family's cook. So when de Unions took dat
town, dey all run away an' lef' me all by myse'f wid de other niggers in dat
mons'us big house. So de big Union officers move in dah, an' dey ask me
would I cook for dem. `Lord bless you,' says I, `dat's what I's for.'

“Dey wa'nt no small-fry officers, mine you, dey was de biggest dey is; an' de
way dey made dem sojers mosey roun'! De Gen'l he tole me to boss dat kitchen;
an' he say, `If anybody come meddlin' wid you, you jist make 'em walk chalk;
don't you be afeared,' he say; `you's 'mong frens, now.'

“Well, I thinks to myse'f, if my little Henry ever got a chance to run away,

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

he'd make to de Norf, o' course. So one day I comes in dah whar de big officers
was, in de parlor, an' I drops a kurtchy, so, an' I up an' tole 'em 'bout my Henry,
dey a-listenin' to my troubles jist de same as if I was white folks; an' I says,
`What I come for is beca'se if he got away and got up Norf whar you gemmen
comes from, you might 'a' seen him, maybe, an' could tell me so as I could fine
him ag'in; he was very little, an' he had a sk-yar on his lef' wris', an' at de top
of his forehead.' Den dey look mournful, an' de Gen'l say, `How long sence
you los' him?' an' I say, `Thirteen year.' Den de Gen'l say, `He wouldn't be
little no mo', now—he's a man!'

“I never thought o' dat befo'! He was only dat little feller to me, yit. I
never thought 'bout him growin' up an' bein' big. But I see it den. None o'
de gemmen had run acrost him, so dey couldn't do nothin' for me. But all dat
time, do' I didn't know it, my Henry was run off to de Norf, years an' years, an,
he was a barber, too, an' worked for hisse'f. An' bymeby, when de waw come'
he ups an' he says: `I's done barberin',' he says, `I's gwyne to fine my ole mammy,
less'n she's dead.' So he sole out an' went to whar dey was recruitin', an' hired
hisse'f out to de colonel for his servant; an' den he went all froo de battles
everywhah, huntin' for his ole mammy; yes indeedy, he'd hire to fust one officer
an' den another, tell he'd ransacked de whole Souf; but you see I didn't know
nuffin 'bout dis. How was I gwyne to know it?

“Well, one night we had a big sojer ball; de sojers dah at Newbern was
always havin' balls an' carryin' on. Dey had 'em in my kitchen, heaps o' times,'
ca'se it was so big. Mine you, I was down on sich doin's; beca'se my place
was wid de officers, an' it rasp me to have dem common sojers cavortin' roun'
my kitchen like dat. But I alway' stood aroun' an' kep' things straight, I did;
an' sometimes dey'd git my dander up, an' den I'd make 'em clar dat kitchen,
mine I tell you!

“Well, one night—it was a Friday night—dey comes a whole plattoon f'm a
nigger ridgment dat was on guard at de house,—de house was head-quarters,
you know,—an' den I was jist a-bilin'! Mad? I was jist a-boomin'! I swelled
aroun', an' swelled aroun'; I jist was a-itchin' for 'em to do somefin for to start
me. An' dey was a-waltzin' an' a-dancin'! my! but dey was havin' a time! an'

-- 206 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 206. Image of a dance hall, where couples are swaying to the music. The picture centers on one couple, a beautiful woman resting her head on the shoulder of a man, with Aunt Rachel standing next to them, hands on hips, looking quite angry.[end figure description]

I jist a-swellin' an' a-swellin' up! Pooty soon, 'long comes sich a spruce young
nigger a-sailin' down de room wid a yaller wench roun' de wais'; an' roun' an'
roun' an' roun' dey went, enough to make a body drunk to look at 'em; an'
when dey got abreas' o' me, dey went to kin' o' balancin' aroun' fust on one leg
an' den on t'other, an' smilin' at my big red turban, an' makin' fun, an' I ups
an' says `Git along wid you!—rubbage!' De young man's face kin' o' changed,
all of a sudden, for 'bout a second, but den he went to smilin' ag'in, same as he
was befo'. Well, 'bout dis time, in
comes some niggers dat played
music and b'long' to de ban', an' dey
never could git along widout puttin'
on airs. An' de very fust air
dey put on dat night, I lit into'
em! Dey laughed, an' dat made me
wuss. De res' o' de niggers got to
laughin', an' den my soul alive but
I was hot! My eye was jist ablazin'!
I jist straightened myself
up, so,—jist as I is now, plum to
de ceilin', mos',—an' I digs my fists
into my hips, an' I says, `Look-a-heah!'
I says, `I want you niggers
to understan' dat I wa'nt bawn in
de mash to be fool' by trash! I's one o' de ole Blue Hen's Chickens, I is!' an'
den I see dat young man stan' a-starin' an' stiff, lookin' kin' o' up at de ceilin'
like he fo'got somefin, an' couldn't 'member it no mo'. Well, I jist march' on
dem niggers,—so, lookin' like a gen'l,—an' dey jist cave' away befo' me an' out
at de do'. An' as dis young man was a-goin' out, I heah him say to another
nigger, `Jim,' he says, `you go 'long an' tell de cap'n I be on han' 'bout eight
o'clock in de mawnin'; dey's somefin on my mine,' he says; `I don't sleep no
mo' dis night. You go 'long, he says, `an' leave me by my own se'f.'

“Dis was 'bout one o'clock in de mawnin'. Well, 'bout seven, I was up an'

-- 207 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 207. Image of a small African-American boy sitting on the top seat of a carriage holding onto the reins.[end figure description]

on han', gittin' de officers' breakfast. I was a-stoopin' down by de stove,—jist
so, same as if yo' foot was de stove,—an' I'd opened de stove do' wid my right
han',—so, pushin' it back, jist as I pushes yo' foot,—an' I'd jist got de pan o'
hot biscuits in my han' an' was 'bout to raise up, when I see a black face come
aroun' under mine, an' de eyes a-lookin' up into mine, jist as I's a-lookin' up
clost under yo' face now; an' I jist stopped right dah, an' never budged! jist
gazed, an' gazed, so; an' de pan begin to tremble, an' all of a sudden I knowed!
De pan drop' on de flo' an' I grab his lef' han' an' shove back his sleeve,—jist
so, as I's doin' to you,—an' den I goes for his forehead an' push de hair back,
so, an' `Boy!' I says, `if you an't my Henry, what is you doin' wid dis welt on
yo' wris' an' dat sk-yar on yo' forehead? De Lord God ob heaven be praise',
I got my own ag'in!'

“Oh, no, Misto C—, I hain't had no trouble. An' no joy!

-- 208 --

p503-207 THE SIAMESE TWINS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 208. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Siamese Twins." The picture shows the Siamese Twins sitting on a park bench with a well-dressed woman. The twin on the right is leaning against his hand asleep, while the other is turned towards the woman with his hands on her upper arms. She is turned demurely away from him, with a small veil over her face.[end figure description]

I DO not wish to write of the personal habits of these strange creatures solely,
but also of certain curious details of various kinds concerning them, which
belonging only to their private life, have never crept into print. Knowing
the Twins intimately, I feel that I am peculiarly well qualified for the task I
have taken upon myself.

The Siamese Twins are naturally tender and affectionate in disposition, and
have clung to each other with singular fidelity throughout a long and eventful
life. Even as children they were inseparable companions; and it was noticed

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

that they always seemed to prefer each other's society to that of any other persons.
They nearly always played together; and, so accustomed was their
mother to this peculiarity, that, whenever both of them chanced to be lost, she
usually only hunted for one of them—satisfied that when she found that one she
would find his brother somewhere in the immediate neighborhood. And yet
these creatures were ignorant and unlettered—barbarians themselves and the
offspring of barbarians, who knew not the light of philosophy and science.
What a withering rebuke is this to our boasted civilization, with its quarrelings,
its wranglings, and its separations of brothers!

As men, the Twins have not always lived in perfect accord; but still there
has always been a bond between them which made them unwilling to go away
from each other and dwell apart. They have even occupied the same house, as a
general thing, and it is believed that they have never failed to even sleep together on
any night since they were born. How surely do the habits of a lifetime become
second nature to us! The Twins always go to bed at the same time; but Chang
usually gets up about an hour before his brother. By an understanding
between themselves, Chang does all the in-door work and Eng runs all the
errands. This is because Eng likes to go out; Chang's habits are sedentary.
However, Chang always goes along. Eng is a Baptist, but Chang is a Roman
Catholic; still, to please his brother, Chang consented to be baptized at the same
time that Eng was, on condition that it should not “count.” During the War
they were strong partizans, and both fought gallantly all through the great struggle—
Eng on the Union side and Chang on the Confederate. They took each
other prisoners at Seven Oaks, but the proofs of capture were so evenly balanced
in favor of each, that a general army court had to be assembled to determine
which one was properly the captor, and which the captive. The jury was
unable to agree for a long time; but the vexed question was finally decided by
agreeing to consider them both prisoners, and then exchanging them. At one
time Chang was convicted of disobedience of orders, and sentenced to ten days
in the guard-house, but Eng, in spite of all arguments, felt obliged to share his
imprisonment, notwithstanding he himself was entirely innocent; and so, to save
the blameless brother from suffering, they had to discharge both from custody—
the just reward of faithfulness.

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

Upon one occasion the brothers fell out about something, and Chang knocked
Eng down, and then tripped and fell on him, whereupon both clinched and
began to beat and gouge each other without mercy. The bystanders interferred,
and tried to separate them, but they could not do it, and so allowed them to
fight it out. In the end both were disabled, and were carried to the hospital on
one and the same shutter.

Their ancient habit of going always together had its drawbacks when they
reached man's estate, and entered upon the luxury of courting. Both fell in
love with the same girl. Each tried to steal clandestine interviews with her,
but at the critical moment the other would always turn up. By and by Eng
saw, with distraction, that Chang had won the girl's affections; and, from that
day forth, he had to bear with the agony of being a witness to all their dainty
billing and cooing. But with a magnanimity that did him infinite credit, he
succumbed to his fate, and gave countenance and encouragement to a state of
things that bade fair to sunder his generous heart-strings. He sat from seven
every evening until two in the morning, listening to the fond foolishness of the
two lovers, and to the concussion of hundreds of squandered kisses—for the
privilege of sharing only one of which he would have given his right hand.
But he sat patiently, and waited, and gaped, and yawned, and stretched, and
longed for two o'clock to come. And he took long walks with the lovers on
moonlight evenings—sometimes traversing ten miles, notwithstanding he was
usually suffering from rheumatism. He is an inveterate smoker; but he could
not smoke on these occasions, because the young lady was painfully sensitive to the
smell of tobacco. Eng cordially wanted them married, and done with it; but
although Chang often asked the momentous question, the young lady could not
gather sufficient courage to answer it while Eng was by. However, on one
occasion, after having walked some sixteen miles, and sat up till nearly daylight,
Eng dropped asleep, from sheer exhaustion, and then the question was asked
and answered. The lovers were married. All acquainted with the circumstance
applauded the noble brother-in-law. His unwavering faithfulness was the theme
of every tongue. He had stayed by them all through their long and arduous
courtship; and when at last they were married, he lifted his hands above

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

their heads, and said with impressive unction, “Bless ye, my children I will
never desert ye!” and he kept his word. Fidelity like this is all too rare in this
cold world.

By and by Eng fell in love with his sister-in-law's sister, and married her, and
since that day they have all lived together, night and day, in an exceeding
sociability which is touching and beautiful to behold, and is a scathing rebuke
to our boasted civilization.

The sympathy existing between these two brothers is so close and so refined
that the feelings, the impulses, the emotions of the one are instantly experienced
by the other. When one is sick, the other is sick; when one feels pain, the
other feels it; when one is angered, the other's temper takes fire. We have
already seen with what happy facility they both fell in love with the same girl.
Now, Chang is bitterly opposed to all forms of intemperance, on principle; but
Eng is the reverse—for, while these men's feelings and emotion are so closely
wedded, their reasoning faculties are unfettered; their thoughts are free. Chang
belongs to the Good Templars, and is a hard working, enthusiastic supporter of all
temperance reforms. But, to his bitter distress, every now and then Eng gets drunk,
and, of course, that makes Chang drunk too. This unfortunate thing has been a
great sorrow to Chang, for it almost destroys his usefulness in his favorite field of
effort. As sure as he is to head a great temperance procession Eng ranges up
alongside of him, prompt to the minute, and drunk as a lord; but yet no more
dismally and hopelessly drunk than his brother, who has not tasted a drop.
And so the two begin to hoot and yell, and throw mud and bricks at the Good
Templars; and of course they break up the procession. It would be manifestly
wrong to punish Chang for what Eng does, and, therefore, the Good Templars
accept the untoward situation, and suffer in silence and sorrow. They have
officially and deliberately examined into the matter, and find Chang blameless.
They have taken the two brothers and filled Chang full of warm water and
sugar and Eng full of whisky, and in twenty-five minutes it was not possible to
tell which was the drunkest. Both were as drunk as loons—and on hot whisky
punches, by the smell of their breath. Yet all the while Chang's moral principles
were unsullied, his conscience clear; and so all just men were forced to

-- 212 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 212. End of chapter image of the Siamese Twins talking to an elderly woman, with various people milling around them.[end figure description]

confess that he was not morally, but only physically drunk. By every right
and by every moral evidence the man was strictly sober; and, therefore, it
caused his friends all the more anguish to see him shake hands with the pump,
and try to wind his watch with his night-key.

There is a moral in these solemn warnings—or, at least, a warning in these
solemn morals; one or the other. No matter, it is somehow. Let us heed it;
let us profit by it.

I could say more of an instructive nature about these interesting beings, but
let what I have written suffice.

Having forgotton to mention it sooner, I will remark in conclusion, that the
ages of the Siamese Twins are respectively fifty-one and fifty-three years.

-- 213 --

p503-212 SPEECH AT THE SCOTTISH BANQUET IN LONDON.

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

AT the anniversary festival of the Scottish Corporation of London on
Monday evening, in response to the toast of “The Ladies,” Mark Twain
replied. The following is his speech as reported in the London Observer:

“I am proud, indeed, of the distinction of being chosen to respond to this especial toast, to `The
Ladies,' or to women if you please, for that is the preferable term, perhaps; it is certainly the older,
and therefore the more entitled to reverence. (Laughter.) I have noticed that the Bible, with that
plain, blunt honesty which is such a conspicuous characteristic of the Scriptures, is always particular
to never refer to even the illustrious mother of all mankind herself as a `lady,' but speaks of her
as a woman. (Laughter.) It is odd, but you will find it is so. I am peculiarly proud of this honor,
because I think that the toast to women is one which, by right and by every rule of gallantry, should
take precedence of all others—of the army, of the navy, of even royalty itself—perhaps, though the
latter is not necessary in this day and in this land, for the reason that, tacitly, you do drink a broad
general health to all good women when you drink the health of the Queen of England and the
Princess of Wales. (Loud cheers.) I have in mind a poem just now which is familiar to you all,
familiar to everybody. And what an inspiration that was (and how instantly the present toast
recalls the verses to all our minds) when the most noble, the most gracious, the purest, and sweetest
of all poets says:—


“`Woman! O woman!—er—
Wom—'
(Laughter.) However, you remember the lines; and you remember how feelingly, how daintily,
how almost imperceptibly the verses raise up before you, feature by feature, the ideal of a true and
perfect woman; and how, as you contemplate the finished marvel, your homage grows into worship
of the intellect that could create so fair a thing out of mere breath, mere words. And you call to
mind now, as I speak, how the poet, with stern fidelity to the history of all humanity, delivers
this beautiful child of his heart and his brain over to the trials and the sorrows that must come
to all, sooner or later, that abide in the earth, and how the pathetic story culminates in that apostrophe—
so wild, so regretful, so full of mournful retrospection. The lines run thus:—


“`Alas!—alas!—a—alas!
— —Alas!— — — —alas!'
—and so on. (Laughter.) I do not remember the rest; but, taken altogether, it seems to me that
poem is the noblest tribute to woman that human genius has ever brought forth—(laughter)—and I
feel that if I were to talk hours I could not do my great theme completer or more graceful justice
than I have now done in simply quoting that poet's matchless words. (Renewed laughter.) The
phases of the womanly nature are infinite in their varicty. Take any type of woman, and you shall
find in it something to respect, something to admire, something to love. And you shall find the
whole joining you heart and hand. Who was more patriotic than Joan of Arc? Who was braver?
Who has given us a grander instance of self-sacrificing devotion? Ah! you remember, you remember
well, what a throb of pain, what a great tidal wave of grief swept over us all when Joan of Arc
fell at Waterloo. (Much laughter.) Who does not sorrow for the loss of Sappho, the sweet singer
of Israel? (Laughter.) Who among us does not miss the gentle ministrations, the softening influences,
the humble piety of Lucretia Borgia? (Laughter.) Who can join in the heartless libel that

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

says woman is extravagant in dress when he can look back and call to mind our simple and lowly
mother Eve arrayed in her modification of the Highland costume. (Roars of laughter.) Sir, women
have been soldiers, women have been painters, women have been poets. As long as language lives
the name of Cleopatra will live. And, not because she conquered George III.—(laughter)—but
because she wrote those divine lines—


“`Let dogs delight to bark and bite,
For God hath made them so.'
(More laughter.) The story of the world is adorned with the names of illustrious ones of our own
sex—some of them sons of St. Andrew, too—Scott, Bruce, Burns, the warrior Wallace, Ben Nevis—
(laughter)—the gifted Ben Lomond, and the great new Scotchman, Ben Disraeli.* (Great laughter.)
Out of the great plains of history tower whole mountain ranges of sublime women—the Queen of
Sheba, Josephine, Semiramis, Sairey Gamp; the list is endless—(laughter)—but I will not call the
mighty roll, the names rise up in your own memories at the mere suggestion, luminous with the
glory of deeds that cannot die, hallowed by the loving worship of the good and the true of all epochs
and all climes. (Cheers.) Suffice it for our pride and our honor that we in our day have added to it
such names as those of Grace Darling and Florence Nightingale. (Cheers.) Woman is all that she
should be—gentle, patient, long suffering, trustful, unselfish, full of generous impulses. It is her
blessed mission to comfort the sorrowing, plead for the erring, encourage the faint of purpose, succor
the distressed, uplift the fallen, befriend the friendless—in a word, afford the healing of her sympathies
and a home in her heart for all the bruised and persecuted children of misfortune that knock
at its hospitable door. (Cheers.) And when I say, God bless her, there is none among us who has
known the ennobling affection of a wife, or the steadfast devotion of a mother but in his heart will
say, Amen! (Loud and prolonged cheering.)

eaf503n12

* Mr. Benjamin Disraell, at that time Prime Minister of England, had just been clected Lord Rector of Glasgow
University, and had made a speech which gave rise to a world of discussion.

-- 215 --

p503-214 A GHOST STORY.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 215. In-line image; opening image for the story "A Ghost Story." The picture shows Twain in a room with his hand locked onto a chair, hair standing on end, as he stares in horror at an apparition above him.[end figure description]

I TOOK a large room, far up Broad-way,
in a huge old building whose
upper stories had been wholly unoccupied
for years, until I came. The
place had long been given up to dust
and cobwebs, to solitude and silence.
I seemed groping among the tombs and
invading the privacy of the dead, that
first night I climbed up to my quarters.
For the first time in my life a superstitious
dread came over me; and as I
turned a dark angle of the stairway and an invisible cobweb swung its slazy woof
in my face and clung there, I shuddered as one who had encountered a phantom.

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

I was glad enough when I reached my room and locked out the mould and the
darkness. A cheery fire was burning in the grate, and I sat down before it with a
comforting sense of relief. For two hours I sat there, thinking of bygone times;
recalling old scenes, and summoning half-forgotten faces out of the mists of the past;
listening, in fancy, to voices that long ago grew silent for all time, and to once
familiar songs that nobody sings now. And as my reverie softened down to a
sadder and sadder pathos, the shrieking of the winds outside softened to a wail, the
angry beating of the rain against the panes diminished to a tranquil patter, and one
by one the noises in the street subsided, until the hurrying footsteps of the last
belated straggler died away in the distance and left no sound behind.

The fire had burned low. A sense of loneliness crept over me. I arose and
undressed, moving on tip-toe about the room, doing stealthily what I had to do, as
if I were environed by sleeping enemies whose slumbers it would be fatal to break.
I covered up in bed, and lay listening to the rain and wind and the faint creaking
of distant shutters, till they lulled me to sleep.

I slept profoundly, but how long I do not know. All at once I found myself
awake, and filled with a shuddering expectancy. All was still. All but my own
heart—I could hear it beat. Presently the bed clothes began to slip away slowly
toward the foot of the bed, as if some one were pulling them! I could not stir; I
could not speak. Still the blankets slipped deliberately away, till my breast was
uncovered. Then with a great effort I seized them and drew them over my head.
I waited, listened, waited. Once more that steady pull began, and once more I lay
torpid a century of dragging seconds till my breast was naked again. At last I
roused my energies and snatched the covers back to their place and held them with
a strong grip. I waited. By and bye I felt a faint tug, and took a fresh grip. The
tug strengthened to a steady strain—it grew stronger and stronger. My hold parted,
and for the third time the blankets slid away. I groaned. An answering groan
came from the foot of the bed! Beaded drops of sweat stood upon my forehead.
I was more dead than alive. Presently I heard a heavy footstep in my room—the
step of an elephant, it seemed to me—it was not like anything human. But it was
moving from me—there was relief in that. I heard it approach the door—pass out
without moving bolt or lock—and wander away among the dismal corridors,

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

straining the floors and joists till they creaked again as it passed—and then silence
reigned once more.

When my excitement had calmed, I said to myself, “This is a dream—simply a
hideous dream.” And so I lay thinking it over until I convinced myself that it
was a dream, and then a comforting laugh relaxed my lips and I was happy again.
I got up and struck a light; and when I found that the locks and bolts were just as
I had left them, another soothing laugh welled in my heart and rippled from my
lips. I took my pipe and lit it, and was just sitting down before the fire, when—
down went the pipe out of my neverless fingers, the blood forsook my cheeks, and
my placid breathing was cut short with a gasp! In the ashes on the hearth, side
by side with my own bare footprint, was another, so vast that in comparison mine
was but an infant's! Then I had had a visitor, and the elephant tread was explained.

I put out the light and returned to bed, palsied with fear. I lay a long time,
peering into the darkness, and listening. Then I heard a grating noise overhead,
like the dragging of a heavy body across the floor; then the throwing down of the
body, and the shaking of my windows in response to the concussion. In distant
parts of the building I heard the muffled slamming of doors. I heard, at intervals,
stealthy footsteps creeping in and out among the corridors, and up and down the stairs.
Sometimes these noises approached my door, hesitated, and went away again. I
heard the clanking of chains faintly, in remote passages, and listened while the
clanking grew nearer—while it wearily climbed the stairways, marking each move
by the loose surplus of chain that fell with an accented rattle upon each succeeding
step as the goblin that bore it advanced. I heard muttered sentences; half-uttered
screams that seemed smothered violently; and the swish of invisible garments, the
rush of invisible wings. Then I became conscious that my chamber was invaded—
that I was not alone. I heard sighs and breathings about my bed, and mysterious
whisperings. Three little spheres of soft phosphorescent light appeared on the
ceiling directly over my head, clung and glowed there a moment, and then dropped—
two of them upon my face and one upon the pillow. They spattered, liquidly,
and felt warm. Intuition told me they had turned to gouts of blood as they fell—
I needed no light to satisfy myself of that. Then I saw pallid faces, dimly
luminous, and white uplifted hands, floating bodiless in the air,—floating a moment

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

and then disappearing. The whispering ceased, and the voices and the sounds,
and a solemn stillness followed. I waited, and listened. I felt that I must have
light, or die. I was weak with fear. I slowly raised myself toward a sitting posture,
and my face came in contact with a clammy hand! All strength went from
me, apparently, and I fell back like a stricken invalid. Then I heard the rustle of
a garment—it seemed to pass to the door and go out.

When everything was still once more, I crept out of bed, sick and feeble, and lit
the gas with a hand that trembled as if it were aged with a hundred years. The
light brought some little cheer to my spirits. I sat down and fell into a dreamy
contemplation of that great footprint in the ashes. By and bye its outlines began
to waver and grow dim. I glanced up and the broad gas flame was slowly wilting
away. In the same moment I heard that elephantine tread again. I noted its
approach, nearer and nearer, along the musty halls, and dimmer and dimmer the
light waned. The tread reached my very door and paused—the light had dwindled
to a sickly blue, and all things about me lay in a spectral twilight. The door did
not open, and yet I felt a faint gust of air fan my cheek, and presently was conscious
of a huge, cloudy presence before me. I watched it with fascinated eyes. A pale
glow stole over the Thing; gradually its cloudy folds took shape—an arm appeared,
then legs, then a body, and last a great sad face looked out of the vapor. Stripped
of its filmy housings, naked, muscular and comely, the majestic Cardiff Giant
loomed above me!

All my misery vanished—for a child might know that no harm could come with
that benignant countenance. My cheerful spirits returned at once, and in sympathy
with them the gas flamed up brightly again. Never a lonely outcast was so glad
to welcome company as I was to greet the friendly giant. I said:

“Why, is it nobody but you? Do you know, I have been scared to death for the
last two or three hours? I am most honestly glad to see you. I wish I had a
chair— Here, here, don't try to sit down in that thing!”

But it was too late. He was in it before I could stop him, and down he went—I
never saw a chair shivered so in my life.

“Stop, stop, you'll ruin ev—”

Too late again. There was another crash, and another chair was resolved into
its original elements.

-- 219 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 219. In-line image of Twain engaged in conversation with a ghost. He is perched on a very tall stool, looking over at the ghost, who is clad in toga and cap. The ghost, who is too large to sit anywhere but the floor, is smoking a pipe and smiling at Twain.[end figure description]

“Confound it, haven't you got any judgment at all? Do you want to ruin all the
furniture on the place? Here, here, you petrified fool—”

But it was no use. Before I could arrest him he had sat down on the bed, and
it was a melancholy ruin.

“Now what sort of a way is that to do? First you come lumbering about the
place bringing a legion of vagabond goblins along with you to worry me to death,
and then when I overlook an indelicacy of costume which would not be tolerated
anywhere by cultivated people except in a respectable theatre, and not even there
if the nudity were of your sex, you
repay me by wrecking all the furniture
you can find to sit down on.
And why will you? You damage yourself
as much as you do me. You have
broken off the end of your spinal column,
and littered up the floor with
chips off your hams till the place looks
like a marble-yard. You ought to be
ashamed of yourself—you are big
enough to know better.”

“Well, I will not break any more
furniture. But what am I to do?
I have not had a chance to sit down
for a century.” And the tears came
into his eyes.

“Poor devil,” I
said, “I should not have been so harsh
with you. And you are an orphan, too, no doubt. But sit down on the floor here—
nothing else can stand your weight—and besides, we cannot be sociable with
you away up there above me; I want you down where I can perch on this high
counting-house stool and gossip with you face to face.”

So he sat down on the floor, and lit a pipe which I gave him, threw one of my
red blankets over his shoulders, inverted my sitz-bath on his head, helmet fashion,
and made himself picturesque and comfortable. Then he crossed his ancles, while

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

I renewed the fire, and exposed the flat, honey-combed bottoms of his prodigious
feet to the grateful warmth.

“What is the matter with the bottom of your feet and the back of your legs, that
they are gouged up so?”

“Infernal chilblains—I caught them clear up to the back of my head, roosting
out there under Newell's farm. But I love the place; I love it as one loves his
old home. There is no peace for me like the peace I feel when I am there.”

We talked along for half an hour, and then I noticed that he looked tired, and
spoke of it.

“Tired?” he said. “Well I should think so. And now I will tell you all about
it, since you have treated me so well. I am the spirit of the Petrified Man that
lies across the street there in the Museum. I am the ghost of the Cardiff Giant.
I can have no rest, no peace, till they have given that poor body burial again.
Now what was the most natural thing for me to do, to make men satisfy this wish?
Terrify them into it!—haunt the place where the body lay! So I haunted the
museum night after night. I even got other spirits to help me. But it did no
good, for nobody ever came to the museum at midnight. Then it occurred to me
to come over the way and haunt this place a little. I felt that if I ever got a hearing
I must succeed, for I had the most efficient company that perdition could
furnish. Night after night we have shivered around through these mildewed halls,
dragging chains, groaning, whispering, tramping up and down stairs, till to tell you
the truth I am almost worn out. But when I saw a light in your room to-night I
roused my energies again and went at it with a deal of the old freshness. But I am
tired out—entirely fagged out. Give me, I beseech you, give me some hope!”

I lit off my perch in a burst of excitement, and exclaimed:

“This transcends everything! everything that ever did occur! Why you poor
blundering old fossil, you have had all your trouble for nothing—you have been
haunting a plaster cast of yourself—the real Cardiff Giant is in Albany!* Confound
it, don't you know your own remains?”

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

I never saw such an eloquent look of shame, of pitiable humiliation, overspread
a countenance before.

The Petrified Man rose slowly to his feet, and said:

“Honestly, is that true?”

“As true as I am sitting here.”

He took the pipe from his mouth and laid it on the mantel, then stood irresolute
a moment, (unconsciously, from old habit, thrusting his hands where his
pantaloons pockets should have been, and meditatively dropping his chin on his
breast,) and finally said:

“Well—I never felt so absurd before. The Petrified Man has sold every body
else, and now the mean fraud has ended by selling its own ghost! My son, if there
is any charity left in your heart for a poor friendless phantom like me, don't let
this get out. Think how you would feel if you had made such an ass of yourself.”

I heard his stately tramp die away, step by step down the stairs and out into
the deserted street, and felt sorry that he was gone, poor fellow—and sorrier still
that he had carried off my red blanket and my bath-tub.

eaf503n13

* A fact. The original fraud was ingeniously and fraudfully duplicated, and exhibited in New
York as the “only genuine” Cardiff Giant, (to the unspeakable disgust of the owners of the real
colossus,) at the very same time that the latter was drawing crowds at a museum in Albany.

-- 222 --

p503-221 THE CAPITOLINE VENUS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 222. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Capitoline Venus." The central image is a man standing next to a statue with his hand covering his eyes. There is a woman on the right clutching his arm. To the left of the image is a statue of Venus, against which lies art supplies. To the right of the image are two kissing doves. Attached to the bottom of the image is a depiction of the man standing in living room and speaking to an older gentleman who is seated in front of a roaring fire reading a newspaper.[end figure description]

CHAPTER I.

[Scene—An Artist's Studio in Rome.]

“OH, George, I do love you!”

“Bless your dear heart, Mary, I know
that—why is your father so obdurate?”
“George, he means well, but art is folly to
him—he only understands groceries. He
thinks you would starve me.”

“Confound his wisdom—it savors of inspiration.
Why am I not a money-making,
bowelless grocer, instead of a divinely-gifted
sculptor with nothing to eat?”

“Do not despond, Georgy, dear—all his prejudices will fade away as soon as
you shall have acquired fifty thousand dol—”

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

“Fifty thousand demons! Child, I am in arrears for my board!”

CHAPTER II.

[Scene—A Dwelling in Rome.]

“My dear sir, it is useless to talk. I haven't anything against you, but I can't
let my daughter marry a hash of love, art, and starvation—I believe you have
nothing else to offer.”

“Sir, I am poor, I grant you. But is fame nothing? The Hon. Bellamy Foodle,
of Arkansas, says that my new statue of America is a clever piece of sculpture, and
he is satisfied that my name will one day be famous.”

“Bosh! What does that Arkansas ass know about it? Fame's nothing—the
market price of your marble scare-crow is the thing to look at. It took you six
months to chisel it, and you can't sell it for a hundred dollars. No, sir! Show
me fifty thousand dollars and you can have my daughter—otherwise she marries
young Simper. You have just six months to raise the money in. Good morning,
sir.”

“Alas! Woe is me!”

CHAPTER III.

[Scene—The Studio.]

“Oh, John, friend of my boyhood, I am the unhappiest of men.”

“You're a simpleton!”

“I have nothing left to love but my poor statue of America—and see, even she
has no sympathy for me in her cold marble countenance—so beautiful and so
heartless!”

“You're a dummy!”

“Oh, John!”

“Oh, fudge! Didn't you say you had six months to raise the money in?”

“Don't deride my agony, John. If I had six centuries what good would it do?
How could it help a poor wretch without name, capital or friends?”

“Idiot! Coward! Baby! Six months to raise the money in—and five will do!”

“Are you insane?”

-- 224 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 224. Image of John and George standing before the statue of America. John is holding a hammer, about to crash it down upon the stature.[end figure description]

“Six months—an abundance. Leave it to me. I'll raise it.”

“What do you mean, John? How on earth can you raise such a monstrous sum
for me?

Will you let that be my business, and not meddle? Will you leave the thing
in my hands? Will you swear to submit to whatever I do? Will you pledge me
to find no fault with my actions?”

“I am dizzy—bewildered—but I swear.”

John took up a hammer and deliberately smashed the nose of America! He
made another pass and two of her fingers fell to the floor—another, and part of an
ear came away—another, and a row of toes was mangled and dismembered—
another, and the left leg, from the knee down, lay a fragmentary ruin!

John put on his hat and departed.

George gazed speechless upon the battered and grotesque nightmare before him
for the space of thirty seconds, and then wilted to the floor and went into convulsions.

John returned presently with a carriage, got the broken-hearted artist and the

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

broken-legged statue aboard, and drove off, whistling low and tranquilly. He left
the artist at his lodgings, and drove off and disappeared down the Via Quirinalis
with the statue.

CHAPTER IV.

[Scene—The Studio.]

“The six months will be up at two o'clock to-day! Oh, agony! My life is
blighted. I would that I were dead. I had no supper yesterday. I have had no
breakfast to-day. I dare not enter an eating-house. And hungry?—don't mention
it! My bootmaker duns me to death—my tailor duns me—my landlord haunts
me. I am miserable. I haven't seen John since that awful day. She smiles on
me tenderly when we meet in the great thoroughfares, but her old flint of a father
makes her look in the other direction in short order. Now who is knocking at
that door? Who is come to persecute me? That malignant villain the bootmaker,
I'll warrant. Come in!

“Ah, happiness attend your highness—Heaven be propitious to your grace! I
have brought my lord's new boots—ah, say nothing about the pay, there is no hurry,
none in the world. Shall be proud if my noble lord will continue to honor me with
his custom—ah, adieu!”

“Brought the boots himself! Don't want his pay! Takes his leave with a bow
and a scrape fit to honor majesty withal! Desires a continuance of my custom!
Is the world coming to an end? Of all the—come in!

“Pardon, signor, but I have brought your new suit of clothes for—”

Come in!!

“A thousand pardons for this intrusion, your worship! But I have prepared
the beautiful suite of rooms below for you—this wretched den is but ill suited
to—”

Come in!!!

“I have called to say that your credit at our bank, sometime since unfortunately
interrupted, is entirely and most satisfactorily restored, and we shall be most happy
if you will draw upon us for any—”

Come in!!!!”

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

“My noble boy, she is yours! She'll be here in a moment! Take her—marry
her—love her—be happy!—God bless you both! Hip, hip, hur—”

“COME IN!!!!!”

“Oh, George, my own darling, we are saved!”

“Oh, Mary, my own darling, we are saved—but I'll swear I don't know why nor
how!”

CHAPTER V.

[Scene—A Roman Café.]

One of a group of Amercan gentlemen reads and translates from the weekly
edition of Il Slangwhanger di Roma as follows:

Wonderful Discovery!—Some six months ago Signor John Smitthe, an American gentleman
now some years a resident of Rome, purchased for a trifle a small piece of ground in the Campagna,
just beyond the tomb of the Scipio family, from the owner, a bankrupt relative of the Princess
Borghese. Mr. Smitthe afterwards went to the Minister of the Public Records and had the piece
of ground transferred to a poor American artist named George Arnold, explaining that he did it as
payment and satisfaction for pecuniary damage accidentally done by him long since upon property
belonging to Signor Arnold, and further observed that he would make additional satisfaction by
improving the ground for Signor A., at his own charge and cost. Four weeks ago, while making
some necessary excavations upon the property, Signor Smitthe unearthed the most remarkable
ancient statue that has ever been added to the opulent art treasures of Rome. It was an exquisite
figure of a woman, and though sadly stained by the soil and the mould of ages, no eye can look
unmoved upon its ravishing beauty. The nose, the left leg from the knee down, an ear, and also
the toes of the right foot and two fingers of one of the hands, were gone, but otherwise the noble
figure was in a remarkable state of preservation. The government at once took military possession
of the statue, and appointed a commission of art critics, antiquaries and cardinal princes of the
church to assess its value and determine the remuneration that must go to the owner of the ground
in which it was found. The whole affair was kept a profound secret until last night. In the meantime
the commission sat with closed doors, and deliberated. Last night they decided unanimously
that the statue is a Venus, and the work of some unknown but sublimely gifted artist of the third
century before Christ. They consider it the most faultless work of art the world has any knowledge
of.

“At midnight they held a final conference and decided that the Venus was worth the enormous
sum of ten million francs! In accordance with Roman law and Roman usage, the government
being half owner in all works of art found in the Campagna, the State has naught to do but pay
five million francs to Mr. Arnold and take permanent possession of the beautiful statue. This
morning the Venus will be removed to the Capitol, there to remain, and at noon the commission
will wait upon Signor Arnold with His Holiness the Pope's order upon the Treasury for the princely
sum of five million francs in gold.”

Chorus of Voices.—“Luck! It's no name for it!”

Another Voice.—“Gentlemen, I propose that we immediately form an American
joint-stock company for the purchase of lands and excavations of statues, here,
with proper connections in Wall Street to bull and bear the stock.”

All.—“Agreed.”

-- 227 --

CHAPTER VI.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 227. Image of George and Mary standing in a gallery before the Capitoline Venus. It is ten years later than the onset of the story and George is a wealthy, portly man, while Mary, who is holding onto his arm, is cradling a baby.[end figure description]

[Scene—The Roman Capitol Ten Years Later.]

“Dearest Mary, this is the most celebrated statue in the world. This is the
renowned `Capitoline Venus' you've heard so much about. Here she is with her
little blemishes `restored' (that is, patched) by the most noted Roman artists—
and the mere fact that they did the humble patching of so noble a creation will
make their names illustrious while the world stands. How strange it seems—this
place! The day before I last stood here, ten happy years ago, I wasn't a rich man—
bless your soul, I hadn't a cent. And yet I had a good deal to do with making
Rome mistress of this grandest work of ancient art the world contains.”

“The worshipped, the illustrious Capitoline Venus—and what a sum she is
valued at! Ten millions of francs!”

“Yes—now she is.”

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

“And oh, Georgy, how divinely beautiful she is!”

“Ah, yes—but nothing to what she was before that blessed John Smith broke
her leg and battered her nose. Ingenious Smith!—gifted Smith—noble Smith!
Author of all our bliss! Hark! Do you know what that wheeze means? Mary,
that cub has got the whooping cough. Will you never learn to take care of the
children!”

THE END.

The Capitoline Venus is still in the Capitol at Rome, and is still the most charming
and most illustrious work of ancient art the world can boast of. But if ever it
shall be your fortune to stand before it and go into the customary ecstacies over it,
don't permit this true and secret history of its origin to mar your bliss—and when
you read about a gigantic Petrified Man being dug up near Syracuse, in the State
of New York, or near any other place, keep your own counsel,—and if the Barnum
that buried him there offers to sell to you at an enormous sum, don't you buy. Send
him to the Pope!”

Note.—The above sketch was written at the time the famous swindle of the “Petrified Giant”
was the sensation of the day in the United States.

-- 229 --

p503-228 SPEECH ON ACCIDENT INSURANCE.

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

DELIVERED IN HARTFORD, AT A DINNER TO CORNELIUS WALFORD, OF LONDON.

GENTLEMEN: I am glad indeed to assist in welcoming the distinguished
guest of this occasion to a city whose fame as an insurance center has
extended to all lands, and given us the name of being a quadruple band of
brothers working sweetly hand in hand,—the Colt's arms company making the
destruction of our race easy and convenient, our life insurance citizens paying for
the victims when they pass away, Mr. Batterson perpetuating their memory with
his stately monuments, and our fire insurance comrades taking care of their hereafter.
I am glad to assist in welcoming our guest—first, because he is an Englishman,
and I owe a heavy debt of hospitality to certain of his fellow-countrymen;
and secondly, because he is in sympathy with insurance and has been the means of
making many other men cast their sympathies in the same direction.

Certainly there is no nobler field for human effort than the insurance line of
business—especially accident insurance. Ever since I have been a director in an
accident insurance company I have felt that I am a better man. Life has seemed
more precious. Accidents have assumed a kindlier aspect. Distressing special
providences have lost half their horror. I look upon a cripple, now, with affectiontionate
interest—as an advertisement. I do not seem to care for poetry any more.
I do not care for politics—even agriculture does not excite me. But to me, now,
there is a charm about a railway collision that is unspeakable.

There is nothing more beneficent than accident insurance. I have seen an entire
family lifted out of poverty and into affluence by the simple boon of a broken leg.
I have had people come to me on crutches, with tears in their eyes, to bless this
beneficent institution. In all my experience of life, I have seen nothing so seraphic
as the look that comes into a freshly mutilated man's face when he feels in his vest

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

pocket with his remaining hand and finds his accident ticket all right. And I have
seen nothing so sad as the look that came into another splintered customer's
face, when he found he couldn't collect on a wooden leg.

I will remark here, by way of advertisement, that that noble charity which we
have named the Hartford Accident Insurance Company,* is an institution
which is peculiarly to be depended upon. A man is bound to prosper who gives it
his custom. No man can take out a policy in it and not get crippled before the
year is out. Now there was one indigent man who had been disappointed so often
with other companies that he had grown disheartenend, his appetite left him, he
ceased to smile—said life was but a weariness. Three weeks ago I got him to
insure with us, and now he is the brightest, happiest spirit in this land—has a good
steady income and a stylish suit of new bandages every day, and travels around on
a shutter.

I will say, in conclusion, that my share of the welcome to our guest is none the
less hearty because I talk so much nonsense, and I know that I can say the same
for the rest of the speakers.

eaf503n14

* The speaker is a director of the company named.

-- 231 --

p503-230 JOHN CHINAMAN IN NEW YORK.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 231. In-line image depicting Twain in a teahouse talking to John Chinaman. On the right side of the image are rows of Chinese characters. Below the image is a close-up of John Chinaman who is smiling with a pipe between his teeth.[end figure description]

AS I passed along by one of
those monster American teastores
in New York, I found
a Chinaman sitting before it acting
in the capacity of a sign. Everybody
that passed by gave him a steady
stare as long as their heads would
twist over their shoulders without
dislocating their necks, and a group
had stopped to stare deliberately.

Is it not a shame that we, who
prate so much about civilization and
humanity, are content to degrade
a fellow-being to such an office as
this? Is it not time for reflection when we find ourselves willing to see in such
a being, matter for frivolous curiosity instead of regret and grave reflection?

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

Here was a poor creature whom hard fortune had exiled from his natural home
beyond the seas, and whose troubles ought to have touched these idle strangers
that thronged about him; but did it? Apparently not. Men calling themselves
the superior race, the race of culture and of gentle blood, scanned his quaint
Chinese hat, with peaked roof and ball on top, and his long queue dangling
down his back; his short silken blouse, curiously frogged and figured (and, like
the rest of his raiment, rusty, dilapidated, and awkwardly put on); his blue
cotton, tight-legged pants, tied close around the ankles; and his clumsy blunttoed
shoes with thick cork soles; and having so scanned him from head to foot,
cracked some unseemly joke about his outlandish attire or his melancholy face,
and passed on. In my heart I pitied the friendless Mongol. I wondered what
was passing behind his sad face, and what distant scene his vacant eye was
dreaming of. Were his thoughts with his heart, ten thousand miles away,
beyond the billowy wastes of the Pacific? among the rice-fields and the plumy
palms of China? under the shadows of remembered mountain-peaks, or in
groves of bloomy shrubs and strange forest-trees unknown to climes like ours?
And now and then, rippling among his visions and his dreams, did he hear
familiar laughter and half-forgotten voices, and did he catch fitful glimpses of the
friendly faces of a bygone time? A cruel fate it is, I said, that is befallen this
bronzed wanderer. In order that the group of idlers might be touched at least
by the words of the poor fellow, since the appeal of his pauper dress and his
dreary exile was lost upon them, I touched him on the shoulder and said—

“Cheer up—don't be down-hearted. It is not America that treats you in
this way, it is merely one citizen, whose greed of gain has eaten the humanity
out of his heart. America has a broader hospitality for the exiled and oppressed.
America and Americans are always ready to help the unfortunate. Money
shall be raised—you shall go back to China—you shall see your friends again.
What wages do they pay you here?”

“Divil a cint but four dollars a week and find meself; but it's aisy, barrin the
troublesome furrin clothes that's so expinsive.”

The exile remains at his post. The New York tea-merchants who need
picturesque signs are not likely to run out of Chinamen.

-- 233 --

p503-232 HOW I EDITED AN AGRICULTURAL PAPER

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 233. In-line image; opening image for the story "How I Edited An Agricultural Paper." Picture shows Twain sitting at a desk talking to his editor who is sitting in a chair reading a newspaper.[end figure description]

I DID not take temporary editorship of an agricultural paper without misgivings.
Neither would a landsman take command of a ship without misgivings. But I
was in circumstances that made the salary an object. The regular editor of the
paper was going off for a holiday, and I accepted the terms he offered, and took his
place.

The sensation of being at work again was luxurious, and I wrought all the week
with unflagging pleasure. We went to press, and I waited a day with some
solicitude to see whether my effort was going to attract any notice. As I left the

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

office, toward sundown, a group of men and boys at the foot of the stairs dispersed
with one impulse, and gave me passage-way, and I heard one or two of them say:
“That's him!” I was naturally pleased by this incident. The next morning I
found a similar group at the foot of the stairs, and scattering couples and individuals
standing here and there in the street, and over the way, watching me with interest.
The group separated and fell back as I approached, and I heard a man say, “Look
at his eye!” I pretended not to observe the notice I was attracting, but secretly
I was pleased with it, and was purposing to write an account of it to my aunt. I
went up the short flight of stairs, and heard cheery voices and a ringing laugh as I
drew near the door, which I opened, and caught a glimpse of two young rurallooking
men, whose faces blanched and lengthened when they saw me, and then
they both plunged through the window with a great crash. I was surprised.

In about half an hour an old gentleman, with a flowing beard and a fine but
rather austere face, entered, and sat down at my invitation. He seemed to have
something on his mind. He took off his hat and set it on the floor, and got out of
it a red silk handkerchief and a copy of our paper.

He put the paper on his lap, and while he polished his spectacles with his
handkerchief, he said, “Are you the new editor?”

I said I was.

“Have you ever edited an agricultural paper before?”

“No,” I said; “this is my first attempt.”

“Very likely. Have you had any experience in agriculture practically?”

“No; I believe I have not.”

“Some instinct told me so,” said the old gentleman, putting on his spectacles, and
looking over them at me with asperity, while he folded his paper into a convenient
shape. “I wish to read you what must have made me have that instinct. It was
this editorial. Listen, and see if it was you that wrote it:—

`Turnips should never be pulled, it injures them. It is much better to send a boy up and let him
shake the tree.”

“Now, what do you think of that?—for I really suppose you wrote it?”

“Think of it? Why, I think it is good. I think it is sense. I have no doubt
that every year millions and millions of bushels of turnips are spoiled in this

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

township alone by being pulled in a half-ripe condition, when, if they had sent a
boy up to shake the tree”—

“Shake your grandmother! Turnips don't grow on trees!”

“Oh, they don't, don't they? Well, who said they did? The language was
intended to be figurative, wholly figurative. Anybody that knows anything will
know that I meant-that the boy should shake the vine.”

Then this old person got up and tore his paper all into small shreds, and stamped
on them, and broke several things with his cane, and said I did not know as much
as a cow; and then went out and banged the door after him, and, in short, acted
in such a way that I fancied he was displeased about something. But not knowing
what the trouble was, I could not be any help to him.

Pretty soon after this a long cadaverous creature, with lanky locks hanging down
to his shoulders, and a week's stubble bristling from the hills and valleys of his face,
darted within the door, and halted, motionless, with finger on lip, and head and
body bent in listening attitude. No sound was heard. Still he listened. No sound.
Then he turned the key in the door, and came elaborately tiptoeing toward me till
he was within long reaching distance of me, when he stopped, and after scanning
my face with intense interest for a while, drew a folded copy of our paper from his
bosom, and said—

“There, you wrote that. Read it to me—quick? Relieve me. I suffer.”

I read as follows; and as the sentences fell from my lips I could see the relief
come, I could see the drawn muscles relax, and the anxiety go out of the face, and
rest and peace steal over the features like the merciful moonlight over a desolate
landscape:

“The guano is a fine bird, but great care is necessary in rearing it. It should not be imported
earlier than June or later than September. In the winter it should be kept in a warm place, where
it can hatch out its young.

“It is evident that we are to have a backward season for grain. Therefore it will be well for the
farmer to begin setting out his cornstalks and planting his buckwheat cakes in July instead of
August.

“Concerning the pumpkin.—This berry is a favorite with the natives of the interior of New
England, who prefer it to the gooseberry for the making of fruit-cake, and who likewise give it
the preference over the raspberry for feeding cows, as being more filling and fully as satisfying.
The pumpkin is the only esculent of the orange family that will thrive in the North, except the
gourd and one or two varieties of the squash. But the custom of planting it in the front yard with
the shrubbery is fast going out of vogue, for it is now generally conceded that the pumpkin as a
shade tree is a failure.

“Now, as the warm weather approaches, and the ganders begin to spawn”—

-- 236 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 236. Image of a small boy sitting in the upper branches of a tree, looking down at a man who is angrily shaking his fist at the boy, while wielding an axe.[end figure description]

The excited listener sprang toward
me to shake hands, and said—

“There, there—that will do. I
know I am all right now, because
you have read it just as I did, word
for word. But, stranger, when I first
read it this morning, I said to myself,
I never, never believed it before, notwithstanding
my friends kept me
under watch so strict, but now I
believe I am crazy; and with that I
fetched a howl that you might have
heard two miles, and started out to
kill somebody—because, you know,
I knew it would come to that sooner
or later, and so I might as well begin.
I read one of them paragraphs over
again, so as to be certain, and then I
burned my house down and started.
I have crippled several people, and
have got one fellow up a tree, where
where I can get him if I want him.
But I thought I would call in here
as I passed along and make the
thing perfectly certain; and now it
is certain, and I tell you it is lucky
for the chap that is in the tree. I
should have killed him, sure, as I
went back. Good-bye, sir, good-bye;
you have taken a great load off my
mind. My reason has stood the
strain of one of your agricultural
articles, and I know that nothing can ever unseat it now. Good-bye, sir.”

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

I felt a little uncomfortable about the cripplings and arsons this person had been
entertaining himself with, for I could not help feeling remotely accessory to them.
But these thoughts were quickly banished, for the regular editor walked in! [I
thought to myself, Now if you had gone to Egypt as I recommended you to, I
might have had a chance to get my hand in; but you wouldn't do it, and here you
are. I sort of expected you.]

The editor was looking sad and perplexed and dejected.

He surveyed the wreck which that old rioter and these two young farmers had
made, and then said, “This is a sad business—a very sad business. There is the
mucilage bottle broken, and six panes of glass, and a spittoon and two candlesticks.
But that is not the worst. The reputation of the paper is injured—and permanently,
I fear. True, there never was such a call for the paper before, and it never sold
such a large edition or soared to such celebrity;—but does one want to be famous
for lunacy, and prosper upon the infirmities of his mind? My friend, as I am an
honest man, the street out here is full of people, and others are roosting on the
fences, waiting to get a glimpse of you, because they think you are crazy. And
well they might after reading your editorials. They are a disgrace to journalism.
Why, what put it into your head that you could edit a paper of this nature? You
do not seem to know the first rudiments of agriculture. You speak of a furrow and
a harrow as being the same thing; you talk of the moulting season for cows; and
you recommend the domestication of the pole-cat on account of its playfulness and
its excellence as a ratter! Your remark that clams will lie quiet if music be played
to them was superfluous—entirely superfluous. Nothing disturbs clams. Clams
always lie quiet. Clams care nothing whatever about music. Ah, heavens and
earth, friend! if you had made the acquiring of ignorance the study of your life, you
could not have graduated with higher honor than you could to-day. I never saw
anything like it. Your observation that the horse-chestnut as an article of
commerce is steadily gaining in favor, is simply calculated to destroy this journal.
I want you to throw up your situation and go. I want no more holiday—I could
not enjoy it if I had it. Certainly not with you in my chair. I would always
stand in dread of what you might be going to recommend next. It makes me lose
all patience every time I think of your discussing oyster-beds under the head of
“Landscape Gardening.” I want you to go. Nothing on earth could persuade me

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

to take another holiday. Oh! why didn't you tell me you didn't know anything
about agriculture?”

Tell you, you cornstalk, you cabbage, you son of a cauliflower? It's the first
time I ever heard such an unfeeling remark. I tell you I have been in the editorial
business going on fourteen years, and it is the first time I ever heard of a man's
having to know anything in order to edit a newspaper. You turnip! Who write
the dramatic critiques for the second-rate papers? Why, a parcel of promoted
shoemakers and apprentice apothecaries, who know just as much about good acting
as I do about good farming and no more. Who review the books? People who
never wrote one. Who do up the heavy leaders on finance? Parties who have had
the largest opportunities for knowing nothing about it. Who criticise the Indian
campaigns? Gentlemen who do not know a war-whoop from a wigwam, and who
never have had to run a foot race with a tomahawk, or pluck arrows out of the several
members of their families to build the evening camp-fire with. Who write the
temperance appeals, and clamor about the flowing bowl? Folks who will never
draw another sober breath till they do it in the grave. Who edit the agricultural
papers, you—yam? Men, as general thing, who fail in the poetry line, yellow-colored
novel line, sensation-drama line, city-editor line, and finally fall back on
agriculture as a temporary reprieve from the poorhouse. You try to tell me
anything about the newspaper business! Sir, I have been through it from Alpha
to Omaha, and I tell you that the less a man knows the bigger the noise he makes
and the higher the salary he commands. Heaven knows if I had but been
ignorant instead of cultivated, and impudent instead of diffident, I could have made
a name for myself in this cold selfish world. I take my leave, sir. Since I have
been treated as you have treated me, I am perfectly willing to go. But I have done
my duty. I have fulfilled my contract as far as I was permitted to do it. I said I
could make your paper of interest to all classes—and I have. I said I could run
your circulation up to twenty thousand copies, and if I had had two more weeks I'd
have done it. And I'd have given you the best class of readers that ever an
agricultural paper had—not a farmer in it, nor a solitary individual who could tell
a water-melon tree trom a peach-vine to save his life. You are the loser by this
rupture, not me, Pie-plant. Adios.”

I then left.

-- 239 --

p503-238 THE PETRIFIED MAN.

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

NOW, to show how really hard it
is to foist a moral or a truth
upon an unsuspecting public
through a burlesque without entirely
and absurdly missing one's mark, I
will here set down two experiences of
my own in this thing. In the fall of
1862, in Nevada and California, the
people got to running wild about extraordinary
petrifications and other
natural marvels. One could scarcely
pick up a paper without finding in it
one or two glorified discoveries of this
kind. The mania was becoming a little ridiculous. I was a bran-new local editor
in Virginia City, and I felt called upon to destroy this growing evil; we all have

-- 240 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 240. Image of the Humboldt Justice of the Peace riding a mule over a ridge while smoking a pipe. He is followed by members of his staff, also on mules.[end figure description]

our benignant fatherly moods at one time or another, I suppose. I chose to kill the
petrifaction mania with a delicate, a very delicate satire. But maybe it was altogether
too delicate, for nobody ever perceived the satire part of it at all. I put my
scheme in the shape of the discovery of a remarkably petrified man.

I had had a temporary falling out with Mr.—, the new coroner and justice
of the peace of Humboldt, and thought I might as well touch him up a little at the
same time and make him ridiculous, and thus combine pleasure with business. So
I told, in patient belief-compelling
detail, all about the finding of a
petrified man at Gravelly Ford
(exactly a hundred and twenty miles,
over a breakneck mountain trail,
from where — lived); how all the
savants of the immediate neighborhood
had been to examine it (it was
notorious that there was not a
living creature within fifty miles
of there, except a few starving Indians,
some crippled grasshoppers,
and four or five buzzards out of
meat and too feeble to get away);
how those savants all pronounced the
petrified man to have been in a state
of complete petrifaction for over ten generations; and then, with a seriousness that
I ought to have been ashamed to assume, I stated that as soon as Mr. — heard
the news he summoned a jury, mounted his mule, and posted off, with noble reverence
for official duty, on that awful five days' journey, through alkali, sage-brush,
peril of body, and imminent starvation, to hold an inquest on this man that had
been dead and turned to everlasting stone for more than three hundred years!
And then, my hand being “in,” so to speak, I went on, with the same unflinching
gravity, to state that the jury returned a verdict that deceased came to his death
from protracted exposure. This only moved me to higher flights of imagination,

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

and I said that the jury, with that charity so characteristic of pioneers, then dug a
grave, and were about to give the petrified man Christian burial, when they found
that for ages a limestone sediment had been trickling down the face of the stone
against which he was sitting, and this stuff had run under him and cemented him
fast to the “bed-rock;” that the jury (they were all silver-miners) canvassed the
difficulty a moment, and then got out their powder and fuse, and proceeded to
drill a hole under him, in order to blast him from his position, when Mr.—, “with
that delicacy so characteristic of him, forbade them, observing that it would be
little less than sacrilege to do such a thing.”

From beginning to end the “Petrified Man” squib was a string of roaring
absurdities, albeit they were told with an unfair pretence of truth that even imposed
upon me to some extent, and I was in some danger of believing in my own fraud.
But I really had no desire to deceive anybody, and no expectation of doing it. I
depended on the way the petrified man was sitting to explain to the public that he
was a swindle. Yet I purposely mixed that up with other things, hoping to make
it obscure—and I did. I would describe the position of one foot, and then say his
right thumb was against the side of his nose; then talk about his other foot, and
presently come back and say the fingers of his right hand were spread apart; then
talk about the back of his head a little, and return and say the left thumb was
hooked into the right little finger; then ramble off about something else, and by
and by drift back again and remark that the fingers of the left hand were spread
like those of the right. But I was too ingenious. I mixed it up rather too much;
and so all that description of the attitude, as a key to the humbuggery of the
article, was entirely lost, for nobody but me ever discovered and comprehended
the peculiar and suggestive position of the petrified man's hands.

As a satire on the petrifaction mania, or anything else, my Petrified Man was a
disheartening failure; for everybody received him in innocent good faith, and I
was stunned to see the creature I had begotten to pull down the wonder-business
with, and bring derision upon it, calmly exalted to the grand chief place in the list
of the genuine marvels our Nevada had produced. I was so disappointed at the
curious miscarriage of my scheme, that at first I was angry, and did not like to
think about it; but by and by, when the exchanges began to come in with the

-- 242 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 242. Image of a man shoveling newspapers, which are piled up on his floor, out his open front door.[end figure description]

Petrified Man copied and guilelessly glorified, I began to feel a soothing secret satisfaction;
and as my gentleman's field of travels broadened, and by the exchanges I
saw that he steadily and implacably penetrated territory after territory, State after
State, and land after land, till he swept the great globe and culminated in sublime
and unimpeached legitimacy in the august London Lancet, my cup was full, and I
said I was glad I had done it. I think that for about eleven months, as nearly as
I can remember, Mr. —'s daily mail-bag continued to be swollen by the addition
of half a bushel of newspapers hailing from many climes with the Petrified Man in
them, marked around with a prominent belt of ink. I sent them to him. I did it
for spite, not for fun. He used to shovel them into his back yard and curse. And
every day during all those months the miners, his constituents (for miners never
quit joking a person when they get started), would call on him and ask if he could
tell them where they could get hold of a paper with the Petrified Man in it. He
could have accommodated a continent with them. I hated — in those days,
and these things pacified me and pleased me. I could not have gotten more real
comfort out of him without killing him.

-- 243 --

p503-242 MY BLOODY MASSACRE.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 243. In-line image; opening image for the story "My Morning Massacre." The picture depicts Twain and another gentleman sitting at a table eating. In the background watching are two shadowy figures. Twain is reading from a newspaper and the other man is reacting with surprise -- wide open eyes and tilting back in his seat.[end figure description]

THE other burlesque I have referred to was my fine
satire upon the financial expedients of “cooking
dividends,” a thing which became shamefully frequent
on the Pacific coast for a while. Once more, in my
self-complacent simplicity, I felt that the time had arrived
for me to rise up and be a reformer. I put this reformatory
satire in the shape of a fearful “Massacre at Empire City.”
The San Francisco papers were making a great outcry
about the iniquity of the Daney Silver-Mining Company,
whose directors had declared a “cooked” or false dividend,
for the purpose of increasing the value of their stock, so
that they could sell out at a comfortable figure, and then
scramble from under the tambling concern. And while abusing the Daney,
those papers did not forget to urge the public to get rid of all their silver

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

stocks and invest in sound and safe San Francisco stocks, such as the Spring
Valley Water Company, etc. But right at this unfortunate juncture, behold
the Spring Valley cooked a dividend too! And so, under the insidious mask
of an invented “bloody massacre,” I stole upon the public unawares with my
scathing satire upon the dividend-cooking system. In about half a column of
imaginary human carnage I told how a citizen had murdered his wife and nine
children, and then committed suicide. And I said slyly, at the bottom, that the
sudden madness of which the this melancholy massacre was the result, had been
brought about by his having allowed himself to be persuaded by the
California papers to sell his sound and lucrative Nevada silver stocks, and buy
into Spring Valley just in time to get cooked along with that company's fancy
dividend, and sink every cent he had in the world.

Ah, it was a deep, deep satire, and most ingeniously contrived. But I made
the horrible details so carefully and conscientiously interesting that the public
devoured them greedily, and wholly overlooked the following distinctly-stated
facts, to wit:—The murderer was perfectly well known to every creature in the
land as a bachelor, and consequently he could not murder his wife and nine
children; he murdered them “in his splendid dressed-stone mansion just in the
edge of the great pine forest between Empire City and Dutch Nick's,” when
even the very pickled oysters that came on our tables knew that there was not
a “dressed-stone mansion” in all Nevada Territory; also that, so far from there
being a “great pine forest between Empire City and Dutch Nick's,” there
wasn't a solitary tree within fifteen miles of either place; and, finally, it was
patent and notorious that Empire City and Dutch Nick's were one and the
same place, and contained only six houses anyhow, and consequently there
could be no forest between them; and on top of all these absurdities I stated
that this diabolical murderer, after inflicting a wound upon himself that the
reader ought to have seen would kill an elephant in the twinkling of an eye,
jumped on his horse and rode four miles, waving his wife's reeking scalp in the
air, and thus performing entered Carson City with tremendous éclat, and dropped
dead in front of the chief saloon, the envy and admiration of all beholders.

Well, in all my life I never saw anything like the sensation that little satire

-- 245 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 245. In-line image of Twain riding madly through town, looking backward as he holds a handful of hay.[end figure description]

created. It was the talk of the town, it was the talk of the Territory. Most of
the citizens dropped gently into it at breakfast, and they never finished their
meal. There was something about those minutely faithful details that was a
sufficing substitute for food. Few people that were able to read took food that
morning. Dan and I (Dan was my reportorial associate) took our seats on
either side of our customary table in the “Eagle Restaurant,” and, as I unfolded
the shred they used to call a napkin in that establishment, I saw at the next
table two stalwart innocents with that sort of vegetable dandruff sprinkled
about their clothing which was the
sign and evidence that they were in
from the Truckee with a load of hay.
The one facing me had the morning
paper folded to a long narrow strip,
and I knew, without any telling,
that that strip represented the column
that contained my pleasant
financial satire. From the way he
was excitedly mumbling, I saw
that the heedless son of a hay-mow
was skipping with all his might, in
order to get to the bloody details as
quickly as possible; and so he was
missing the guide-boards I had set
up to warn him that the whole
thing was a fraud. Presently his eyes spread wide open, just as his jaws swung
asunder to take in a potato approaching it on a fork; the potato halted, the
face lit up redly, and the whole man was on fire with excitement. Then he
broke into a disjointed checking off of the particulars—his potato cooling in
mid-air meantime, and his mouth making a reach for it occasionally, but always
bringing up suddenly against a new and still more direful performance of my
hero. At last he looked his stunned and rigid comrade impressively in the face,
and said, with an expression of concentrated awe—

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

“Jim, he b'iled his baby, and he took the old 'oman's skelp. Cuss'd if I want
any breakfast!”

And he laid his lingering potato reverently down, and he and his friend
departed from the restaurant empty but satisfied.

He never got down to where the satire part of it began. Nobody ever did.
They found the thrilling particulars sufficient. To drop in with a poor little
moral at the fag-end of such a gorgeous massacre, was to follow the expiring
sun with a candle, and hope to attract the world's attention to it.

The idea that anybody could ever take my massacre for a genuine occurrence
never once suggested itself to me, hedged about as it was by all those tell-tale
absurdities and impossibilities concerning the “great pine forest,” the “dressed-stone
mansion,” etc. But I found out then, and never have forgotton since, that
we never read the dull explanatory surroundings of marvellously exciting things
when we have no occasion to suppose that some irresponsible scribbler is trying
to defraud us; we skip all that, and hasten to revel in the blood-curdling
particulars and be happy.

-- 247 --

p503-246 THE UNDERTAKER'S CHAT.

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

“NOW, that corpse,” said the undertaker, patting the folded hands of
deceased approvingly, “was a brick—every way you took him he was
a brick. He was so real accommodating, and so modest-like and
simple in his last moments. Friends wanted metallic burial case—nothing else
would do. I couldn't get it. There warn't going to be time—anybody could
see that.

“Corpse said never mind, shake him up some kind of a box he could stretch
out in comfortable, he warn't particular 'bout the general style of it. Said he
went more on room than style, any way in a last final container.

“Friends wanted a silver door-plate on the coffin, signifying who he was and
wher' he was from. Now you know a fellow couldn't roust out such a gaily
thing as that in a little country town like this. What did corpse say?

“Corpse said, whitewash his old canoe and dob his address and general destination
onto it with a blacking brush and a stencil plate, 'long with a verse from
some likely hymn or other, and p'int him for the tomb, and mark him C. O. D.,
and just let him flicker. He warn't distressed any more than you be—on the
contrary just as ca'm and collected as a hearse-horse; said he judged that wher'
he was going to a body would find it considerable better to attract attention by
a picturesque moral character than a natty burial case with a swell door-plate
on it.

“Splendid man, he was. I'd druther do for a corpse like that 'n any I've
tackled in seven year. There's some satisfaction in buryin' a man like that.
You feel that what you're doing is appreciated. Lord bless you, so's he got
planted before he sp'iled, he was perfectly satisfied; said his relations meant
well, perfectly well, but all them preparations was bound to delay the thing

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

more or less, and he didn't wish to be kept layin' around. You never see such
a clear head as what he had—and so ca'm and so cool. Just a hunk of brains—
that is what he was. Perfectly awful. It was a ripping distance from one end
of that man's head to t'other. Often and over again he's had brain fever araging
in one place, and the rest of the pile didn't know anything about it—
didn't affect it any more than an Injun insurrection in Arizona affects the
Atlantic States.

“Well, the relations they wanted a big funeral, but corpse said he was down on
flummery—didn't want any procession—fill the hearse full of mourners, and get
out a stern line and tow him behind. He was the most down on style of any
remains I ever struck. A beautiful simple-minded creature—it was what he
was, you can depend on that. He was just set on having things the way he
wanted them, and he took a solid comfort in laying his little plans. He had me
measure him and take a whole raft of directions; then he had the minister stand
up behind a long box with a table-cloth over it, to represent the coffin, and
read his funeral sermon, saying `Angcore, angcore!' at the good places, and
making him scratch out every bit of brag about him, and all the hifalutin; and
then he made them trot out the choir so's he could help them pick out the tunes
for the occasion, and he got them to sing `Pop Goes the Weasel,' because he'd
always liked that tune when he was down-hearted, and solemn music made him
sad; and when they sung that with tears in their eyes (because they all loved
him), and his relations grieving around, he just laid there as happy as a bug,
and trying to beat time and showing all over how much he enjoyed it; and
presently he got worked up and excited, and tried to join in, for mind you he
was pretty proud of his abilities in the singing line; but the first time he opened
his mouth and was just going to spread himself his breath took a walk.

“I never see a man snuffed out so sudden. Ah, it was a great loss—it was a
powerful loss to this poor little one-horse town. Well, well, well, I hain't got
time to be palavering along here—got to nail on the lid and mosey along
with him; and if you'll just give me a lift we'll skeet him into the hearse and
meander along. Relations bound to have it so—don't pay no attention to dying
injunctions, minute a corpse's gone; but, if I had my way, if I didn't respect his

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

last wishes and tow him behind the hearse I'll be cuss'd. I consider that whatever
a corpse wants done for his comfort is little enough matter, and a man
hain't got to right to deceive him or take advantage of him; and whatever a
corpse trusts me to do I'm a-going to do, you know, even if it's to stuff him and
paint him yaller and keep him for a keepsake—you hear me me!

He cracked his whip and went lumbering away with his ancient ruin of a
hearse, and I continued my walk with a valuable lesson learned—that a healthy
and wholesome cheerfulness is not necessarily impossible to any occupation.
The lesson is likely to be lasting, for it will take many months to obliterate the
memory of the remarks and circumstances that impressed it.

-- 250 --

p503-249 CONCERNING CHAMBERMAIDS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 250. In-line image; opening image for the story "Concerning Chambermaids." The image depicts a chambermaid taking a break from her duties to brush her hair as she looks in a mirror.[end figure description]

AGAINST all chambermaids, of whatsoever age or nationality, I launch the
curse of bachelordom! Because:

They always put the pillows at the opposite end of the bed from the
gas-burner, so that while you read and smoke before sleeping (as is the ancient
and honored custom of bachelors), you have to hold your book aloft, in an
uncomfortable position, to keep the light from dazzling your eyes.

When they find the pillows removed to the other end of the bed in the morning,
they receive not the suggestion in a friendly spirit; but, glorying in their

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

absolute sovereignty, and unpitying your helplessness, they make the bed just
as it was originally, and gloat in secret over the pang their tyranny will cause
you.

Always after that, when they find you have transposed the pillows, they undo
your work, and thus defy and seek to embitter the life that God has given you.

If they cannot get the light in an inconvenient position any other way, they
move the bed.

If you pull your trunk out six inches from the wall, so that the lid will stay
up when you open it, they always shove that trunk back again. They do it on
purpose.

If you want the spittoon in a certain spot, where it will be handy, they don't,
and so they move it.

They always put your other boots into inaccessible places. They chiefly
enjoy depositing them as far under the bed as the wall will permit. It is
because this compels you to get down in an undignified attitude and make wild
sweeps for them in the dark with the boot-jack, and swear.

They always put the match-box in some other place. They hunt up a new
place for it every day, and put up a bottle, or other perishable glass thing, where
the box stood before. This is to cause you to break that glass thing, groping in
the dark, and get yourself into trouble.

They are for ever and ever moving the furniture. When you come in, in the
night, you can calculate on finding the bureau where the wardrobe was in the
morning. And when you go out in the morning, if you leave the slop-bucket
by the door and rocking-chair by the window, when you come in at midnight,
or thereabouts, you will fall over that rocking-chair, and you will proceed
toward the window and sit down in that slop-tub. This will disgust you.
They like that.

No matter where you put anything, they are not going to let it stay there.
They will take it and move it the first chance they get. It is their nature. And,
besides, it gives them pleasure to be mean and contrary this way. They would
die if they couldn't be villians.

They always save up all the old scraps of printed rubbish you throw on the

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

floor, and stack them up carefully on the table, and start the fire with your
valuable manuscripts. If there is any one particular old scrap that you are
more down on than any other, and which you are gradually wearing your life
out trying to get rid of, you may take all the pains you possibly can in that
direction, but it won't be of any use, because they will always fetch that old
scrap back and put it in the same old place again every time. It does them
good.

And they use up more hair-oil than any six men. If charged with purloining
the same, they lie about it. What do they care about a hereafter? Absolutely
nothing.

If you leave the key in the door for convenience sake, they will carry it down
to the office and give it to the clerk. They do this under the vile pretence of
trying to protect your property from thieves; but actually they do it because
they want to make you tramp back down-stairs after it when you come home
tired, or put you to the trouble of sending a waiter for it, which waiter will
expect you to pay him something. In which case I suppose the degraded
creatures divide.

They keep always trying to make your bed before you get up, thus destroying
your rest and inflicting agony upon you; but after you get up, they don't come
any more till next day.

They do all the mean things they can think of, and they do them just out of
pure cussedness, and nothing else.

Chambermaids are dead to every human instinct.

If I can get a bill through the Legislature abolishing chambermaids, I mean
to do it.

-- 253 --

p503-252 AURELIA'S UNFORTUNATE YOUNG MAN.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 253. In-line image; opening image for the story "Aurelia's Unfortunate Young Man." The picture centers around Aurelia holding the arm of her young man who has two fake legs, a fake arm, and a patch over his right eye.[end figure description]

THE facts in the following case came to me by letter from a young lady who
lives in the beautiful city of San José; she is perfectly unknown to me, and
simply signs herself “Aurelia Maria,” which may possibly be a fictitious
name. But no matter, the poor girl is almost heart-broken by the misfortunes she
has undergone, and so confused by the conflicting counsels of misguided friends
and insidious enemies, that she does not know what course to pursue in order to
extricate herself from the web of difficulties in which she seems almost hopelessly
involved. In this dilemma she turns to me for help, and supplicates for my
guidance and instruction with a moving eloquence that would touch the heart of a
statue. Hear her sad story:

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

She says that when she was sixteen years old she met and loved, with all the
devotion of a passionate nature, a young man from New Jersey, named Williamson
Breckinridge Caruthers, who was some six years her senior. They were engaged,
with the free consent of their friends and relatives, and for a time it seemed as if
their career was destined to be characterized by an immunity from sorrow beyond
the usual lot of humanity. But at last the tide of fortune turned; young Caruthers
became infected with small-pox of the most virulent type, and when he recovered
from his illness his face was pitted like a waffle-mould, and his comeliness gone for
ever. Aurelia thought to break off the engagement at first, but pity for her
unfortunate lover caused her to postpone the marriage-day for a season, and give
him another trial.

The very day before the wedding was to have taken place, Breckinridge, while
absorbed in watching the flight of a balloon, walked into a well and fractured one
of his legs, and it had to be taken off above the knee. Again Aurelia was moved
to break the engagement, but again love triumphed, and she set the day forward
and gave him another chance to reform.

And again misfortune overtook the unhappy youth. He lost one arm by the
premature discharge of a Fourth-of-July cannon, and within three months he got
the other pulled out by a carding-machine. Aurelia's heart was almost crushed by
these latter calamities. She could not but be deeply grieved to see her lover passing
from her by piecemeal, feeling, as she did, that he could not last for ever under
this disastrous process of reduction, yet knowing of no way to stop its dreadful
career, and in her tearful despair she almost regretted, like brokers who hold on
and lose, that she had not taken him at first, before he had suffered such an
alarming depreciation. Still, her brave soul bore her up, and she resolved to bear
with her friend's unnatural disposition yet a little longer.

Again the wedding-day approached, and again disappointment overshadowed
it: Caruthers fell ill with the erysipelas, and lost the use of one his eyes entirely.
The friends and relatives of the bride, considering that she had already put up with
more than could reasonably be expected of her, now came forward and insisted that
the match should be broken off, but after wavering awhile, Aurelia, with a generous
spirit which did her credit, said she had reflected calmly upon the matter, and could
not discover that Breckinridge was to blame.

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

So she extended the time once more, and he broke his other leg.

It was a sad day for the poor girl when she saw the surgeons reverently bearing
away the sack whose uses she had learned by previous experience, and her heart
told her the bitter truth that some more of her lover was gone. She felt that the
field of her affections was growing more and more circumscribed every day, but
once more she frowned down her relatives and renewed her betrothal.

Shortly before the time set for the nuptials another disaster occurred. There
was but one man scalped by the Owens River Indians last year. That man was
Williamson Breckinridge Caruthers, of New Jersey. He was hurrying home with
happiness in his heart, when he lost his hair for ever, and in that hour of bitterness
he almost cursed the mistaken mercy that had spared his head.

At last Aurelia is in serious perplexity as to what she ought to do. She still loves
her Breckinridge, she writes, with truly womanly feeling—she still loves what is left
of him—but her parents are bitterly opposed to the match, because he has no
property and is disabled from working, and she has not sufficient means to support
both comfortably. “Now, what should she do?” she asks with painful and anxious
solicitude.

It is a delicate question; it is one which involves the lifelong happiness of a
woman, and that of nearly two-thirds of a man, and I feel that it would be assuming
too great a responsibility to do more than make a mere suggestion in the case. How
would it do to build to him? If Aurelia can afford the expense, let her furnish
her mutilated lover with wooden arms and wooden legs, and a glass eye and a wig,
and give him another show; give him ninety days, without grace, and if he does not
break his neck in the meantime, marry him and take the chances. It does not seem
to me that there is much risk, any way, Aurelia, because if he sticks to his singular
propensity for damaging himself every time he sees a good opportunity, his next
experiment is bound to finish him, and then you are safe, married or single. If
married, the wooden legs and such other valuables as he may possess revert to the
widow, and you see you sustain no actual loss save the cherished fragment of a
noble but most unfortunate husband, who honestly strove to do right, but whose
extraordinary instincts were against him. Try it, Maria. I have thought the
matter over carefully and well, and it is the only chance I see for you. It would

-- 256 --

p503-255 [figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

have been a happy conceit on the part of Caruthers if he had started with his neck
and broken that first; but since he has seen fit to choose a different policy and
string himself out as long as possible, I do not think we ought to upbraid him for it
if he has enjoyed it. We must do the best we can under the circumstances, and
try not to feel exasperated at him.

“AFTER” JENKINS.

A GRAND affair of a ball—the Pioneers'—came off at the Occidental some
time ago. The following notes of the costumes worn by the belles of the
occasion may not be uninteresting to the general reader, and Jenkins may
get an idea therefrom—

Mrs. W. M. was attired in an elegant pôté de foie gras, made expressly for her,
and was greatly admired. Miss S. had her hair done up. She was the centre of
attraction for the gentlemen and the envy of all the ladies. Mrs. G. W. was tastefully
dressed in a tout ensemble, and was greeted with deafening applause wherever
she went. Mrs. C. N. was superbly arrayed in white kid gloves. Her modest and
engaging manner accorded well with the unpretending simplicity of her costume
and caused her to be regarded with absorbing interest by every one.

The charming Miss M. M. B. appeared in a thrilling waterfall, whose exceeding
grace and volume compelled the homage of pioneers and emigrants alike. How
beautiful she was!

The queenly Mrs. L. R. was attractively attired in her new and beautiful false
teeth, and the bon jour effect they naturally produced was heightened by her
enchanting and well sustained smile.

Miss R. P., with that repugnance to ostentation in dress, which is so peculiar to
her, was attired in a simple white lace collar, fastened with a neat pearl-button
solitaire. The fine contrast between the sparkling vivacity of her natural optic, and
the steadfast attentiveness of her placid glass eye, was the subject of general and
enthusiastic remark.

Miss C. L. B. had her fine nose elegantly enamelled, and the easy grace with
which she blew it from time to time, marked her as a cultivated and accomplished
woman of the world; its exquisitely modulated tone excited the admiration of all
who had the happiness to hear it.

-- 257 --

p503-256 ABOUT BARBERS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 257. In-line image; opening image for the story "About Barbers." The image depicts a barber using a straight-razor to shave Twain, who is reclined in a chair.[end figure description]

ALL things change except barbers,
the ways of barbers, and
the surroundings of barbers.
These never change. What one experiences
in a barber's shop the first
time he enters one is what he always
experiences in barbers' shops afterwards
till the end of his days. I got
shaved this morning as usual. A man
approached the door from Jones Street
as I approached it from Main—a thing
that always happens. I hurried up, but it was of no use; he entered the door one
little step ahead of me, and I followed in on his heels and saw him take the only

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

vacant chair, the one presided over by the best barber. It always happens so. I
sat down, hoping that I might fall heir to the chair belonging to the better of the
remaining two barbers, for he had already begun combing his man's hair, while his
comrade was not yet quite done rubbing up and oiling his customer's locks. I
watched the probabilities with strong interest. When I saw that No. 2 was gaining
on No. 1 my interest grew to solicitude. When No. 1 stopped a moment to make
change on a bath ticket for a new comer, and lost ground in the race, my solicitude
rose to anxiety. When No. 1 caught up again, and both he and his comrade were
pulling the towels away and brushing the powder from their customer's cheeks,
and it was about an even thing which one would say “Next!” first, my very breath
stood still with the suspense. But when at the culminating moment No. 1 stopped
to pass a comb a couple of times through his customer's eyebrows, I saw that he
had lost the race by a single instant, and I rose indignant and quitted the shop, to
keep from falling into the hands of No. 2; for I have none of that enviable firmness
that enables a man to look calmly into the eyes of a waiting barber and tell him he
will wait for his fellow-barber's chair.

I stayed out fifteen minutes, and then went back, hoping for better luck. Of
course all the chairs were occupied now, and four men sat waiting, silent, unsociable,
distraught, and looking bored, as men always do who are awaiting their turn
in a barber's shop. I sat down in one of the iron-armed compartments of an old
sofa, and put in the time for a while reading the framed advertisements of all sorts
of quack nostrums for dyeing and coloring the hair. Then I read the greasy names
on the private bay rum bottles; read the names and noted the numbers on the
private shaving cups in the pigeon-holes; studied the stained and damaged cheap
prints on the walls, of battles, early Presidents, and voluptuous recumbent sultanas,
and the tiresome and everlasting young girl putting her grandfather's spectacles
on; execrated in my heart the cheerful canary and the distracting parrot that few
barbers' shops are without. Finally, I searched out the least dilapidated of last
year's illustrated papers that littered the foul centre-table, and conned their
unjustifiable misrepresentations of old forgotten events.

At last my turn came. A voice said “Next!” and I surrendered to—No. 2, of
course. It always happens so. I said meekly that I was in a hurry, and it affected

-- 259 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 259. Image from a masquerade ball. A man, who is dressed as a king with flowing robes, scepter, and crown, is holding onto the arm of a young woman who is wearing a frilly dress lined with ribbon.[end figure description]

him as strongly as if he had never heard it. He shoved up my head, and put a
napkin under it. He ploughed his fingers into my collar and fixed a towel there.
He explored my hair with his claws and suggested that it needed trimming. I said
I did not want it trimmed. He explored again and said it was pretty long for the
present style—better have a little taken off; it needed it behind especially. I said
I had had it cut only a week before. He yearned over it reflectively a moment,
and then asked with a disparaging manner, who cut it? I came back at him
promptly with a “You did!” I had him there. Then he fell to stirring up his
lather and regarding himself
in the glass, stopping now and
then to get close and examine his
chin critically or inspect a
pimple. Then he lathered one
side of my face thoroughly, and
was about to lather the other,
when a dog fight attracted his attention,
and he ran to the window
and stayed and saw it out,
losing two shillings on the result
in bets with the other barbers, a
thing which gave me great satisfaction.
He finished lathering, and
then began to rub in the suds
with his hand.

He now began
to sharpen his razor on an old suspender, and was delayed a good deal on account
of a controversy about a cheap masquerade ball he had figured at the night before,
in red cambric and bogus ermine, as some kind of a king. He was so gratified
with being chaffed about some damsel whom he had smitten with his charms that
he used every means to continue the controversy by pretending to be annoyed at
the chaffings of his fellows. This matter begot more surveyings of himself in the
glass, and he put down his razor and brushed his hair with elaborate care, plastering
an inverted arch of it down on his forehead, accomplishing an accurate “part”

-- 260 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 260. Image of the barber standing over a table and cleaning his kerosene lamps.[end figure description]

behind, and brushing the two wings forward over his ears with nice exactness. In
the meantime the lather was drying on my face, and apparently eating into my
vitals.

Now he began to shave, digging his fingers into my countenance to stretch the
skin and bundling and tumbling my head this way and that as convenience in
shaving demanded. As long as he was on the tough sides of my face I did not
suffer; but when he began to rake, and rip, and tug at my chin, the tears came.
He now made a handle of my nose, to assist him in shaving the corners of my
upper lip, and it was by this bit of
circumstantial evidence that I discovered
that a part of his duties in the
shop was to clean the kerosene
lamps. I had often wondered in an
indolent way whether the barbers
did that, or whether it was the
boss.

About this time
I was amusing myself trying to guess
where he would be most likely to cut
me this time, but he got ahead of
me, and sliced me on the end of the
chin before I had got my mind made
up. He immediately sharpened
his razor—he might have done it before.
I do not like a close shave, and
would not let him go over me a
second time. I tried to get him to put up his razor, dreading that he would make
for the side of my chin, my pet tender spot, a place which a razor cannot touch
twice without making trouble; but he said he only wanted to just smooth off one
little roughness, and in the same moment he slipped his razor along the forbidden
ground, and the dreaded pimple-signs of a close shave rose up smarting and
answered to the call. Now he soaked his towel in bay rum, and slapped it all over
my face nastily; slapped it over as if a human being ever yet washed his face in

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

that way. Then he dried it by slapping with the dry part of the towel, as if a
human being ever dried his face in such a fashion; but a barber seldom rubs you
like a Christian. Next he poked bay rum into the cut place with his towel, then
choked the wound with powdered starch, then soaked it with bay rum again, and
would have gone on soaking and powdering it for evermore, no doubt, if I had not
rebelled and begged off. He powdered my whole face now, straightened me up,
and began to plough my hair thoughtfully with his hands. Then he suggested a
shampoo, and said my hair needed it badly, very badly. I observed that I shampooed
it myself very thoroughly in the bath yesterday. I “had him” again. He
next recommended some of “Smith's Hair Glorifier,” and offered to sell me a
bottle. I declined. He praised the new perfume, “Jones' Delight of the Toilet,”
and proposed to sell me some of that. I declined again. He tendered me a tooth-wash
atrocity of his own invention, and when I declined offered to trade knives
with me.

He returned to business after the miscarriage of this last enterprise, sprinkled
me all over, legs and all, greased my hair in defiance of my protest against it,
rubbed and scrubbed a good deal of it out by the roots, and combed and brushed
the rest, parting it behind, and plastering the eternal inverted arch of hair down
on my forehead, and then, while combing my scant eyebrows and defiling them
with pomade, strung out an account of the achievements of a six-ounce black and
tan terrier of his till I heard the whistles blow for noon, and knew I was five minutes
too late for the train. Then he snatched away the towel, brushed it lightly
about my face, passed his comb through my eyebrows once more, and gaily sang
out “Next!”

This barber fell down and died of apoplexy two hours later. I am waiting over
a day for my revenge—I am going to attend his funeral.

-- 262 --

p503-261 “PARTY CRIES” IN IRELAND.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 262. In-line image; opening image for the story " 'Party Cries' in Ireland." Image of an Irish policeman shaking his fist at a drunken Irishman who is slumped on the ground against a large keg.[end figure description]

BELFAST is a peculiarly religious
community. This may be
said of the whole of the north
of Ireland. About one half of the
people are Protestants and the other
half Catholics. Each party does all
it can to make its own doctrines popular
and draw the affections of the
irreligious toward them. One hears
constantly of the most touching instances
of this zeal. A week ago a
vast concourse of Catholics assembled at Armagh to dedicate a new Cathedral;
and when they started home again the roadways were lined with groups of

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

meek and lowly Protestants who stoned them till all the region round about
was marked with blood. I thought that only Catholics argued in that way, but
it seems to be a mistake.

Every man in the community is a missionary and carries a brick to admonish
the erring with. The law has tried to break this up, but not with perfect
success. It has decreed that irritating “party cries” shall not be indulged in,
and that persons uttering them shall be fined forty shillings and costs. And so,
in the police court reports, every day, one sees these fines recorded. Last week
a girl twelve years old was fined the usual forty shillings and costs for proclaiming
in the public streets that she was “a Protestant.” The usual cry is,
“To hell with the Pope!” or “To hell with the Protestants!” according to the
utterer's system of salvation.

One of Belfast's local jokes was very good. It referred to the uniform and
inevitable fine of forty shillings and costs for uttering a party cry—and it is no
economical fine for a poor man, either, by the way. They say that a policeman
found a drunken man lying on the ground, up a dark alley, entertaining himself
with shouting, “To hell with!” “To hell with!” The officer smelt a fine—
informers get half:

“What's that you say?”

“To hell with!”

“To hell with who? To hell with what?

“Ah, bedad ye can finish it yourself—it's too expinsive for me!”

I think the seditious disposition, restrained by the economical instinct is
finely put, in that.

-- 264 --

p503-263 THE FACTS CONCERNING THE RECENT RESIGNATION.

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

Washington, Dec. 2, 1867.

I HAVE resigned. The Government appears to go on much the same, but there
is a spoke out of its wheel, nevertheless. I was clerk of the Senate Committee
on Conchology, and I have thrown up the position. I could see the plainest
disposition on the part of the other members of the Government to debar me
from having any voice in the counsels of the nation, and so I could no longer
hold office and retain my self-respect. If I were to detail all the outrages that
were heaped upon me during the six days that I was connected with the Government
in an official capacity, the narrative would fill a volume. They appointed me
clerk of that Committee on Conchology, and then allowed me no amanuensis to play
billiards with. I would have borne that, lonesome as it was, if I had met with that
courtesy from the other members of the Cabinet which was my due. But I did not.
Whenever I observed that the head of a department was pursuing a wrong course,
I laid down everything and went and tried to set him right, as it was my duty to
do; and I never was thanked for it in a single instance. I went, with the best
intentions in the world, to the Secretary of the Navy, and said—

“Sir, I cannot see that Admiral Farragut is doing anything but skirmishing around
there in Europe, having a sort of pic-nic. Now, that may be all very well, but it
does not exhibit itself to me in that light. If there is no fighting for him to do, let
him come home. There is no use in a man having a whole fleet for a pleasure
excursion. It is too expensive. Mind, I do not object to pleasure excursions for
the naval officers—pleasure excursions that are in reason—pleasure excursions that
are economical. Now, they might go down the Mississippi on a raft”—

You ought to have heard him storm! One would have supposed I had committed
a crime of some kind. But I didn't mind. I said it was cheap, and full of

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

republican simplicity, and perfectly safe. I said that, for a tranquil pleasure
excursion, there was nothing equal to a raft.

Then the Secretary of the Navy asked me who I was; and when I told him I
was connected with the Government, he wanted to know in what capacity. I said
that, without remarking upon the singularity of such a question, coming, as it did,
from a member of that same Government, I would inform him that I was clerk
of the Senate Committee on Conchology. Then there was a fine storm! He
finished by ordering me to leave the premises, and give my attention strictly to my
own business in future. My first impulse was to get him removed. However, that
would harm others beside himself, and do me no real good, and so I let him stay.

I went next to the Secretary of War, who was not inclined to see me at all until
he learned that I was connected with the Government. If I had not been on
important business, I suppose I could not have got in. I asked him for a light (he
was smoking at the time), and then I told him I had no fault to find with his
defending the parole stipulations of General Lee and his comrades in arms, but
that I could not approve of his method of fighting the Indians on the Plains. I
said he fought too scattering. He ought to get the Indians more together—get
them together in some convenient place, where he could have provisions enough
for both parties, and then have a general massacre. I said there was nothing so
convincing to an Indian as a general massacre. If he could not approve of the
massacre, I said the next surest thing for an Indian was soap and education. Soap
and education are not as sudden as a massacre, but they are more deadly in the
long run; because a half-massacred Indian may recover, but if you educate him
and wash him, it is bound to finish him sometime or other. It undermines his
constitution; it strikes at the foundation of his being. “Sir,” I said, “the time has
come when blood-curdling cruelty has become necessary. Inflict soap and a
spelling-book on every Indian that ravages the Plains, and let them die!”

The Secretary of War asked me if I was a member of the Cabinet, and I said I
was. He inquired what position I held, and I said I was clerk of the Senate
Committee on Conchology. I was then ordered under arrest for contempt of court,
and restrained of my liberty for the best part of the day.

I almost resolved to be silent thenceforward, and let the Government get along

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

the best way it could. But duty called, and I obeyed. I called on the Secretary
of the Treasury. He said—

“What will you have?”

The question threw me off my guard. I said, “Rum punch.”

He said, “If you have got any business here, sir, state it—and in as few words as
possible.”

I then said that I was sorry he had seen fit to change the subject so abruptly,
because such conduct was very offensive to me; but under the circumstances I
would overlook the matter and come to the point. I now went into an earnest
expostulation with him upon the extravagant length of his report. I said it was
expensive, unnecessary, and awkwardly constructed; there were no descriptive
passages in it, no poetry, no sentiment—no heroes, no plot, no pictures—not even
woodcuts. Nobody would read it, that was a clear case. I urged him not to ruin
his reputation by getting out a thing like that. If he ever hoped to succeed in
literature, he must throw more variety into his writings. He must beware of dry
detail. I said that the main popularity of the almanac was derived from its poetry
and conundrums, and that a few conundrums distributed around through his
Treasury report would help the sale of it more than all the internal revenue he
could put into it. I said these things in the kindest spirit, and yet the Secretary
of the Treasury fell into a violent passion. He even said I was an ass. He abused
me in the most vindictive manner, and said that if I came there again meddling
with his business, he would throw me out of the window. I said I would take my
hat and go, if I could not be treated with the respect due to my office, and I did
go. It was just like a new author. They always think they know more than
anybody else when they are getting out their first book. Nobody can tell them
anything.

During the whole time that I was connected with the Government it seemed as
if I could not do anything in an official capacity without getting myself into trouble.
And yet I did nothing, attempted nothing, but what I conceived to be for the good
of my country. The sting of my wrongs may have driven me to unjust and harmful
conclusions, but it surely seemed to me that the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of War, the Secretary of the Treasury, and others of my confrères, had conspired

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

from the very beginning to drive me from the Administration. I never attended
but one Cabinet meeting while I was connected with the Government. That was
sufficient for me. The servant at the White House door did not seem disposed to
make way for me until I asked if the other members of the Cabinet had arrived.
He said they had, and I entered. They were all there; but nobody offered me a
seat. They stared at me as if I had been an intruder. The President said—

“Well, sir, who are you?

I handed him my card, and he read—“The Hon. Mark Twain, Clerk of the
Senate Committee on Conchology.” Then he looked at me from head to foot, as
if he had never heard of me before. The Secretary of the Treasury said—

“This is the meddlesome ass that came to recommend me to put poetry and
conundrums in my report, as if it were an almanac.”

The Secretary of War said—“It is the same visionary that came to me yesterday
with a scheme to educate a portion of the Indians to death, and massacre the
balance.”

The Secretary of the Navy said—“I recognize this youth as the person who has
been interfering with my business time and again during the week. He is distressed
about Admiral Farragut's using a whole fleet for a pleasure excursion, as he terms
it. His proposition about some insane pleasure excursion on a raft is too absurd
to repeat.”

I said—“Gentlemen, I perceive here a disposition to throw discredit upon every
act of my official career; I perceive, also, a disposition to debar me from all voice
in the counsels of the nation. No notice whatever was sent to me to-day. It was
only by the merest chance that I learned that there was going to be a Cabinet
meeting. But let these things pass. All I wish to know is, is this a Cabinet
meeting, or is it not?”

The President said it was.

“Then,” I said, “let us proceed to business at once, and not fritter away
valuable time in unbecoming fault-findings with each other's official conduct.”

The Secretary of State now spoke up, in his benignant way, and said, “Young
man, you are laboring under a mistake. The clerks of the Congressional committees
are not members of the Cabinet. Neither are the doorkeepers of the Capitol,

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

strange as it may seem. Therefore, much as we could desire your more than
human wisdom in our deliberations, we cannot lawfully avail ourselves of it. The
counsels of the nation must proceed without you; if disaster follows, as follow full
well it may, be it balm to your sorrowing spirit, that by deed and voice you did
what in you lay to avert it. You have my blessing. Farewell.”

These gentle words soothed my troubled breast, and I went away. But the
servants of a nation can know no peace. I had hardly reached my den in the
capitol, and disposed my feet on the table like a representative, when one of the
Senators on the Conchological Committee came in in a passion and said—

“Where have you been all day?”

I observed that, if that was anybody's affair but my own, I had been to a Cabinet
meeting.

“To a Cabinet meeting? I would like to know what business you had at a
Cabinet meeting?”

I said I went there to consult—allowing for the sake of argument, that he was in
anywise concerned in the matter. He grew insolent then, and ended by saying he
had wanted me for three days past to copy a report on bomb-shells, egg-shells,
clam-shells, and I don't know what all, connected with conchology, and nobody had
been able to find me.

This was too much. This was the feather that broke the clerical camel's back.
I said, “Sir, do you suppose that I am going to work for six dollars a day? If that
is the idea, let me recommend the Senate Committee on Conchology to hire somebody
else. I am the slave of no faction! Take back your degrading commission.
Give me liberty, or give me death!”

From that hour I was no longer connected with the Government. Snubbed by
the department, snubbed by the Cabinet, snubbed at last by the chairman of a
committee I was endeavoring to adorn, I yielded to persecution, cast far from me
the perils and seductions of my great office, and forsook my bleeding country in
the hour of her peril.

But I had done the State some service, and I sent in my bill:—

The United States of America in account with the Hon. Clerk of the Senate Committee on Conchology, Dr.
To consultation with Secretary of War, $50
To consultation with Secretary of Navy, 50

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

To consultation with Secretary of the Treasury, 50
Cabinet consultation, No charge.
To mileage to and from Jerusalem,* viâ Egypt, Algiers, Gibraltar, and Cadiz, 14,000
miles, at 20c. a mile, 2800
To salary as Clerk of Senate Committee on Conchology, six days, at $6 per day, 36
Total, $2986

Not an item of this bill has been paid, except that trifle of 36 dollars for clerkship
salary. The Secretary of the Treasury, pursuing me to the last, drew his pen
through all the other items, and simply marked in the margin “Not allowed.” So,
the dread alternative is embraced at last. Repudiation has begun! The nation is
lost.

I am done with official life for the present. Let those clerks who are willing to
be imposed on remain. I know numbers of them, in the Departments, who are
never informed when there is to be a Cabinet meeting, whose advice is never asked
about war, or finance, or commerce, by the heads of the nation, any more than if
they were not connected with the Government, and who actually stay in their
offices day after day and work! They know their importance to the nation, and
they unconsciously show it in their bearing, and the way they order their sustenance
at the restaurant—but they work. I know one who has to paste all sorts of
little scraps from the newspaper into a scrap-book—sometimes as many as eight or
ten scraps a day. He doesn't do it well, but he does it as well as he can. It is
very fatiguing. It is exhausting to the intellect. Yet he only gets 1800 dollars a
year. With a brain like his, that young man could amass thousands and thousands
of dollars in some other pursuit, if he chose to do it. But no—his heart is with his
country, and he will serve her as long as she has got a scrap-book left. And I
know clerks that don't know how to write very well, but such knowledge as they
possess they nobly lay at the feet of their country, and toil on and suffer for 2500
dollars a year. What they write has to be written over again by other clerks, sometimes;
but when a man has done his best for his country, should his country complain?
Then there are clerks that have no clerkships, and are waiting, and waiting, and
waiting, for a vacancy—waiting patiently for a chance to help their country out—

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

and while they are waiting, they only get barely, 2000 dollars a year for it. It is sad—
it is very, very sad. When a member of Congress has a friend who is gifted, but has no
employment wherein his great powers may be brought to bear, he confers him upon
his country, and gives him a clerkship in a Department. And there that man has
to slave his life out, fighting documents for the benefit of a nation that never thinks
of him, never sympathizes with him—and all for 2000 or 3000 dollars a year.
When I shall have completed my list of all the clerks in the several departments,
with my statement of what they have to do, and what they get for it, you will see
that there are not half enough clerks, and that what there are do not get half
enough pay.

eaf503n15

* Territorial delegates charge mileage both ways, although they never go back when they get here
once. Why my mileage is denied me is more than I can understand.

-- 271 --

p503-270 History repeats itself.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 271. In-line image; opening image for the story "History Repeats Itself." The picture shows Twain as a small child being reprimanded by his grandmother. She is holding his ear and threatening him with a straw broom. He is yelping in pain and dropping the deck of cards that he was gambling with.[end figure description]

THE following I find in a
Sandwich Island paper which
some friend has sent me from
that tranquil far-off retreat. The
coincidence between my own experience
and that here set down
by the late Mr. Benton is so remarkable
that I cannot forbear
publishing and commenting upon
the paragraph. The Sandwich
Island paper says:—

“How touching is this tribute of the late
Hon. T. H. Benton to his mother's influence:—
`My mother asked me never to
use tobacco; I have never touched it from
that time to the present day. She asked
me not to gamble, and I have never gambled.
I cannot tell who is losing in games
that are being played. She admonished
me, too, against liquor-drinking, and whatever
capacity for endurance I have at
present, and whatever usefulness I may
have attained through life, I attribute to
having complied with her pious and correct
wishes. When I was seven years of
age she asked me not to drink, and then
I made a resolution of total abstinence;
and that I have adhered to it through all
time I owe to my mother.”'

I never saw anything so curious. It is almost an exact epitome of my own
moral career—after simply substituting a grandmother for a mother. How
well I remember my grandmother's asking me not to use tobacco, good
old soul! She said, “You're at it again, are you, you whelp? Now, don't
ever let me catch you chewing tobacco before breakfast again, or I lay I'll blacksnake
you within an inch of your life!” I have never touched it at that hour
of the morning from that time to the present day.

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

She asked me not to gamble. She whispered and said, “Put up those wicked
cards this minute!—two pair and a jack, you numskull, and the other fellow's
got a flush!”

I never have gambled from that day to this—never once—without a “cold
deck” in my pocket. I cannot even tell who is going to lose in games that are
being played unless I dealt myself.

When I was two years of age she asked me not to drink, and then I made a
resolution of total abstinence. That I have adhered to it and enjoyed the beneficent
effects of it through all time, I owe to my grandmother. I have never
drunk a drop from that day to this of any kind of water.

-- 273 --

p503-272 HONOURED AS A CURIOSITY.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 273. In-line image; opening image for the story "Honoured As A Curiosity." Image of Twain in conversation with a missionary. The men are standing in the foreground and the missionary is pointing backwards towards a camp of straw houses and church.[end figure description]

IF you get into conversation with
a stranger in Honolulu, and experience
that natural desire to
know what sort of ground you are
treading on by finding out what
manner of man your stranger is,
strike out boldly and address him
as “Captain.” Watch him narrowly,
and if you see by his countenance
that you are on the wrong
track, ask him where he preaches.
It is a safe bet that he is either a
missionary or captain of a whaler.
I became personally acquainted with seventy-two captains and ninety-six
missionaries. The captains and ministers form one-half of the population;

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

the third fourth is composed of common Kanakas and mercantile foreigners
and their families; and the final fourth is made up of high officers of the
Hawaiian Government. And there are just about cats enough for three apiece
all around.

A solemn stranger met me in the suburbs one day, and said:

“Good morning, your reverence. Preach in the stone church yonder, no
doubt!”

“No, I don't. I'm not a preacher.”

“Really, I beg your pardon, captain. I trust you had a good season. How
much oil” —

“Oil! Why what do you take me for? I'm not a whaler.”

“Oh! I beg a thousands pardons, your Excellency. Major-General in the
household troops, no doubt? Minister of the Interior, likely? Secretary of
War? First Gentleman of the Bedchamber? Commissioner of the Royal”—

“Stuff! man. I'm not connected in any way with the Government.”

“Bless my life! Then who the mischief are you? what the mischief are you?
and how the mischief did you get here? and where in thunder did you come
from?”

“I'm only a private personage—an unassuming stranger—lately arrived from
America.”

“No! Not a missionary! not a whaler! not a member of his Majesty's
Government! not even Secretary of the Navy! Ah! heaven! it is too blissful
to be true; alas! I do but dream. And yet that noble, honest countenance—
those oblique, ingenuous eyes—that massive head, incapable of—of anything;
your hand; give me your hand, bright waif. Excuse these tears. For sixteen
weary years I have yearned for a moment like this, and”—

Here his feeling were too much for him, and he swooned away. I pitied this
poor creature from the bottom of my heart. I was deeply moved. I shed a few
tears on him, and kissed him for his mother. I then took what small change
he had, and “shoved.”

-- 275 --

p503-274 THE LATE BENJAMIN FRANKLIN.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 275. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Late Benjamin Franklin." Image depicts Twain and a small boy standing out in a lightning storm. The boy looks horrified as Franklin stands in the storm holding onto a kite that has a key attached to the line.[end figure description]

[“Never put off till to-morrow what you
can do day after to-morrow just as well.”—B.
F.]

THIS party was one of those
persons whom they call Philosophers.
He was twins,
being born simultaneously in two
different houses in the city of Boston.
These houses remain unto this day,
and have signs upon them worded
in accordance with the facts. The
signs are considered well enough to
have, though not necessary, because
the inhabitants point out the two
birth-places to the stranger anyhow,
and sometimes as often as several
times in the same day. The subject of this memoir was of a vicious disposition,
and early prostituted his talents to the invention of maxims and aphorisms

-- 276 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 276. Image of a small boy studying his algebra by the light of a smoldering fire.[end figure description]

calculated to inflict suffering upon the rising generation of all subsequent ages.
His simplest acts, also, were contrived with a view to their being held up for
the emulation of boys for ever—boys who might otherwise have been happy.
It was in this spirit that he became the son of a soap-boiler, and probably for
no other reason than that the efforts of all future boys who tried to be anything
might be looked upon with suspicion unless they were the sons of soap-boilers.
With a malevolence which is without parallel in history, he would work all day,
and then sit up nights, and let on to be studying algebra by the light of a
smouldering fire, so that all other
boys might have to do that also, or
else have Benjamin Franklin thrown
up to them. Not satisfied with these
proceedings, he had a fashion of
living wholly on bread and water,
and studying astronomy at meal
time—a thing which has brought
affliction to millions of boys since,
whose fathers had read Franklin's
pernicious biography.

His maxims were full of animosity
towards boys. Nowadays
a boy cannot follow out a single
natural instinct without tumbling
over some of those everlasting aphorisms
and hearing from Franklin on
the spot. If he buys two cents' worth of peanuts, his father says, “Remember
what Franklin has said, my son—`A groat a day's a penny a year;”' and the
comfort is all gone out of those peanuts. If he wants to spin his top when he
has done work, his father quotes, “Procrastination is the thief of time.” If
he does a virtuous action, he never gets any thing for it, because “Virtue is
its own reward.” And that boy is hounded to death and robbed of his natural
rest, because Franklin said once, in one of his inspired flights of malignity—

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]



“Early to bed and early to rise
Makes a man healthy and wealthy and wise.”

As if it were any object to a boy to be healthy and wealthy and wise on such
terms. The sorrow that that maxim has cost me through my parents' experimenting
on me with it, tongue cannot tell. The legitimate result is my present state
of general debility, indigence, and mental aberration. My parents used to have
me up before nine o'clock in the morning, sometimes, when I was a boy. If
they had let me take my natural rest, where would I have been now? Keeping
store, no doubt, and respected by all.

And what an adroit old adventurer the subject of this memoir was! In
order to get a chance to fly his kite on Sunday he used to hang a key on the
string and let on to be fishing for lightning. And a guileless public would go
home chirping about the “wisdom” and the “genius” of the hoary Sabbathbreaker.
If anybody caught him playing “mumble-peg” by himself, after the
age of sixty, he would immediately appear to be ciphering out how the grass
grew—as if it was any of his business. My grandfather knew him well, and he
says Franklin was always fixed—always ready. If a body, during his old age,
happened on him unexpectedly when he was catching flies, or making mud
pies, or sliding on a cellar-door, he would immediately look wise, and rip out a
maxim, and walk off with his nose in the air and his cap turned wrong side
before, trying to appear absent-minded and eccentric. He was a hard lot.

He invented a stove that would smoke your head off in four hours by the
clock. One can see the almost devilish satisfaction he took in it by his giving
it his name.

He was always proud of telling how he entered Philadelphia for the first time,
with nothing in the world but two shillings in his pocket and four rolls of
bread under his arm. But really, when you come to examine it critically, it
was nothing. Anybody could have done it.

To the subject of this memoir belongs the honor of recommending the army
to go back to bows and arrows in place of bayonets and muskets. He observed,
with his customary force, that the bayonet was very well under some circumstances,
but that he doubted whether it could be used with accuracy at a long
range.

-- 278 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 278. Image of a small boy standing on a platform over a giant vat boiling soap. He is surrounded by plumes of steam.[end figure description]

Benjamin Franklin did a great many notable things for his country, and
made her young name to be honored in many lands as the mother of such a son.
It is not the idea of this memoir to ignore that or cover it up. No; the simple
idea of it is to snub those pretentious maxims of his, which he worked up with
a great show of originality out of truisms that had become wearisome platitudes
as early as the dispersion from Babel; and also to snub his stove, and his military
inspirations, his unseemly endeavor to make himself conspicuous when he
entered Philadelphia, and his flying
his kite and fooling away his time
in all sorts of such ways when he
ought to have been foraging for soapfat,
or constructing candles. I merely
desired to do away with somewhat of
the prevalent calamitous idea
among heads of families that
Franklin acquired his great genius by
working for nothing, studying by
moonlight, and getting up in the
night instead of waiting till morning
like a Christian; and that this
programme, rigidly inflicted, will
make a Franklin of every father's
fool. It is time these gentlemen
were finding out that these execrable eccentricities of instinct and conduct are
only the evidences of genius, not the creators of it. I wish I had been the father
of my parents long enough to make them comprehend this truth, and thus
prepare them to let their son have an easier time of it. When I was a child I
had to boil soap, notwithstanding my father was wealthy, and I had to get up
early and study geometry at breakfast, and peddle my own poetry, and do everything
just as Franklin did, in the solemn hope that I would be a Franklin some
day. And here I am.

-- 279 --

p503-278 THE “BLIND LETTER” DEPARTMENT, LONDON P. O.

To Fred Sidney Esq, Theatre Royal Stockton-on-Tees.
By whom we are Surrounded.
[figure description] 503EAF. Page 279. In-line image; opening images for the story "The 'Blind Letter' Department, London P.O." There are three images, with one across the top of the page and the other two, which are designed as postcards, flanking both vertical sides of the page. The top image shows a group of dogs staring at a theater sign. The left image depicts Miss Brooke of Kings Worthy, Winchester. She is standing outside of her house dressed for winter weather and leaning on the head of her umbrella. The right image shows the one clerk who works in the blind letter department.[end figure description]

ABOUT the
most curious
feature of the
London post-office
is the “Blind-Letter”
Department. Only
one clerk is employed
in it and
sometimes his place
is a sinecure for a
day at a time, and
then against it is just
the reverse. His
specialty is a wonderful
knack in the
way of deciphering atrocious penmanship. That man can read anything
that is done with a pen. All superscriptions are carried to him which the
mighty army of his fellow clerks cannot make out, and he spells them off
like print and sends them on their way. He keeps in a book, fac-similes of

-- 280 --

Dundreary Dreams Of Home
[To The Majesty The Queen,
And The Princess of Wales.]
[figure description] 503EAF. Page 280. Two images. The first depicts the clerk Dundreary dreaming. His dream shows his wife and children and also an address in New York. The second image is an illustration of indecipherable handwriting from a postcard addressed to the Queen and the Princess of Wales.[end figure description]

the most astonishing specimens he comes across. He also keeps fac-similes of
many of the envelopes that pass through the office with queer pictures drawn
upon them. He was kind enough to have some of the picture-envelopes and
execrable superscriptions copied for me, (the latter with “translations” added,)
and I here offer them for the inspection of the curious reader.

-- --

[Rev'd E.W. Edgell,
40 York St., Gloucester Place, London.]
From Dr. Livingstone To His Daughter.
Sent by one clergyman to another.
[figure description] 503EAF. Page 280. Three images that are examples of postcards. The two top cards illustrate different handwriting samples while the bottom image is of a card sent from one clergyman to another. The card depicts the Intelligence Office for Ministers and shows two men examining a row of clergymen.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Page 281. Five postcard images with varying addresses.[end figure description]

-- 283 --

p503-282 FIRST INTERVIEW WITH ARTEMUS WARD.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 282. In-line image; opening image from the story "First Interview With Artemus Ward." The image depicts Twain and Ward sitting at a table in a restaurant talking. In the background a man dining alone and reading a newspaper listens in to the conversation.[end figure description]

I HAD never seen him before. He brought letters of introduction from mutual
friends in San Francisco, and by invitation I breakfasted with him. It was
almost religion, there in the silver mines, to precede such a meal with whiskey
cocktails. Artemus, with the true cosmopolitan instinct, always deferred to the
customs of the country he was in, and so he ordered three of those abominations.
Hingston was present. I said I would rather not drink a whiskey cocktail. I
said it would go right to my head, and confuse me so that I would be in a helpless
tangle in ten minutes. I did not want to act like a lunatic before strangers. But

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

Artemus gently insisted, and I drank the treasonable mixture under protest, and
felt all the time that I was doing a thing I might be sorry for. In a minute or two
I began to imagine that my ideas were clouded. I waited in great anxiety for the
conversation to open, with a sort of vague hope that my understanding would prove
clear, after all, and my misgivings groundless.

Artemus dropped an unimportant remark or two, and then assumed a look of
superhuman earnestness, and made the following astounding speech. He said:—

“Now there is one thing I ought to ask you about before I forget it. You have
been here in Silverland—here in Nevada—two or three years, and, of course, your
position on the daily press has made it necessary for you to go down in the mines
and examine them carefully in detail, and therefore you know all about the silvermining
business. Now, what I want to get at is—is, well, the way the deposits of
ore are made, you know. For instance. Now, as I understand it, the vein which
contains the silver is sandwiched in between casings of granite, and runs along the
ground, and sticks up like a curb-stone. Well, take a vein forty feet thick, for
example, or eighty, for that matter, or even a hundred—say you go down on it with
a shaft, straight down, you know, or with what you call `incline,' maybe you go
down five hundred feet, or maybe you don't go down but two hundred—any way
you go down, and all the time this vein grows narrower, when the casings come
nearer or approach each other, you may say—that is, when they do approach, which
of course they do not always do, particularly in cases where the nature of the
formation is such that they stand apart wider than they otherwise would, and which
geology has failed to account for, although everything in that science goes to prove
that, all things being equal, it would if it did not, or would not certainly if it did,
and then of course they are. Do not you think it is?”

I said to myself:—

“Now I just knew how it would be—that whiskey cocktail has done the business
for me; I don't understand any more than a clam.”

And then I said aloud—

“I—I—that is—if you don't mind, would you—would you say that over again?
I ought”—

“Oh, certainly, certainly! You see I am very unfamiliar with the subject, and
perhaps I don't present my case clearly, but I”—

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

“No, no—no, no—you state it plain enough, but that cocktail has muddled me
a little. But I will—no, I do understand for that matter; but I would get the
hang of it all the better if you went over it again—and I'll pay better attention this
time.”

He said, “Why, what I was after was this.”

[Here he became even more fearfully impressive than ever, and emphasized each
particular point by checking it off on his finger ends.]

“This vein, or lode, or ledge, or whatever you call it, runs along between two
layers of granite, just the same as if it were a sandwich. Very well. Now, suppose
you go down on that, say a thousand feet, or maybe twelve hundred (it don't really
matter), before you drift, and then you start your drifts, some of them across the
ledge, and others along the length of it, where the sulphurets—I believe they call
them sulphurets, though why they should, considering that, so far as I can see, the
main dependence of a miner does not so lie, as some suppose, but in which it cannot
be successfully maintained, wherein the same should not continue, while part
and parcel of the same ore not committed to either in the sense referred to, whereas,
under different circumstances, the most inexperienced among us could not detect
it if it were, or might overlook it if it did, or scorn the very idea of such a thing,
even though it were palpably demonstrated as such. Am I not right?”

I said, sorrowfully—“I feel ashamed of myself, Mr. Ward. I know I ought to
understand you perfectly well, but you see that treacherous whiskey cocktail has
got into my head, and now I cannot understand even the simplest proposition. I
told you how it would be.”

“Oh, don't mind it, don't mind it; the fault was my own, no doubt—though I
did think it clear enough for”—

“Don't say a word. Clear! Why, you stated it as clear as the sun to anybody
but an abject idiot; but it's that confounded cocktail that has played the mischief.”

“No; now don't say that. I'll begin it all over again, and”—

“Don't now—for goodness sake, don't do anything of the kind, because I tell
you my head is in such a condition that I don't believe I could understand the
most trifling question a man could ask me.”

“Now, don't you be afraid. I'll put it so plain this time that you can't help but
get the hang of it. We will begin at the very beginning.” [Leaning far across the

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

table, with determined impressiveness wrought upon his every feature, and fingers
prepared to keep tally of each point as enumerated; and I, leaning forward with
painful interest, resolved to comprehend or perish.] “You know the vein, the
ledge, the thing that contains the metal, whereby it constitutes the medium between
all other forces, whether of present or remote agencies, so brought to bear in favor
of the former against the latter, or the latter against the former or all, or both, or
compromising the relative differences existing within the radius whence culminate
the several degrees of similarity to which”—

I said—“Oh, hang my wooden head, it ain't any use!—it ain't any use to try—
I can't understand anything. The plainer you get it the more I can't get the hang
of it.”

I heard a suspicious noise behind me, and turned in time to see Hingston
dodging behind a newspaper, and quaking with a gentle ecstasy of laughter. I
looked at Ward again, and he had thrown off his dread solemnity and was laughing
also. Then I saw that I had been sold—that I had been made the victim of a
swindle in the way of a string of plausibly worded sentences that didn't mean anything
under the sun. Artemus Ward was one of the best fellows in the world, and
one of the most companionable. It has been said that he was not fluent in conversation,
but, with the above experience in my mind, I differ.

-- 287 --

p503-286 CANNIBALISM IN THE CARS.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 287. In-line image; opening images for the story "Cannibalism In The Cars." The top image is of a train car stuck on the snow bound tracks. The headlight from the front car is spotlighting a group of people trapped in chest-deep snow. They are waving their hands for help. The bottom image depicts the inside of a carriage, with two well-dressed men staring at each other angrily. A woman sits behind them frightened by their behavior.[end figure description]

I VISITED St Louis lately, and on my
way west, after changing cars at Terre
Haute, Indiana, a mild, benevolent-looking
gentleman of about forty-five, or
may be fifty, came in at one of the way-stations
and sat down beside me. We
talked together pleasantly on various subjects
for an hour, perhaps, and I found
him exceedingly intelligent and entertaining.
When he learned that I was from
Washington, he immediately began to ask
questions about various public men, and
about Congressional affairs; and I saw
very shortly that I was conversing with a man who was perfectly familiar
with the ins and outs of political life at the Capital, even to the ways and

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

manners, and customs of procedure of Senators and Representatives in the
Chambers of the National Legislature. Presently two men halted near us for a
single moment, and one said to the other:

“Harris, if you'll do that for me, I'll never forget you, my boy.”

My new comrade's eyes lighted pleasantly. The words had touched upon a
happy memory, I thought. Then his face settled into thoughtfulness—almost into
gloom. He turned to me and said, “Let me tell you a story; let me give you a
secret chapter of my life—a chapter that has never been referred to by me since its
events transpired. Listen patiently, and promise that you will not interrupt me.”

I said I would not, and he related the following strange adventure, speaking
sometimes with animation, sometimes with melancholy, but always with feeling
and earnestness.

The Stranger's Narrative.

“On the 19th of December, 1853, I started from St. Louis on the evening train
bound for Chicago. There were only twenty-four passengers, all told. There
were no ladies and no children. We were in excellent spirits, and pleasant
acquaintanceships were soon formed. The journey bade fair to be a happy one;
and no individual in the party, I think, had even the vaguest presentiment of the
horrors we were soon to undergo.

“At 11 P. M. it began to snow hard. Shortly after leaving the small village of
Welden, we entered upon that tremendous prairie solitude that stretches its leagues
on leagues of houseless dreariness far away towards the Jubilee Settlements. The
winds, unobstructed by trees or hills, or even vagrant rocks, whistled fiercely across
the level desert, driving the falling snow before it like spray from the crested waves
of a stormy sea. The snow was deepening fast; and we knew, by the diminished
speed of the train, that the engine was ploughing through it with steadily increasing
difficulty. Indeed, it almost came to a dead halt sometimes, in the midst of great
drifts that piled themselves like colossal graves across the track. Conversation
began to flag. Cheerfulness gave place to grave concern. The possibility of being
imprisoned in the snow, on the bleak prairie, fifty miles from any house, presented
itself to every mind, and extended its depressing influence over every spirit.

“At two o'clock in the morning I was aroused out of an uneasy slumber by the

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

ceasing of all motion about me. The appalling truth flashed upon me instantly—
we were captives in a snow-drift! `All hands to the rescue!' Every man sprang
to obey. Out into the wild night, the pitchy darkness, the billowy snow, the
driving storm, every soul leaped, with the consciousness that a moment lost now
might bring destruction to us all. Shovels, hands, boards—anything, everything
that could displace snow, was brought into instant requisition. It was a weird
picture, that small company of frantic men fighting the banking snows, half in the
blackest shadow and half in the angry light of the locomotive's reflector.

“One short hour sufficed to prove the utter uselessness of our efforts. The storm
barricaded the track with a dozen drifts while we dug one away. And worse than
this, it was discovered that the last grand charge the engine had made upon the
enemy had broken the fore-and-aft shaft of the driving-wheel! With a free track
before us we should still have been helpless. We entered the car wearied with
labor, and very sorrowful. We gathered about the stoves, and gravely canvassed
our situation. We had no provisions whatever—in this lay our chief distress. We
could not freeze, for there was a good supply of wood in the tender. This was our
only comfort. The discussion ended at last in accepting the disheartening decision
of the conductor, viz., that it would be death for any man to attempt to travel fifty
miles on foot through snow like that. We could not send for help; and even
if we could, it could not come. We must submit, and await, as patiently as we
might, succor or starvation! I think the stoutest heart there felt a momentary
chill when those words were uttered.

“Within the hour conversation subsided to a low murmur here and there about
the car, caught fitfully between the rising and falling of the blast; the lamps grew
dim; and the majority of the castaways settled themselves among the flickering
shadows to think—to forget the present, if they could—to sleep, if they might.

“The eternal night—it surely seemed eternal to us—wore its lagging hours away
at last, and the cold grey dawn broke in the east. As the light grew stronger the
passengers began to stir and give signs of life, one after another, and each in turn
pushed his slouched hat up from his forehead, stretched his stiffened limbs, and
glanced out at the windows upon the cheerless prospect. It was cheerless indeed!—
not a living thing visible anywhere, not a human habitation; nothing but a vast

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

white desert; uplifted sheets of snow drifting hither and thither before the wind—
a world of eddying flakes shutting out the firmament above.

“All day we moped about the cars, saying little, thinking much. Another lingering
dreary night—and hunger.

“Another dawning—another day of silence, sadness, wasting hunger, hopeless
watching for succor that could not come. A night of restless slumber, filled with
dreams of feasting—wakings distressed with the gnawings of hunger.

“The fourth day came and went—and the fifth! Five days of dreadful imprisonment!
A savage hunger looked out at every eye. There was in it a sign of awful
import—the foreshadowing of a something that was vaguely shaping itself in every
heart—a something which no tongue dared yet to frame into words.

“The sixth day passed—the seventh dawned upon as gaunt and haggard and
hopeless a company of men as ever stood in the shadow of death. It must out now!
That thing which had been growing up in every heart was ready to leap from every
lip at last! Nature had been taxed to the utmost—she must yield. Richard H.
Gaston,
of Minnesota, tall, cadaverous, and pale, rose up. All knew what was
coming. All prepared—every emotion, every semblance of excitement was
smothered—only a calm, thoughtful seriousness appeared in the eyes that were
lately so wild.

“`Gentlemen,—It cannot be delayed longer! The time is at hand! We must
determine which of us shall die to furnish food for the rest!'

“Mr. John J. Williams, of Illinois, rose and said: `Gentlemen,—I nominate
the Rev. James Sawyer, of Tennessee.'

Mr. Wm. R. Adams, of Indiana, said: `I nominate Mr. Daniel Slote, of New York.'

“Mr. Charles J. Langdon: `I nominate Mr. Samuel A. Bowen, of St. Louis.'

“Mr. Slote: `Gentlemen,—I desire to decline in favor of Mr. John A. Van
Nostrand, Jun., of New Jersey.'

“Mr. Gaston: `If there be no objection, the gentleman's desire will be acceded
to.'

“Mr. Van Nostrand objecting, the resignation of Mr. Slote was rejected. The
resignations of Messrs. Sawyer and Bowen were also offered, and refused upon the
same grounds.

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

“Mr. A. L. Bascom, of Ohio: `I move that the nominations now close, and that
the House proceed to an election by ballot.'

“Mr. Sawyer: `Gentlemen,—I protest earnestly against these proceedings.
They are, in every way, irregular and unbecoming. I must beg to move that they
be dropped at once, and that we elect a chairman of the meeting and proper officers
to assist him, and then we can go on with the business before us understandingly.'

“Mr. Bell, of Iowa: `Gentlemen,—I object. This is no time to stand upon
forms and ceremonious observances. For more than seven days we have been
without food. Every moment we lose in idle discussion increases our distress. I
am satisfied with the nominations that have been made—every gentleman present
is, I believe—and I, for one, do not see why we should not proceed at once to elect
one or more of them. I wish to offer a resolution—'

“Mr. Gaston: `It would be objected to, and have to lie over one day under
the rules, thus bringing about the very delay you wish to avoid. The gentleman
from New Jersey—'

“Mr. Van Nostrand: `Gentlemen,—I am a stranger among you; I have not
sought the distinction that has been conferred upon me, and I feel a delicacy—'

“Mr. Morgan, of Alabama (interrupting): `I move the previous question.'

“The motion was carried, and further debate shut off, of course. The motion
to elect officers was passed, and under it Mr. Gaston was chosen chairman, Mr.
Blake secretary, Messrs. Holcomb, Dyer, and Baldwin, a committee on nominations,
and Mr. R. M. Howland, purveyor, to assist the committee in making selections.

“A recess of half an hour was then taken, and some little caucussing followed.
At the sound of the gavel the meeting reassembled, and the committee reported in
favor of Messrs. George Ferguson, of Kentucky, Lucien Herrman, of Louisiana,
and W. Messick, of Colorado, as candidates. The report was accepted.

“Mr. Rogers, of Missouri: `Mr. President,—The report being properly before
the House now, I move to amend it by substituting for the name of Mr. Herrman
that of Mr. Lucius Harris, of St. Louis, who is well and honorably known to us all.
I do not wish to be understood as casting the least reflection upon the high character
and standing of the gentleman from Louisiana—far from it. I respect and
esteem him as much as any gentleman here present possibly can; but none of us

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

can be blind to the fact that he has lost more flesh during the week that we have
lain here than any among us—none of us can be blind to the fact that the committee
has been derelict in its duty, either through negligence or a graver fault, in
thus offering for our suffrages a gentleman who, however pure his own motives may
be, has really less nutriment in him—'

The Chair: `The gentleman from Missouri will take his seat. The Chair
cannot allow the integrity of the Committee to be questioned save by the regular
course, under the rules. What action will the House take upon the gentleman's
motion?'

“Mr. Halliday, of Virginia: `I move to further amend the report by substituting
Mr. Harvey Davis, of Oregon, for Mr. Messick. It may be urged by
gentlemen that the hardships and privations of a frontier life have rendered Mr.
Davis tough; but, gentlemen, is this a time to cavil at toughness? is this a time to
be fastidious concerning trifles? is this a time to dispute about matters of paltry
significance? No, gentlemen, bulk is what we desire—substance, weight, bulk—
these are the supreme requisites now—not talent, not genius, not education. I
insist upon my motion.'

“Mr. Morgan (excitedly): `Mr. Chairman,—I do most strenuously object to
this amendment. The gentleman from Oregon is old, and furthermore is bulky
only in bone—not in flesh. I ask the gentleman from Virginia if it is soup we
want instead of solid sustenance? if he would delude us with shadows? if he would
mock our suffering with an Oregonian spectre? I ask him if he can look upon the
anxious faces around him, if he can gaze into our sad eyes, if he can listen to the
beating of our expectant hearts, and still thrust this famine-stricken fraud upon us?
I ask him if he can think of our desolate state, of our past sorrows, of our dark
future, and still unpityingly foist upon us this wreck, this ruin; this tottering swindle,
this gnarled and blighted and sapless vagabond from Oregon's inhospitable shores?
Never!' (Applause.)

“The amendment was put to vote, after a fiery debate, and lost. Mr. Harris was
substituted on the first amendment. The balloting then began. Five ballots were
held without a choice. On the sixth, Mr. Harris was elected, all voting for him
but himself. It was then moved that his election should be ratified by acclamation,
which was lost, in consequence of his again voting against himself.

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

“Mr. Radway moved that the House now take up the remaining candidates, and
go into an election for breakfast. This was carried.

“On the first ballot there was a tie, half the members favoring one candidate on
account of his youth, and half favoring the other on account of his superior size.
The President gave the casting vote for the latter, Mr. Messick. This decision
created considerable dissatisfaction among the friends of Mr. Ferguson, the defeated
candidate, and there was some talk of demanding a new ballot; but in the midst
of it, a motion to adjourn was carried, and the meeting broke up at once.

“The preparations for supper diverted the attention of the Ferguson faction from
the discussion of their grievance for a long time, and then, when they would have
taken it up again, the happy announcement that Mr. Harris was ready, drove all
thought of it to the winds.

“We improvised tables by propping up the backs of car-seats, and sat down with
hearts full of gratitude to the finest supper that had blessed our vision for seven
torturing days. How changed we were from what we had been a few short hours
before! Hopeless, sad-eyed misery, hunger, feverish anxiety, desperation, then—
thankfulness, serenity, joy too deep for utterance now. That I know was the
cheeriest hour of my eventful life. The wind howled, and blew the snow wildly
about our prison-house, but they were powerless to distress us any more. I liked
Harris. He might have been better done, perhaps, but I am free to say that no
man ever agreed with me better than Harris, or afforded me so large a degree of
satisfaction. Messick was very well, though rather high-flavored, but for genuine
nutritiousness and delicacy of fibre, give me Harris. Messick had his good points—
I will not attempt to deny it, nor do I wish to do it—but he was no more fitted
for breakfast than a mummy would be, sir—not a bit. Lean?—why, bless me!—
and tough? Ah, he was very tough! You could not imagine it,—you could never
imagine anything like it.”

“Do you mean to tell me that—”

“Do not interrupt me, please. After breakfast we elected a man by the name of
Walker, from Detroit, for supper. He was very good. I wrote his wife so afterwards.
He was worthy of all praise. I shall always remember Walker. He was
a little rare, but very good. And then the next morning we had Morgan, of Alabama,
for breakfast. He was one of the finest men I ever sat down to,—handsome

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

educated, refined, spoke several languages fluently—a perfect gentleman—he was
a perfect gentleman, and singularly juicy. For supper we had that Oregon patriarch,
and he was a fraud, there is no question about it—old, scraggy, tough, nobody
can picture the reality. I finally said, gentlemen, you can do as you like, but I
will wait for another election. And Grimes, of Illinois, said, `Gentlemen, I will
wait also. When you elect a man that has something to recommend him, I shall be
glad to join you again.' It soon became evident that there was general dissatisfaction
with Davis, of Oregon, and so, to preserve the good-will that had prevailed so
pleasantly since we had had Harris, an election was called, and the result of it was
that Baker, of Georgia, was chosen. He was splendid! Well, well—after that we
liad Doolittle and Hawkins, and McElroy (there was some complaint about McElroy,
because he was uncommonly short and thin), and Penrod, and two Smiths, and
Bailey (Bailey had a wooden leg, which was clear loss, but he was otherwise good),
and an Indian boy, and an organ grinder, and a gentleman by the name of Buckminster—
a poor stick of a vagabond that wasn't any good for company and no
account for breakfast. We were glad we got him elected before relief came.”

“And so the blessed relief did come at last?”

“Yes, it came one bright, sunny morning, just after election. John Murphy was
the choice, and there never was a better, I am willing to testify; but John Murphy
came home with us, in the train that came to succor us, and lived to marry the
widow Harris—”

“Relict of—”

“Relict of our first choice. He married her, and is happy and respected and
prosperous yet. Ah, it was like a novel, sir—it was like a romance. This is my
stopping-place, sir; I must bid you good-by. Any time that you can make it convenient
to tarry a day or two with me, I shall be glad to have you. I like you, sir;
I have conceived an affection for you. I could like you as well as I liked Harris
himself, sir. Good day, sir, and a pleasant journey.”

He was gone. I never felt so stunned, so distressed, so bewildered in my life.
But in my soul I was glad he was gone. With all his gentleness of manner and his
soft voice, I shuddered whenever he turned his hungry eye upon me; and when I
heard that I had achieved his perilous affection, and that I stood almost with the
late Harris in his esteem, my heart fairly stood still!

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

I was bewildered beyond description. I did not doubt his word; I could not
question a single item in a statement so stamped with the earnestness of truth as
his; but its dreadful details overpowered me, and threw my thoughts into hopeless
confusion. I saw the conductor looking at me. I said, “Who is that man?”

“He was a member of Congress once, and a good one. But he got caught in a
snowdrift in the cars, and like to been starved to death. He got so frost-bitten
and frozen up generally, and used up for want of something to eat, that he was sick
and out of his head two or three months afterwards. He is all right now, only he
is a monomaniac, and when he gets on that old subject he never stops till he has
eat up that whole car-load of people he talks about. He would have finished the
crowd by this time, only he had to get out here. He has got their names as pat as
A, B, C. When he gets them all eat up but himself, he always says:—`Then the
hour for the usual election for breakfast having arrived, and there being no opposition,
I was duly elected, after which, there being no objections offered, I resigned.
Thus I am here.”'

I felt inexpressibly relieved to know that I had only been listening to the harmless
vagaries of a madman instead of the genuine experiences of a bloodthirsty
cannibal.

-- 296 --

p503-295 The Scriptural Panoramist.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 296. In-line image; opening image for the story "The Scriptural Panoramist." The picture shows the Panoramist standing on stage in front of one of his murals staring in horror, eyes bugged out, at the pianist playing at the foot of the stage.[end figure description]

“THERE was a fellow traveling
around in that country,” said
Mr. Nickerson, “with a moralreligious
show—a sort of scriptural
panorama—and he hired a woodenheaded
old slab to play the piano for
him. After the first night's performance
the showman says—

“`My friend, you seem to know
pretty much all the tunes there are,
and you worry along first-rate. But
then, don't you notice that sometimes
last night the piece you happened
to be playing was a little rough on the proprieties, so to speak—didn't
seem to jibe with the general gait of the picture that was passing at the time,

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

as it were—was a little foreign to the subject, you know—as if you didn't either
trump or follow suit, you understand?'

“`Well, no,' the fellow said; `he hadn't noticed, but it might be; he had
played along just as it came handy.'

“So they put it up that the simple old dummy was to keep his eye on the panorama
after that, and as soon as a stunning picture was reeled out he was to fit
it to a dot with a piece of music that would help the audience to get the idea of
the subject, and warm them up like a camp-meeting revival. That sort of thing
would corral their sympathies, the showman said.

“There was a big audience that night—mostly middle-aged and old people
who belong to the church, and took a strong interest in Bible matters, and the
balance were pretty much young bucks and heifers—they always come out
strong on panoramas, you know, because it gives them a chance to taste one
another's complexions in the dark.

“Well, the showman began to swell himself up for his lecture, and the old
mud-dobber tackled the piano and ran his fingers up and down once or twice
to see that she was all right, and the fellows behind the curtain commenced to
grind out the panorama. The showman balanced his weight on his right foot,
and propped his hands over his hips, and flung his eyes over his shoulder at
the scenery, and said—

“`Ladies and gentlemen, the painting now before you illustrates the beautiful
and touching parable of the Prodigal Son. Observe the happy expression just
breaking over the features of the poor, suffering youth—so worn and weary
with his long march; note also the ecstasy beaming from the uplifted countenance
of the aged father, and the joy that sparkles in the eyes of the excited
group of youths and maidens, and seems ready to burst into the welcoming
chorus from their lips. The lesson, my friends, is as solemn and instructive as
the story is tender and beautiful.'

“The mud-dobber was all ready, and when the second speech was finished,
struck up—



“`Oh, we'll all get blind drunk,
When Johnny comes marching home!'

“Some of the people giggled, and some groaned a little. The showman

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

couldn't say a word; he looked at the pianist sharp, but he was all lovely and
serene—he didn't know there was anything out of gear.

“The panorama moved on, and the showman drummed up his grit and started
in fresh.

“`Ladies and gentlemen, the fine picture now unfolding itself to your gaze
exhibits one of the most notable events in Bible history—our Saviour and His
disciples upon the Sea of Galilee. How grand, how awe-inspiring are the
reflections which the subject invokes? What sublimity of faith is revealed to
us in this lesson from the sacred writings? The Saviour rebukes the angry
waves, and walks securely upon the bosom of the deep!'

“All around the house they were whispering, `Oh, how lovely, how beautiful!'
and the orchestra let himself out again—



“`A life on the ocean wave,
And a home on the rolling deep!'

“There was a good deal of honest snickering turned on this time, and considerable
groaning, and one or two old deacons got up and went out. The showman
grated his teeth, and cursed the piano man to himself; but the fellow sat
there like a knot on a log, and seemed to think he was doing first-rate.

“After things got quiet the showman thought he would make one more stagger
at it any way, though his confidence was beginning to get mighty shaky. The
supes started the panorma grinding along again, and he says—

“`Ladies and gentlemen, this exquisite painting represents the raising of
Lazarus from the dead by our Saviour. The subject has been handled with
marvelous skill by the artist, and such touching sweetness and tenderness of
expression has he thrown into it that I have known peculiarly sensitive persons
to be even affected to tears by looking at it. Observe the half-confused, halfinquiring
look upon the countenance of the awakened Lazarus. Observe, also,
the attitude and expression of the Saviour, who takes him gently by the sleeve
of his shroud with one hand, while He points with the other towards the
distant city.'

“Before anybody could get off an opinion in the case the innocent old ass
at the piano struck up—

-- 299 --

p503-300

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]



“`Come rise up, William Ri-i-ley,
And go along with me!'

“Whe-ew! All the solemn old flats got up in a huff to go, and everybody
else laughed till the windows rattled.

“The showman went down and grabbed the orchestra and shook him up and
says—

“`That lets you out, you know, you chowder-headed old clam: Go to the
door-keeper and get your money, and cut your stick—vamose the ranche!
Ladies and gentlemen, circumstances over which I have no control compel me
prematurely to dismiss the house.”'

-- --

FROM “HOSPITAL DAYS. ”

THE extempore speech and prayer sometimes took odd turns. I was present
when a Defender (her customary name for Uncle Sam's soldier-lads) rose
and said he wished to confess to the brethren some particulars of a sinful
life. There was once, in such a town, a godless youth—said he—and went on to
paint his career: how at the age of twelve he smoked cigars and threw the Bible
at his grandmother; at fourteen he played ten-pins and went sailing on Sunday;
at sixteen he ran away from home, etc., etc.,—and when we expected the usual
conclusion, “and I, who address you to-night, my friends, am that forsaken lad,”
surprised us by clapping his hand on the shoulder of an innocent, blushing youth
in front of him, one of the steadiest boys in the camp, and shouting his climax,
“Which his name is Asy Allen and here he sets!”

[figure description] Tipped in Erratum.[end figure description]

ERRATUM.

By an error of the publishers the above sketch “From `Hospital
Days”' was inserted in this book. It should not have been, as
Mark Twain is not the author of it. It will not appear in any
future edition.

-- --

[figure description] Tipped in Erratum.[end figure description]

-- 300 --

p503-301 CURING A COLD.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 300. In-line image; opening image for the story "Curing A Cold." The image depicts Twain with a serious cold sitting in a chair being wrapped in a giant blanket by two men. Twain's feet are bare and ready to stick into a tub of water.[end figure description]

IT is a good thing, perhaps, to
write for the amusement of the
public, but it is a far higher and
nobler thing to write for their instruction,
their profit, their actual
and tangible benefit. The latter is
the sole object of this article. If it
prove the means of restoring to
health one solitary sufferer among
my race, of lighting up once more
the fire of hope and joy in his faded
eyes, of bringing back to his dead
heart again the quick, generous
impulses of other days, I shall be
amply rewarded for my labor; my
soul will be permeated with the sacred delight a Christian feels when he has
done a good, unselfish deed.

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

Having led a pure and blameless life, I am justified in believing that no man
who knows me will reject the suggestions I am about to make, out of fear that
I am trying to deceive him. Let the public do itself the honor to read my
experience in doctoring a cold, as herein set forth, and then follow in my
footsteps.

When the White House was burned in Virginia City, I lost my home, my
happiness, my constitution, and my trunk. The loss of the two first-named
articles was a matter of no great consequence, since a home without a mother
or a sister, or a distant young female relative in it, to remind you, by putting
your soiled linen out of sight and taking your boots down off the mantel-piece,
that there are those who think about you and care for you, is easily obtained.
And I cared nothing for the loss of my happiness, because not being a poet, it
could not be possible that melancholy would abide with me long. But to lose
a good constitution and a better trunk were serious misfortunes. On the day
of the fire my constitution succumbed to a severe cold, caused by undue exertion
in getting ready to do something. I suffered to no purpose, too, because the
plan I was figuring at for the extinguishing of the fire was so elaborate that I
never got it completed until the middle of the following week.

The first time I began to sneeze, a friend told me to go and bathe my feet in
hot water and go to bed. I did so. Shortly afterwards, another friend advised
me to get up and take a cold shower-bath. I did that also. Within the hour,
another friend assured me that it was policy to “feed a cold and starve a fever.”
I had both. So I thought it best to fill myself up for the cold, and then keep
dark and let the fever starve awhile.

In a case of this kind, I seldom do things by halves; I ate pretty heartily; I
conferred my custom upon a stranger who had just opened his restaurant that
morning: he waited near me in respectful silence until I had finished feeding
my cold, when he inquired if the people about Virginia City were much afflicted
with colds? I told him I thought they were. He then went out and took in
his sign.

I started down toward the office, and on the way encountered another bosom
friend, who told me that a quart of salt water, taken warm, would come as near

-- 302 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 302. Image of a woman preparing a potion for curing a cold. She is standing in front of a flaming stove stirring a mixture in a giant pot. Plumes of steam are rising from the pot and filling the room.[end figure description]

curing a cold as anything in the world. I hardly thought I had room for it,
but I tried it anyhow. The result was surprising. I believed I had thrown up
my immortal soul.

Now, as I am giving my experience only for the benefit of those who are
troubled with the distemper I am writing about, I feel that they will see the
propriety of my cautioning them against following such portions of it as proved
inefficient with me, and acting upon this conviction, I warn them against warm
salt water. It may be a good enough remedy, but I think it is too severe. If I
had another cold in the head, and
there were no course left me but
to take either an earthquake or a
quart of warm salt water, I would
take my chances on the earthquake.

After the storm which had been
raging in my stomach had subsided,
and no more good Samaritans
happening along, I went on borrowing
handkerchiefs again and blowing
them to atoms, as had been my custom
in the early stages of my cold,
until I came across a lady who had
just arrived from over the plains,
and who said she had lived in a part
of the country where doctors
were scarce, and had from necessity acquired considerable skill in the treatment
of simple “family complaints.” I knew she must have had much experience,
for she appeared to be a hundred and fifty years old.

She mixed a decoction composed of molasses, aquafortis, turpentine, and
various other drugs, and instructed me to take a wine-glass full of it every fifteen
minutes. I never took but one dose; that was enough; it robbed me of all
moral principle, and awoke every unworthy impulse of my nature. Under its
malign influence my brain conceived miracles of meanness, but my hands were

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

too feeble to execute them; at that time, had it not been that my strength had
surrendered to a succession of assaults from infallible remedies for my cold, I
am satisfied that I would have tried to rob the graveyard. Like most other
people, I often feel mean, and act accordingly; but until I took that medicine I
had never revelled in such supernatural depravity, and felt proud of it. At the
end of two days I was ready to go to doctoring again. I took a few more
unfailing remedies, and finally drove my cold from my head to my lungs.

I got to coughing incessantly, and my voice fell below zero; I conversed in a
thundering base, two octaves below my natural tone; I could only compass my
regular nightly repose by coughing myself down to a state of utter exhaustion,
and then the moment I began to talk in my sleep, my discordant voice woke me
up again.

My case grew more and more serious every day. Plain gin was recommended;
I took it. Then gin and molasses; I took that also. Then gin and onions; I
added the onions, and took all three. I detected no particular result, however,
except that I had acquired a breath like a buzzard's.

I found I had to travel for my health. I went to Lake Bigler with my reportorial
comrade, Wilson. It is gratifying to me to reflect that we traveled in
considerable style; we went in the Pioneer coach, and my friend took all his
baggage with him, consisting of two excellent silk handkerchiefs and a daguerreotype
of his grandmother. We sailed and hunted and fished and danced all
day, and I doctored my cough all night. By managing in this way, I made out
to improve every hour in the twenty-four. But my disease continued to grow
worse.

A sheet-bath was recommended. I had never refused a remedy yet, and it
seemed poor policy to commence then; therefore I determined to take a sheet-bath,
notwithstanding I had no idea what sort of arrangement it was. It was
administered at midnight, and the weather was very frosty. My breast and back
were bared, and a sheet (there appeared to be a thousand yards of it) soaked in
ice-water, was wound around me until I resembled a swab for a Columbiad.

It is a cruel expedient. When the chilly rag touches one's warm flesh, it
makes him start with sudden violence, and gasp for breath just as men do in the

-- 304 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 304. Image of an African-American minister conducting a baptism in the river. His arms are out at his sides and the youth being baptized is swimming away.[end figure description]

death agony. It froze the marrow in my bones, and stopped the beating of my
heart. I thought my time had come.

Young Wilson said the circumstance reminded him of an anecdote about a
negro who was being baptized, and who slipped from the parson's grasp, and
came near being drowned. He floundered around, though, and finally rose up
out of the water considerably strangled, and furiously angry, and started ashore
at once, spouting water like a whale, and remarking, with great asperity, that
“one o' dese days some gen'l'man's nigger gwyne to get killed wid jis' such
dam foolishness as dis!”

Never take a sheet-bath—never.
Next to meeting a lady acquaintance,
who, for reasons best known to herself,
don't see you when she looks at
you, and don't know you when
she does see you, it is the most uncomfortable
thing in the world.

But, as I was saying, when the
sheet-bath failed to cure my cough,
a lady friend recommended the application
of a mustard plaster to my
breast. I believe that would have
cured me effectually, if it had not
been for young Wilson. When I
went to bed, I put my mustard plaster—
which was a very gorgeous one, eighteen inches square—where I could
reach it when I was ready for it. But young Wilson got hungry in the night,
and—here is food for the imagination.

After sojourning a week at Lake Bigler, I went to Steamboat Springs, and
beside the steam baths, I took a lot of the vilest medicines that were ever concocted.
They would have cured me, but I had to go back to Virginia City,
where, notwithstanding the variety of new remedies I absorbed every day, I
managed to aggravate my disease by carelessness and undue exposure.

-- 305 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 305. End of chapter image of Twain standing with one hand on a pitcher as the other holds a glass of the cure.[end figure description]

I finally concluded to visit San Francisco, and the first day I got there, a lady
at the hotel told me to drink a quart of whisky every twenty-four hours, and a
friend up town recommended precisely the same course. Each advised me to
take a quart; that made half a gallon. I did it, and still live.

Now, with the kindest motives in the world, I offer for the consideration of
consumptive patients the variegated course of treatment I have lately gone
through. Let them try it: if it don't cure, it can't more than kill them.

-- 306 --

p503-307 A CURIOUS PLEASURE EXCURSION. *

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 306. In-line image; opening image for the story "A Curious Pleasure Excursion." The image shows a man surrounded by an audience as they look up into the sky at the comet that the man has leased. The sky is filled with stars and a moon that has a smiling face.[end figure description]

[“We have received the following advertisement,
but, inasmuch as it concerns a
matter of deep and general interest, we feel
fully justified in inserting it in our reading
columns. We are confident that our conduct
in this regard needs only explanation, not
apology.

Ed. N. Y. Herald.”]

ADVERTISEMENT.

THIS is to inform the public
that in connection with Mr.
Barnum I have leased the
comet for a term of years; and I
desire also to solicit the public patronage
in favor of a beneficial enterprise
which we have in view.

We propose to fit up comfortable, and even luxurious, accommodations in the

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

comet for as many persons as will honor us with their patronage, and make an
extended excursion among the heavenly bodies. We shall prepare 1,000,000 state
rooms in the tail of the comet (with hot and cold water, gas, looking glass,
parachute, umbrella, etc., in each), and shall construct more if we meet with a
sufficiently generous encouragement. We shall have billiard rooms, card rooms,
music rooms, bowling alleys and many spacious theatres and free libraries; and on
the main deck we propose to have a driving park, with upwards of 10,000 miles of
roadway in it. We shall publish daily newspapers also.

DEPARTURE OF THE COMET.

The comet will leave New York at ten P. M. on the 20th inst., and therefore it
will be desirable that the passengers be on board by eight at the latest, to avoid
confusion in getting under way. It is not known whether passports will be necessary
or not, but it is deemed best that passengers provide them, and so guard against
all contingencies. No dogs will be allowed on board. This rule has been made
in deference to the existing state of feeling regarding these animals and will be
strictly adhered to. The safety of the passengers will in all ways be jealously
looked to. A substantial iron railing will be put up all around the comet, and no
one will be allowed to go to the edge and look over unless accompanied by either
my partner or myself.

THE POSTAL SERVICE

will be of the completest character. Of course the telegraph, and the telegraph
only, will be employed, consequently, friends occupying state-rooms, 20,000,000
and even 30,000,000 miles apart, will be able to send a message and receive a reply
inside of eleven days. Night messages will be half rate. The whole of this vast
postal system will be under the personal superintendence of Mr. Hale, of Maine.
Meals served at all hours. Meals served in staterooms charged extra.

Hostility is not apprehended from any great planet, but we have thought it best
to err on the safe side, and therefore have provided a proper number of mortars,
siege guns and boarding pikes. History shows that small, isolated communities,
such as the people of remote islands, are prone to be hostile to strangers, and so
the same may be the case with

THE INHABITANTS OF STARS

of the tenth of twentieth magnitude. We shall in no case wantonly offend the

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

people of any star, but shall treat all alike with urbanity and kindliness, never
conducting ourselves toward an asteroid after a fashion which we could not venture
to assume toward Jupiter or Saturn. I repeat that we shall not wantonly offend
any star; but at the same time we shall promptly resent any injury that may be
done us, or any insolence offered us, by parties or governments residing in any star
in the firmament. Although averse to the shedding of blood, we shall still hold
this course rigidly and fearlessly, not only toward single stars, but toward constellations.
We shall hope to leave a good impression of America behind us in every
nation we visit, from Venus to Uranus. And, at all events, if we cannot inspire
love we shall, at least, compel respect for our country wherever we go. We shall
take with us, free of charge,

A GREAT FORCE OF MISSIONARIES,

and shed the true light upon all the celestial orbs which, physically aglow, are yet
morally in darkness. Sunday-schools will be established wherever practicable.
Compulsory education will also be introduced.

The comet will visit Mars first, and then proceed to Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and
Saturn. Parties connected with the government of the District of Columbia and
with the former city government of New York, who may desire to inspect the rings,
will be allowed time and every facility. Every star of prominent magnitude will
be visited, and time allowed for excursions to points of interest inland.

THE DOG STAR

has been stricken from the programme. Much time will be spent in the Great
Bear, and, indeed, of every constellation of importance. So, also, with the Sun
and Moon and the Milky Way, otherwise the Gulf Stream of the skies. Clothing
suitable for wear in the sun should be provided. Our programme has been so
arranged that we shall seldom go more than 100,000,000 of miles at a time without
stopping at some star. This will necessarily make the stoppages frequent and
preserve the interest of the tourist. Baggage checked through to any point on the
route. Parties desiring to make only a part of the proposed tour, and thus save
expense, may stop over at any star they choose and wait for the return voyage.

After visiting all the most celebrated stars and constellations in our system
and personally inspecting the remotest sparks that even the most powerful

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

telescope can now detect in the firmament, we shall proceed with good heart upon

A STUPENDOUS VOYAGE

of discovery among the countless whirling worlds that make turmoil in the mighty
wastes of space that stretch their solemn solitudes, their unimaginable vastness
billions upon billions of miles away beyond the farthest verge of telescopic vision,
till by comparison the little sparkling vault we used to gaze at on Earth shall seem
like a remembered phosphorescent flash of spangles which some tropical voyager's
prow stirred into life for a single instant, and which ten thousand miles of phosphorescent
seas and tedious lapse of time had since diminished to an incident
utterly trivial in his recollection. Children occupying seats at the first table will
be charged full fare.

FIRST CLASS FARE

from the Earth to Uranus, including visits to the Sun and Moon and all the principal
planets on the route, will be charged at the low rate of $2 for every 50,000,000
miles of actual travel. A great reduction will be made where parties wish to make
the round trip. This comet is new and in thorough repair and is now on her first
voyage. She is confessedly the fastest on the line. She makes 20,000,000 miles a
day, with her present facilities; but, with a picked American crew and good weather,
we are confident we can get 40,000,000 out of her. Still, we shall never push
her to a dangerous speed, and we shall rigidly prohibit racing with other comets.
Passengers desiring to diverge at any point or return will be transferred to other
comets. We make close connections at all principal points with all reliable lines.
Safety can be depended upon. It is not to be denied that the heavens are infested
with

OLD RAMSHACKLE COMETS

that have not been inspected or overhauled in 10,000 years, and which ought long
ago to have been destroyed or turned into hail barges, but with these we have no
connection whatever. Steerage passengers not allowed abaft the main hatch.

Complimentary round trip tickets have been tendered to General Butler, Mr.
Shepherd, Mr. Richardson and other eminent gentlemen, whose public services
have entitled them to the rest and relaxation of a voyage of this kind. Parties
desiring to make the round trip will have extra accommodation. The entire voyage

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

will be completed, and the passengers landed in New York again on the 14th of
December, 1991. This is, at least, forty years quicker than any other comet can
do it in. Nearly all the back pay members contemplate making the round trip
with us in case their constituents will allow them a holiday. Every harmless
amusement will be allowed on board, but no pools permitted on the run of the
comet—no gambling of any kind. All fixed stars will be respected by us, but
such stars as seem to ned fixing we shall fix. If it makes trouble we shall be
sorry, but firm.

Mr. Coggia having leased his comet to us, she will no longer be called by his
name but by my partner's. N. B.—Passengers by paying double fare will be
entitled to a share in all the new stars, suns, moons, comets, meteors and magazines
of thunder and lightning we may discover. Patent medicine people will take
notice that

WE CARRY BULLETIN BOARDS

and a paint brush along for use in the constellations, and are open to terms.
Cremationists are reminded that we are going straight to—some hot places—and
are open to terms. To other parties our enterprise is a pleasure excursion, but
individually we mean business. We shall fly our comet for all it is worth.

FOR FURTHER PARTICULARS,

or for freight or passage, apply on board, or to my partner, but not to me, since I
do not take charge of the comet until she is under weigh. It is necessary, at a
time like this, that my mind should not be burdened with small business details.

Mark Twain.

eaf503n16

* Published at the time of the “Comet Scare” in the summer of 1874.

-- 311 --

p503-312 RUNNING FOR GOVERNOR.

A Smart Candidate
The Lie Nailed
Wanted to Know
[figure description] 503EAF. Page 311. In-line image; opening images for the story "Running for Governor." The first image, "A Smart Candidate," depicts a man walking dejectedly down a moonlit street. He has his cane behind his back and approaches a set of stairs. The second image, "The Lie Nailed," shows a man tied up and hanging from a gallows. The third image, "Wanted to Know," portrays Twain being held by two men who are tarring and feathering him as an angry mob watches from the background.[end figure description]

A FEW months ago I was nominated
for Governor of the
great State of New York, to
run against Mr. John T. Smith and
Mr. Blank J. Blank on an independent
ticket. I somehow felt that I
had one prominent advantage over
these gentlemen, and that was—good
character. It was easy to see by the
newspapers that if ever they had
known what it was to bear a good
name, that time had gone by. It
was plain that in these latter years
they had become familiar with all
manner of shameful crimes. But at the very moment that I was exalting my
advantage and joying in it in secret, there was a muddy undercurrent of

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

discomfort “riling” the deeps of my happiness, and that was—the having to
hear my name bandied about in familiar connection with those of such people.
I grew more and more disturbed. Finally I wrote my grandmother about it.
Her answer came quick and sharp. She said—

“You have never done one single thing in all your life to be ashamed of—not one. Look at the
newspapers—look at them and comprehend what sort of characters Messrs. Smith and Blank are,
and then see if you are willing to lower yourself to their level and enter a public canvass with
them.”

It was my very thought! I did not sleep a single moment that night. But
after all I could not recede. I was fully committed, and must go on with the
fight. As I was looking listlessly over the papers at breakfast I came across
this paragraph, and I may truly say I never was so confounded before.

Perjury.—Perhaps, now that Mr. Mark Twain is before the people as a candidate for Governor,
he will condescend to explain how he came to be convicted of perjury by thirty-four witnesses
in Wakawak, Cochin China, in 1863, the intent of which perjury being to rob a poor native
widow and her helpless family of a meagre plantain-patch, their only stay and support in their
bereavement and desolation. Mr. Twain owes it to himself, as well as to the great people whose
suffrages he asks, to clear this matter up. Will he do it?”

I thought I should burst with amazement! Such a cruel, heartless charge. I
never had seen Cochin China! I never had heard of Wakawak! I didn't
know a plantain-patch from a kangaroo! I did not know what to do. I was
crazed and helpless. I let the day slip away without doing anything at all.
The next morning the same paper had this—nothing more:—

Significant.—Mr. Twain, it will be observed, is suggestively silent about the Cochin China
perjury.”

[Mem.—During the rest of the campaign this paper never referred to me in
any other way than as “the infamous perjurer Twain.”]

Next came the Gazette, with this:—

Wanted to Know.—Will the new candidate for Governor deign to explain to certain of his
fellow-citizens (who are suffering to vote for him!) the little circumstance of his cabin-mates in
Montana losing small valuables from time to time, until at last, these things having been invariably
found on Mr. Twain's person or in his `trunk' (newspaper he rolled his traps in), they felt compelled
to give him a friendly admonition for his own good, and so tarred and feathered him, and rode him
on a rail, and then advised him to leave a permanent vacuum in the place he usually occupied in
the camp. Will he do this?”

Could anything be more deliberately malicious than that? For I never was
in Montana in my life.

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

[After this, this journal customarily spoke of me as “Twain, the Montana
Thief.”

I got to picking up papers apprehensively—much as one would lift a desired
blanket which he had some idea might have a rattlesnake under it. One day
this met my eye:—

The Lie Nailed!—By the sworn affidavits of Michael O'Flanagan, Esq., of the Five Points,
and Mr. Snub Rafferty and Mr. Catty Mulligan, of Water Street, it is established that Mr. Mark
Twain's vile statement that the lamented grandfather of our noble standard-bearer, Blank J. Blank,
was hanged for highway robbery, is a brutal and gratuitous LIE, without a shadow of foundation in
fact. It is disheartening to virtuous men to see such shameful means resorted to to achieve political
success as the attacking of the dead in their graves, and defiling their honored names with slander.
When we think of the anguish this miserable falsehood must cause the innocent relatives and
friends of the deceased, we are almost driven to incite an outraged and insulted public to summary
and unlawful vengeance upon the traducer. But no! let us leave him to the agony of a lacerated
conscience (though if passion should get the better of the public, and in its blind fury they should
do the traducer bodily injury, it is but too obvious that no jury could convict and no court punish
the perpetrators of the deed).”

The ingenious closing sentence had the effect of moving me out of bed with
despatch that night, and out at the back door also, while the “outraged and
insulted public” surged in the front way, breaking furniture and windows in
their righteous indignation as they came, and taking off such property as they
could carry when they went. And yet I can lay my hand upon the Book and
say that I never slandered Mr. Blank's grandfather. More: I had never even
heard of him or mentioned him up to that day and date.

[I will state, in passing, that the journal above quoted from always referred to
me afterward as “Twain, the Body-Snatcher.”]

The next newspaper article that attracted my attention was the following:—

“A Sweet Candidate.—Mr. Mark Twain, who was to make such a blighting speech at the mass
meeting of the Independents last night, didn't come to time! A telegram from his physician stated
that he had been knocked down by a runaway team, and his leg broken in two places—sufferer
lying in great agony, and so forth, and so forth, and a lot more bosh of the same sort. And the
Independents tried hard to swallow the wretched subterfuge, and pretend that they did not know
what was the real reason of the absence of the abandoned creature whom they denominate their
standard-bearer. A certain man was seen to reel into Mr. Twain's hotel last night in a state of beastly
intoxication.
It is the imperative duty of the Independents to prove that this besotted brute was
not Mark Twain himself. We have them at last! This is a case that admits of no shirking. The
voice of the people demands in thunder-tones, `Who was that man?”'

It was incredible, absolutely incredible, for a moment, that it was really my
name that was coupled with this disgraceful suspicion. Three long years had
passed over my head since I had tasted ale, beer, wine, or liquor of any kind.

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

[It shows what effect the times were having on me when I say that I saw
myself confidently dubbed “Mr. Delirium Tremens Twain” in the next issue of
that journal without a pang—notwithstanding I knew that with monotonous
fidelity the paper would go on calling me so to the very end.]

By this time anonymous letters were getting to be an important part of my
mail matter. This form was common—

“How about that old woman you kiked of your premisers which was beging.

Pol Pry.

And this—

“There is things which you have done which is unbeknowens to anybody but me. You better
trot out a few dols. to yours truly, or you'll hear thro' the papers from Handy Andy.

This is about the idea. I could continue them till the reader was surfeited,
if desirable.

Shortly the principal Republican journal “convicted” me of wholesale
bribery, and the leading Democratic paper “nailed” an aggravated case of
blackmailing to me.

[In this way I acquired two additional names: “Twain the Filthy Corruptionist,”
and “Twain the Loathsome Embracer.”]

By this time there had grown to be such a clamor for an “answer” to all the
dreadful charges that were laid to me that the editors and leaders of my party
said it would be political ruin for me to remain silent any longer. As if to
make their appeal the more imperative, the following appeared in one of the
papers the very next day:—

Behold the Man!—The independent candidate still maintains silence. Because he dare not
speak. Every accusation against him has been amply proved, and they have been endorsed and
re-endorsed by his own eloquent silence, till at this day he stands for ever convicted. Look upon
your candidate, Independents! Look upon the Infamous Perjurer! the Montana Thief! the Body-Snatcher!
Contemplate your incarnate Delirium Tremens! your Filthy Corruptionist! your
Loathsome Embracer! Gaze upon him—ponder him well—and then say if you can give your
honest votes to a creature who has earned this dismal array of titles by his hideous crimes, and dares
not open his mouth in denial of any one of them!”

There was no possible way of getting out of it, and so in deep humiliation, I
set about preparing to “answer” a mass of baseless charges and mean and
wicked falsehoods. But I never finished the task, for the very next morning a
paper came out with a new horror, a fresh malignity, and seriously charged me
with burning a lunatic asylum with all its inmates, because it obstructed the

-- 315 --

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 315. In-line image of Twain at a political party meeting. He is standing on a stage, which has just been rushed by a group of toddlers instructed to grab his legs and call him Pa.[end figure description]

view from my house. This threw me into a sort of panic. Then came the
charge of poisoning my uncle to get his property, with an imperative demand
that the grave should be opened. This drove me to the verge of distraction.
On top of this I was accused of employing toothless and incompetent old relatives
to prepare the food for the foundling hospital when I was warden. I was
wavering—wavering. And at last, as a due and fitting climax to the shameless
persecution that party rancor had inflicted upon me, nine little toddling children,
of all shades of color and degrees of raggedness, were taught to rush on to the
platform at a public meeting, and clasp me around the legs and call me Pa!

I gave it up. I hauled down my colors and surrendered. I was not equal to
the requirements of a Gubernatorial campaign in the State of New York, and
so I sent in my withdrawal from the candidacy, and in bitterness of spirit signed
it, “Truly yours, once a decent man, but now

Mark Twain, I. P., M. T., B. S., D. T., F. C., and L. E.”

-- 316 --

p503-317 A MYSTERIOUS VISIT.

[figure description] 503EAF. Page 316. In-line image; opening image for the story "A Mysterious Visit." Image of Twain talking to a member of the Internal Revenue Department. They are sitting in Twain's salon, near an open window, with books and a portrait in the background.[end figure description]

The first notice that was taken of me when I “settled down” recently, was by
a gentleman who said he was an assessor, and connected with the U. S.
Internal Revenue Department. I said I had never heard of his branch of
business before, but I was very glad to see him all the same—would he sit down?
He sat down. I did not know anything particular to say, and yet I felt that people
who have arrived at the dignity of keeping house must be conversational, must be
easy and sociable in company. So, in default of anything else to say, I asked him
if he was opening his shop in our neighborhood?

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

He said he was. [I did not wish to appear ignorant, but I had hoped he would
mention what he had for sale.]

I ventured to ask him “How was trade?” And he said “So-so.”

I then said we would drop in, and if we liked his house as well as any other, we
would give him our custom.

He said he thought we would like his establishment well enough to confine ourselves
to it—said he never saw anybody who would go off and hunt up another
man in his line after trading with him once.

That sounded pretty complacent, but barring that natural expression of villainy
which we all have, the man looked honest enough.

I do not know how it came about exactly, but gradually we appeared to melt
down and run together, conversationally speaking, and then everything went along
as comfortably as clockwork.

We talked, and talked, and talked—at least I did; and we laughed, and laughed,
and laughed—at least he did. But all the time I had my presence of mind about
me—I had my native shrewdness turned on “full head,” as the engineers say. I
was determined to find out all about his business in spite of his obscure answers—
and I was determined I would have it out of him without his suspecting what I was
at. I meant to trap him with a deep, deep ruse. I would tell him all about my
own business, and he would naturally so warm to me during this seductive burst
of confidence that he would forget himself, and tell me all about his affairs before
he suspected what I was about. I thought to myself, My son, you little know what
an old fox you are dealing with. I said—

“Now you never would guess what I made lecturing this winter and last spring?”

“No—don't believe I could, to save me. Let me see—let me see. About two
thousand dollars, maybe? But no; no, sir, I know you couldn't have made that
much. Say seventeen hundred, maybe?”

“Ha! ha! I knew you couldn't. My lecturing receipts for last spring and this
winter were fourteen thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars. What do you
think of that?”

“Why, it is amazing—perfectly amazing. I will make a note of it. And you
say even this wasn't all?”

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

“All! Why bless you, there was my income from the Daily Warwhoop for four
months—about—about—well, what should you say to about eight thousand dollars,
for instance?”

“Say! Why, I should say I should like to see myself rolling in just such another
ocean of affluence. Eight thousand! I'll make a note of it. Why man!—and on
top of all this I am to understand that you had still more income?”

“Ha! ha! ha! Why, you're only in the suburbs of it, so to speak. There's my
book, `The Innocents Abroad'—price $3.50 to $5.00, according to the binding.
Listen to me. Look me in the eye. During the last four months and a half, saying
nothing of sales before that, but just simply during the four months and a half, we've
sold ninety-five thousand copies of that book. Ninety-five thousand! Think of
it. Average four dollars a copy, say. It's nearly four hundred thousand dollars,
my son. I get half.”

“The suffering Moses! I'll set that down. Fourteen-seven-fifty—eight—two
hundred. Total, say—well, upon my word, the grand total is about two hundred
and thirteen or fourteen thousand dollars! Is that possible?”

“Possible! If there's any mistake it's the other way. Two hundred and fourteen
thousand, cash, is my income for this year if I know how to cipher.”

Then the gentleman got up to go. It came over me most uncomfortably that
maybe I had made my revelations for nothing, besides being flattered into stretching
them considerably by the stranger's astonished exclamations. But no; at the
last moment the gentleman handed me a large envelope, and said it contained his
advertisement; and that I would find out all about his business in it; and that he
would be happy to have my custom—would in fact, be proud to have the custom
of a man of such prodigious income; and that he used to think there were several
wealthy men in the city, but when they came to trade with him, he discovered that
they barely had enough to live on; and that, in truth it had been such a weary,
weary age since he had seen a rich man face to face, and talked to him, and
touched him with his hands, that he could hardly refrain from embracing me—in
fact, would esteem it a great favor if I would let him embrace me.

This so pleased me that I did not try to resist, but allowed this simple-hearted
stranger to throw his arms about me and weep a few tranquilizing tears down the
back of my neck. Then he went his way.

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

As soon as he was gone I opened his advertisement. I studied it attentively for
four minutes. I then called up the cook, and said—

“Hold me while I faint! Let Marie turn the griddle-cakes.”

By and by, when I came to, I sent down to the rum mill on the corner and hired
an artist by the week to sit up nights and curse that stranger, and give me a lift
occasionally in the daytime when I came to a hard place.

Ah, what a miscreant he was! His “advertisement” was nothing in the world
but a wicked tax-return—a string of impertinent questions about my private affairs,
occupying the best part of four foolscap pages of fine print—questions, I may
remark, gotten up with such marvelous ingenuity, that the oldest man in the world
couldn't understand what the most of them were driving at—questions, too, that
were calculated to make a man report about four times his actual income to keep
from swearing to a falsehood. I looked for a loophole, but there did not appear
to be any. Inquiry No. 1 covered by case as generously and as amply as an
umbrella could cover an ant hill—

“What were your profits, during the past year, from any trade, business, or vocation, wherever
carried on?”

And that inquiry was backed up by thirteen others of an equally searching
nature, the most modest of which required information as to whether I had
committed any burglary or highway robbery, or by any arson or other secret source
of emolument, and acquired property which was not enumerated in my statement
of income as set opposite to inquiry No. 1.

It was plain that that stranger had enabled me to make a goose of myself. It
was very, very plain; and so I went out and hired another artist. By working on
my vanity, the stranger had seduced me into declaring an income of $214,000. By
law, $1000 of this was exempt from income-tax—the only relief I could see, and it
was only a drop in the ocean. At the legal five per cent, I must pay to the Government
the sum of ten thousand six hundred and fifty dollars, income-tax!

[I may remark, in this place, that I did not do it.]

I am acquainted with a very opulent man, whose house is a palace, whose table
is regal, whose outlays are enormous, yet a man who has no income, as I have often
noticed by the revenue returns; and to him I went for advice, in my distress. He
took my dreadful exhibition of receipts, he put on his glasses, he took his pen, and

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

presto!—I was a pauper! It was the neatest thing that ever was. He did it
simply by deftly manipulating the bill of “Deductions.” He set down my
“State, national, and municipal taxes” at so much; my “losses by shipwreck,
fire, etc.,” at so much; my “losses on sales of real estate”—on “live stock sold”—
on payments for rent of homestead”—on “repairs, improvements, interest”—on
“previously taxed salary as an officer of the United States' army, navy, revenue
service,” and other things. He got astonishing “deductions” out of each and
every one of these matters—each and every one of them. And when he was done
he handed me the paper, and I saw at a glance that during the year my income, in
the way of profits, had been one thousand two hundred and fifty dollars and forty cents.

“Now,” said he, “the thousand dollars is exempt by law. What you want to do
is to go and swear this document in and pay tax on the two hundred and fifty
dollars.”

[While he was making this speech his little boy Willie lifted a two dollar greenback
out of his vest pocket and vanished with it, and I would wager anything that
if my stranger were to call on that little boy to-morrow he would make a false
return of his income.]

“Do you,” said I, “do you always work up the `deductions' after this fashion in
your own case, sir?”

“Well, I should say so! If it weren't for those eleven saving clauses under the
head of `Deduction' I should be beggared every year to support this hateful and
wicked, this extortionate and tyrannical government.”

This gentleman stands away up among the very best of the solid men of the
city—the men of moral weight, of commercial integrity, of unimpeachable social
spotlessness—and so I bowed to his example. I went down to the revenue office,
and under the accusing eyes of my old visitor I stood up and swore to lie after lie,
fraud after fraud, villainy after villainy, till my soul was coated inches and inches
thick with perjury, and my self-respect gone for ever and ever.

But what of it? It is nothing more than thousands of the richest and proudest,
and most respected, honored, and courted men in America do every year. And so
I don't care. I am not ashamed. I shall simply, for the present, talk little, and
eschew fire-proof gloves, lest I fall into certain dreadful habits irrevocably.

THE END. Back matter

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Twain, Mark, 1835-1910 [1875], Mark Twain's sketches, new and old. Now first published in complete form. (American Publishing Company, Hartford) [word count] [eaf503T].
Powered by PhiloLogic